By Cliff Kincaid

May 1, 2025

You do not have to be a Catholic to recognize that the Roman Catholic Church traces its roots to the time of Christ and St. Peter and has a special place in the history of Christianity.  What is more, Christians of various persuasions understand there is a spiritual conflict between Christ and Satan for control of the world that is under the careful watch of God Himself.  What roles do President Trump and the nations of America and Russia, now at war in Europe, play in this unfolding scenario?

Many Americans believe America has a divine mission in the world and President Trump has recognized the hand of God in saving his life from an assassin. But are there nations taken over by the spirit of the anti-Christ? Some would immediately respond that Communist China is such a country. But what about Russia, a nation that many conservatives believe has shaken its communist past?

In my recent Rumble TV interview with Trevor Loudon, the anti-communist analyst, the case was made that Russia remains under the control of a communist regime, led by a former KGB colonel, Vladimir Putin, that is waging war with its former Soviet republics, starting with Ukraine and threatening to expand into Eastern Europe. But several key Trump advisers, such as Tucker Carlson, have supported Russia by featuring interviews with Russian president Vladimir Putin and his “brain,” the “Russian philosopher” Alexander Durgin.  They blame Nazis in Ukraine for the war.

Russia’s recent aggressive actions, as Trump tried to negotiate a ceasefire and peace deal, have apparently caught the president by surprise. He called on Putin to “STOP” his military assaults on the people of Ukraine. Meanwhile, Alexander Dugin is defending the use of communist North Korean troops in the war on Ukraine, as well as Russia’s alliance with Communist China, as Trump’s Director of National Intelligence (DNI), Tulsi Gabbard, is telling President Trump that Russia-supported Iran is not pursuing nuclear weapons.

Gabbard had declared that “radical Islam” is a threat but seems to accept claims by the Mullahs that America can negotiate with Iran and make it friendly to the United States. Hence, Trump has pursued a “deal” with Iran, a development that threatens the survival of Israel, another country that figures in Bible prophecy. We argued that Gabbard, as we warned at the time, does not have the necessary credentials to ascertain national security threats to America. She defended former NSA/CIA analyst Edward Snowden, who defected to Russia through Chinese Hong Kong.

It appears that President Trump now understands he had a major blind spot regarding Russia, and that the “art of the deal” is not possible with Putin. In this context, the Catholic Church view on the importance of Russia in Bible prophecy deserves some interest and scrutiny from the president and his top aides.

The Catholic view is that the Virgin Mary appeared to the children at Fatima, Portugal, in 1917, the same year as the communist revolution in Russia, and requested a special religious ceremony or consecration of Russia, to prevent its “errors” from devastating the world. The warning was that “Russia will spread its errors throughout the world, raising up wars and persecutions against the Church. The good will be martyred, the Holy Father [the Pope] will have much to suffer, and various nations will be annihilated.”

In 2018, a film called “The Vatican Deception” warned that the consecration had not taken place and that Armageddon was coming unless the nation was converted to Christ in a special consecration ceremony by the Roman Catholic Church. Pope Francis did in fact arrange a consecration ceremony for Russia in March 25, 2022, but that was about a month after Russian began its full-scale invasion of Ukraine under Joe Biden.

The war continues, despite President Trump’s pledge to end it on Day One of his presidency. We are now moving past Day 100 and Trump seems increasingly alienated from Putin because of Putin’s obvious desire for more war and more bloodshed, using communist North Korean troops and Chinese assistance to make this possible. Putin’s conduct should be a wake-up call to those who have believed that Ukraine or NATO started the war and that Russia wanted peace.

In retrospect, it is worth considering that the consecration of Russia did NOT take place as necessary. Perhaps there was something deficient in what Pope Francis did. That is the argument made by Paul Stark, director of “The Vatican Deception,” in a recent interview on my Rumble channel. He notes that Francis replaced Pope Benedict in a strange turn of events, when Benedict retired, and that the Francis papacy may not have been legitimate. As a result, that and other factors undermined the consecration of Russia that was required.

Catholics and non-Catholics alike have a religious obligation to understand these events and their impact on the world. If the Fatima revelations are true, and the Virgin Mary did appear to those three children at Fatima, Portugal, in a warning for the world, it means the Catholic Church can stop what appears to be a rush toward total war involving nuclear exchanges between Russia, America, and perhaps China.

But whether the consecration of Russia occurs will depend on the next Pope and whether he follows the outline of what was presented more than 100 years ago and validated by the “Miracle of the Sun” witnessed by tens of thousands of people and which followed the appearance of — and the promise from — the Virgin Mary.

President Trump would be well-advised to consider the spiritual dimensions of this conflict. This could be the key to world peace and his own successful presidency.

During the more than 100-year period in which Russia was not consecrated, the “errors” of this nation have been displayed for all to see, as the Russian Orthodox Church emerged in a schism (under the control of the KGB) and Soviet Russia launched an international communist movement that has claimed 100 million lives.

Pagans and secular humanists scoff at reports that demons or Satan exist. But even Pope Francis, a Jesuit with a soft spot for Marxist-oriented “liberation theology,” referred to the transgender ideology as demonic. Signs of demonic possession in some individuals can be measured. They include:

• a colossal amount of strength that is not natural,
• the ability to speak in languages the possessed don’t know, sometimes in the form of ancient languages the possessed couldn’t possibly learn,
• and knowledge of unconfessed sins by the possessed person who reveals them to those participating in the exorcism.

An exorcism in Mount Rainier, Maryland, in the Washington, D.C. area,  inspired the book by William Peter Blatty and the film, “The Exorcist.” Blatty also wrote Legion, a book about demons based on Satan’s  proclamation, “My name is Legion, for we are many,” in answer to Jesus’ question, “What is your name?”

For years the Vatican treated believers in the Fatima prophecies as heretics, a fact attributed by director Paul Stark to the communist infiltration of the Vatican. Now, with the passing of Pope Francis, the Roman Catholic Church has an opportunity to not only eradicate communism and corruption in the ranks but fulfill Bible prophecies recognized by the church itself. That means Russia – especially its regime of former KGB operatives – must be exorcized. We discussed the nature of this regime in our 2014 book, Back from the Dead: The Return of the Evil Empire.

We learned from anti-communist scholar Dr. Paul Kengor that the Soviets were certainly behind the May 13, 1981, attempted assassination of anti-communist Pope John Paul II. His book, A Pope and a President: John Paul II, Ronald Reagan, and the Extraordinary Untold Story of the 20th Century, revealed that Reagan’s CIA director Bill Casey confirmed the Soviet role, in the face of official CIA or Deep State resistance to the finding.

Like Trump, Reagan survived an assassination attempt. Reagan brought down the Soviet empire through a combination of military and monetary pressure, until Vladimir Putin assumed the Russian presidency and tried to bring it back, with his first invasion of Ukraine under President Obama and then a massive invasion under Biden. This is the world that President Trump inherits. With God’s help, he will make the right decisions. It is then up to the next Pope.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Paul Engel

April 30, 2025

• The Johnson Amendment was passed over 70 years ago.
• It has been used to silence churches, charities, and other non-profits for decades.
• Congress is considering a bill they think will help.

How many of you know about the Johnson Amendment? Because if you’ve ever donated to a church or other charity, you’ve been impacted by it. This limitation on freedom of speech has been in effect for over 70 years. Now the House of Representatives is trying to remedy this infringement.

Johnson Amendment History

To understand what the House of Representatives is trying to do, we have to go back to the beginning, and to one Lyndon B. Johnson. In 1954 incumbent Lyndon Johnson was running for re-election to the United States Senate against Texas State Senator Dudley Dougherty. At the time Johnson seemed to be in a comfortable lead in the polls. Comfortable that is, until a couple of non-profit organizations, backed by extremely powerful leaders, stepped in.

H.L. Hunt had created an organization called Facts Forum in 1951, and Frank Gannett had created the Committee for Constitutional Government back in 1935. Both of these groups were anti-communist and supporting Dougherty in the race for the U.S. Senate seat. Concerned that Johnson was soft on Communism, both of these organization passed out thousands of pieces of literature in opposition to Johnson’s campaign. When these actions started seriously hurting Johnson’s campaign, he sought ways to silence them. Try as he might, Johnson could not find a law that these organizations were breaking.

On July 2, 1954, Johnson presented an amendment to a pending tax overhaul bill. The amendment passed on a unanimous voice vote, the bill was passed, and signed into law by President Eisenhower on August 16, 1954. There were no committee hearings or legislative analysis on the amendment, just a rushed vote. In an interview years later, a staff member stated that Johnson never had churches in mind for the amendment. There was nothing any church had done to warrant this restriction, but they got caught up in this amendment because their tax exempt status is codified in the same section of the law. According to Johnson’s staffer, “This amendment had nothing to do with “separation of church and state.” However, it has been used for decades as a threat to keep churches and ministers from engaging in public debates about so-called “political” issues.

The Johnson Amendment

Let’s start with the law regarding tax exception.

An organization described in subsection (c) or (d) or section 401(a) shall be exempt from taxation under this subtitle unless such exemption is denied under section 502 or 503.

26 USC §501(a)

We start with three sections of the law that will describe tax exempt organizations. That is unless they are denied exception under sections 502 or 503. This includes the most well known section of the tax law, §502(c)(3).

The following organizations are referred to in subsection …

(3) Corporations, and any community chest, fund, or foundation, organized and operated exclusively for religious, charitable, scientific, testing for public safety, literary, or educational purposes, or to foster national or international amateur sports competition (but only if no part of its activities involve the provision of athletic facilities or equipment), or for the prevention of cruelty to children or animals,

26 USC §501(c)

While there are several types of organizations, and several purposes that would make them tax exempt, the two most commonly used are religious and charitable organizations. I’m sure most people have a basic understanding of what a religious or charitable organization is, but were dealing with the law and details matter. This is where the Johnson Amendment comes into play.

… no substantial part of the activities of which is carrying on propaganda, or otherwise attempting, to influence legislation (except as otherwise provided in subsection (h)), and which does not participate in, or intervene in (including the publishing or distributing of statements), any political campaign on behalf of (or in opposition to) any candidate for public office.

26 USC §501(c)

You can be a religious or charitable organization, but if you want your tax exempt status you had better not participate in any political campaign either for or against a candidate. Do you see what Johnson was doing? His campaign was being beat up by charitable organizations, so he used his considerable power as a United States Senator to stop it. Oh, yeah, and you had better not try to influence any legislation or your tax exempt status would be on the chopping block as well.

Notice, this language doesn’t prohibit religious or charitable organization from participating in campaigns, or influencing legislation, it only threatens them with the removal of their tax exempt status. But there’s more. Most organizations I’ve talked to where this topic comes up believe that the mere mention of a candidate or legislation would threaten their status, and the law says they cannot use a “substantial part of the activities” they perform for these purposes. Such is the state of the misunderstanding of the Johnson Amendment.

The Free Speech Fairness Act

Enter the 119th Congress, and The Free Speech Fairness Act. The specified goal of this act is:

SEC. 2. ALLOWING 501(c)(3) ORGANIZATION TO MAKE STATEMENTS RELATING TO POLITICAL CAMPAIGN IN ORDINARY COURSE OF CARRYING OUT ITS TAX EXEMPT PURPOSE.

Free Speech Fairness Act

Isn’t this nice, Congress wants to allow 502(c)(3) organizations to exercise their free speech rights. Maybe that title is just poorly worded. Maybe the language of the legislation will be better.

‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of subsection (c)(3) and sections 170(c)(2), 2055, 2106, 2522, and 4955, an organization shall not fail to be treated as organized and operated exclusively for a purpose described in subsection (c)(3), nor shall it be deemed to have participated in, or intervened in any political campaign on behalf of (or in opposition to) any candidate for public office, solely because of the content of any statement which—

‘‘(A) is made in the ordinary course of the organization’s regular and customary activities in carrying out its exempt purpose, and ‘‘

(B) results in the organization incurring not more than de minimis incremental expenses.’’.

Free Speech Fairness Act

Should this legislation pass both houses of Congress and be signed by the President, we will trade one somewhat vague standard for another. Don’t get me wrong, I love the idea of Congress no longer trying to use the threat of revoking tax exempt status because one Senator was getting beat up by a couple of charitable organizations, but I think this could be better.

For example, the current standard for a religious or charitable organization to express their opinions about legislation or candidates is “no substantial part of the[ir] activities.” Tell me, what constitutes a “substantial part of activities”? Is it the amount of time spent? The amount of money spent? Or just what some bureaucrat thinks is advantageous at the time? This gets replaced with “the ordinary course of the organization’s regular and customary activities.” What are the ordinary course of activities for a religious organization? And who decides what is ordinary and what isn’t? A minister speaking from a pulpit seems like an ordinary activity to me, but what if that same minister speaks at a rally or legislative committee hearing? If a charitable organization serves meals in a building they own or rent, that seems like an ordinary activity, but what if they do so in a public park?

Then there’s the question of “de minimis incremental expenses.” This is a legal term for something so small the law doesn’t care about it. For example, in a million dollar deal, a $10 mistake is considered “de minimis.” So what is a “de minimis incremental expense”? Is it 1% of the organization’s budget or 10%? Is it $100 or $1,000,000?

Once again, it appears Congress wants to pass a vague law and let the executive bureaucracy fill in the blanks. And we’ve seen how that has worked out over the years.

Conclusion

The Johnson Amendment is the very definition of arbitrary and capricious. It was introduced by a United States Senator to protect his own re-election campaign. It was targeted not only at the non-profit organizations, some of whom were impacting Johnson’s campaign, but at religious and other organizations. And the language was so vague as to have allowed decades of churches, charities, libraries, and educational non-profits to work in fear that simply saying the wrong thing could not only deprive them of their tax-exempt status, but the donations that are frequently given because of that status. That alone should be sufficient reason to simply rescind the amendment.

And why should an organization not be allowed to speak their position on a piece of legislation or a candidate as a condition of their tax exempt status? Should a group of people, peaceably assembled for religious or charitable purposes, not be allowed to speak on topics of public interest?

Interestingly enough, to my knowledge, the Johnson Amendment has never been challenged in court. I’ve even heard of organizations that not only encouraged ministers to preach on the subjects of candidates and legislation for the specific purpose of filing a complaint with the IRS. Why would someone do this? Because they believe the Johnson Amendment would not survive a First Amendment challenge in federal court. These organization hope that the IRS would threaten their tax exempt status, which would give them standing to sue. To my knowledge, even though thousands of legitimate complaints have been filed by these organizations, not a single tax exempt status has been threatened or revoked. Could it be that the IRS isn’t as sure about the constitutionality of the Johnson Amendment as many might think?

Rather than getting rid of this bad law, Congress seems to want to tweak around the edges. While not the best solution, I think it would be better than what we have now. This legislation is still in progress. Maybe we can convince our elected representatives to make it better before the final vote.

© 2025 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Bradlee Dean

April 30, 2025

SCOUN’DREL: A mean, worthless fellow; a rascal; a low petty villain; a man without honor or virtue.

If there is one drum that I have been pounding on since the first day of my ministry, it is justice upon the heads of the guilty (Isaiah 26:9).  This article proves exactly just why that is.  If there is a scoundrel amongst us in the halls of government, there are few that equal the reprobate wicked, and traitorous state of CIA-planted Minnesota Attorney General Keith Ellison (Luke 22:48).

Don’t play the fool by suggesting the people voted him in.  They did not!

Denounced and hated not only by the police commission (and police who he has been attacking) in the State of Minnesota but also by the 5.9 million people that reside within its borders.

Keith is actually from Michigan, along with his partner in crime, treasonous communist and pedophile Governor Tim Walz who is from Nebraska (Isaiah 10:1).

Attorney General Keith Ellison: Accuser Of The Innocent, Defender Of The Guilty – Attempting To Equate Hate To The Law That Exposes Their Crimes

And Then There Is The Traitor & Treasonous Tim Walz To Add To The Short List Of Options…

Both have also been alluring illegals from outside our borders, as well as working overtime for a 200-300 Muslim increase within our borders (Article III, Section 3, US Constitution).

Furthermore, Tim Walz is now being called out for over 600 million dollars in state fraud along with over 60 open investigations around his criminal administration!

Just when you thought that things couldn’t get any worse… Keith Ellison is caught on tape.

American Experiment has exclusively obtained the audio file of a private December 2021 meeting between state Attorney General Keith Ellison and key figures in the Feeding Our Future scandal.

Somehow, these scoundrels think they can do whatever it is that they want without impunity.

That they now have lawful authority to attack the constituents they are to represent?

That they have the right to transgress the Law, but not uphold the law (Psalm 94:20!

Friends, this is all a reflection of the people who tolerate these criminals. The passivity and tolerance of the American people concerning these criminals are what encourage them and others (up and coming) to continue down the road of tyranny.

Edmund Burke stated, <em>“Evil prevails because good men do nothing.” </em> I am here to tell you that nothing could be further from the truth! Why?  Because good men do NOT allow evil to prevail (Isaiah 51:4)!

In conclusion: True it is that these scoundrels will always do whatever it is that you let them get away with, and that is why they continue to do it.  These two scoundrels are a prime example of just that, and that is why the people, not only in the state of Minnesota but across the country, need to send the message that we will no longer tolerate criminal activity in the halls of our government (Psalm 94:16)!

© 2025 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Steven Yates

April 29, 2025

[Author’s disclaimer: the opinions and conclusions expressed in this article are solely mine, and should not be attributed to NewsWithViews.com, its editorial staff, or any other NewsWithViews.com contributing writer.]

It’s all gone sideways….

Remember Signal-gate? It looks as though Pete Hegseth created a second chat, sending sensitive information to a group including his wife, his brother, and his attorney.

The man is incompetent. He’ll soon be unloaded.

That said, there will be more to why he’ll be unloaded than meets the public eye. It won’t be over Signal-gate. Let Chuck Baldwin explain (scroll to the final section).

Baldwin also notes how Trump is on board with the unconstitutional REAL ID program. When I lived in South Carolina, I was part of a group that fought REAL ID tooth and nail. I was standing three feet away from then-governor Mark Sanford when he signed a bill declining to participate in REAL ID. (Here, here.)

South Carolina, like every other state, was eventually strongarmed. REAL ID is a perfect police state instrument. To the best of my knowledge, Trump has said nothing against it.

Trump has a nightmare on his hands with deportations. This isn’t his fault. We’re seeing fallout from 40 years of “free trade” ideology / open borders globalism … having outsourced American’s manufacturing base, de industrialized the country, and destroyed a middle class that took decades to build.

Sleepy Joe let 15 million illegals into the country. Trump inherits this mess. How does he get them out? It’s not like they’re wearing illegal on their sleeves! What’s to be done, then? Trump has pointed out — not unreasonably — that giving every suspect due process would take 200 years!

So how does ICE differentiate illegals from U.S. citizens without using police state tactics?

Even making the tall assumption that federal agents can Constitutionally demand, “Your papers please!” how many Americans could produce proof of U.S. citizenship on cue? A birth certificate, Social Security card, or passport would do it, but I’d wager that because few people need such documents very often, they can’t lay their hands on them on cue. What happens then? Send them to the detainment / deportation facility in Louisiana?

Department of Homeland Security sloppiness has already spilled over onto U.S. citizens. Over the past few weeks, a few immigration lawyers — and some who aren’t involved in immigration at all — have received letters from DHS ordering them to leave the country! Apparently no one checked to see which email address was the lawyer’s and which was the client’s. I don’t know what would explain sending such letters willy nilly to U.S citizens.

This is happening under Kristi Noem’s watch. Trump put her in charge of DHS. Another disastrous appointment! Illustrating her lack of judgment: she shoots an “untrainable” dog, then puts an account of the episode in a book, apparently not giving a thought that many voters are dog lovers!

On Easter she had a $4,000 Gucci bag snatched from under her nose in an Asylum on the Potomac restaurant. She lost her passport, apartment keys, driver’s license, DHS access badge, some medication (!), and $3,000 in cash.

Who in their right mind carries $3,000 in cash around with them in a high-end purse in this day and age? Or leaves them unattended in public?

If I had to guess, I’d surmise that DHS is in chaos courtesy of this airhead. That might not be a bad thing, actually, since the Constitution never authorized its creation in the first place. But we’re stuck with it for now, and its activities include carelessly sending terrifying letters to law-abiding U.S. citizens ordering them to leave the country!

Trump himself has more-than-toyed with the idea of sending U.S. citizens to foreign prisons: only the worst of the worst of our “homegrown,” we are assured.

First, even prisoners have rights under the Constitution, and this would blatantly violate those rights (Eight Amendment provision against “cruel and unusual punishment”).

Second, such policies would easily expand. Always keep in mind: Trump won’t be in office forever (all the talk about his seeking an unconstitutional third term notwithstanding)!

A left wing Democrat could conceivably get in, in 2028!

Whatever Trump institutes will still be around!

Do you, a U.S. citizen, want to be threatened with detainment and deportation for criticizing affirmative action “diversity, equity, inclusion” (DEI) ideology? Or, in our present environment, because you were accused of “antisemitism.”

You could ask me (maybe someone out there was thinking this), Well then, who should Trump have appointed to DHS?

Honest answer: I have no idea!

How does anyone fix this, Trump or anyone else? Isn’t it just conceivable that cultural Marxists, so-called free-traders / open borders globalists, Zionists, and many Republicans have collectively ruined the country, which is now FUBAR (stands for effed up beyond all repair)?

What Trump is trying to do right….

Trump wants to purge higher education and other affected institutions, including corporations, of cultural Marxist, affirmative action ideology, for the past several years known as DEI.

This should have been done three decades ago!

My first book was Civil Wrongs: What Went Wrong With Affirmative Action (1994). I drew connections between affirmative action, increasing criticism of it and successful lawsuits against it, and the rise of political correctness: speech codes, critical race theory, the rise of cancel culture.

That book nearly got me canceled. Perhaps that was to be expected. What I didn’t expect was that well-positioned conservatives in think tanks would ignore it!

They were ignoring the work of others, though, who had far more visibility than I did!

These people were effing scared of their effing shadows, and most of them still are!!

Pardon my language, but my patience has run out!

I predicted in ‘94 that affirmative action ideology would spread from academia and law schools until it dominated every profession in the country: law, news media, corporate America, entertainment, even the military (“women in combat” in the mid-1990s; homosexuals and “trans” people in our century).

Was I right, or was I right?

Again, though, what do we do about it now?

“DEI” is so deeply baked into institutions and into the consciousness of a public that grew up with it that getting rid of it without a federal takeover is going to be massively difficult!

Naturally I’m not advocating that!

It worked for Viktor Orbán in Hungary, someone might reply.

Hungary is a small country. Few could name a single university there. Harvard and other Ivy League institutions are known worldwide and have deep pockets. Trump should have anticipated pushback in the form of lawsuits.

The public “likes DEI,” says far-left USA Today columnist Rex Huppke!

Corporations phasing it out are losing business!

That’s the Brave New Generation(s) that grew up with it, about which I also warned two and a half decades ago!

That’s what we’re up against!

Back then, I had ideas about what would fix this mess! Now I don’t!

What Trump is getting (sometimes disastrously) wrong….

Foreign policy: Initially, back in 2015, I wasn’t going to support Trump. He struck me as a celebrity blowhard whose candidacy would quickly flame out.

But when he described U.S. foreign policy as a “complete and total disaster,” I paid attention. He gained traction in an environment of Establishment narrative collapse. His voice resonated with a growing base of support. This support won him the GOP nomination and then the presidency.

Widely circulated essays like this one helped as well.

Now, the “complete and total disaster” has returned … thanks to Trump’s fealty to a sociopath (Netanyahu) and commitment to Israel, no questions asked.

Latest example: the Houthis in Yemen, who had not threatened us. They had begun retaliating against Israel’s violation of the ceasefire agreement in Gaza.

If Trump were putting America First! he’d be telling Israel, Not Our Problem! You did this to yourself! At least he’d be demanding to know what America gains from being dragged into another war in the Middle East.

Powerful people seem to want to fight Iran. Trump is on board with this if he doesn’t get the nuclear deal he’s working on, although Israel and the West have pushed Iran to want nukes. Should war between Iran and the U.S.-Israel alliance break out, the potential for catastrophe dwarfs what was done to Iraq in 2003. If Iran should mine the Strait of Hormuz, what do you think will happen to every Western economy that depends on the oil that flows through that passage every day?

But everyone in the Asylum on the Potomac is terrified of getting on the Israeli lobby’s s**t list including Trump. In fairness, it is the Asylum’s most powerful lobby.

Isn’t it interesting how many neocons have dual U.S.-Israeli citizenships???

My question: America First? Or Israel First?

Tariffs: what Trump wants to do is clear. He wants to bring back manufacturing. But his institution of tariffs to make this happen has been erratic and unpredictable, driving markets nuts (although market oscillations — investors buying, selling, day-trading, what-have-you, based on the hope of cleverly-gotten freebies — has been entertaining to watch).

The objection I keep seeing in a range of credible sources is that not only will tariffs drive up prices for ordinary Americans and drive more small businesses under when they can’t absorb the costs like the big boys, but that because of changed technology, if manufacturing does return to the U.S. it will all be automated.

In that case, it won’t create a single job of the sort that built the economic powerhouse of the 1950s and 1960s.

No Trumpian golden age, in that case….

I only see further consolidation of wealth and power in the hands of the few, which is what Elon Musk and other Silicon Valley technocrats are counting on, I’m sure, while His Muskiness and Gen Z techies dismantle agencies like the Social Security Administration that provide a lifeline to over 70 million Americans.

The Courts and deportations: Trump is right to stand up to the far-left Obama appointees. But first, not all of those criticizing the legality of his moves are Obama appointees.

Second, even left-wingers get some things right. It appears that the Trump administration violated a 2019 court order not to deport Kilmer Abrego Garcia to El Salvador.

Trump certainly seems to be defying the U.S. Supreme Court (including two of his own appointees) which has ordered the administration to “expedite” returning Abrego Garcia to the U.S.

The Trump administration has admitted that deporting the man was a mistake.

I keep hearing: but Abrego Garcia is a gang member, a member of MS-13, and that he’s abused his wife.

If that’s true, let’s find out by bringing him back and charging him in a court of law. That’s how our system is supposed to work. The claim — made not just by Trump but by Nayib Bukele — that there’s nothing they can do seems disingenuous to me.

The latter is El Salvador’s president, and he’s saying he can’t arrange for one man to be put on a plane in his country and sent to the U.S.?

Are you effing kidding me?! If he can’t, then who can?!

Forgive me again, but this is ridiculous!!

Small wonder a lot of pundits on all sides of the aisle are talking about a Constitutional crisis. The Trump administration (as I argued previously) has already violated the First Amendment rights of every student scooped off the street and thrown in detention because they criticized Israeli mass murder of over 50,000 Gazans, most of them women and children.

I completely reject the retort that such stances are “pro-Hamas.” More weaponized language! Conservatives, can’t you see it?!

Diagnosis: Trump’s anger.

Trump 1.0 said think like (in addition to the above): “Americanism, not globalism!” His instincts were of an economic nationalist and a cultural conservative — despite the less savory elements of his past.

Trump 2.0 probably still has those two instincts, but he’s much angrier. And if anyone has a right to be angry, it’s him.

The 2020 election was stolen.

Yes, it was.

I ran some numbers. Consider: in 2004, 123,069,054 official votes were cast. Bush the Younger won.

In 2008, 129,446,839 official votes were cast. Obama won that one.

In 2012, 126,849,299 official votes were cast. Obama won again.

In 2016, 128.838,342 official votes were cast. Trump won in the Electoral College.

See the range? Between 123 and 130 million votes seems normal for the post-2000 popular vote.

Know how many official votes were tallied in 2020?

Answer: 155,507,476!

Until someone can tell me where over 25 million new voters came from, especially during a year when there was massive mail-in voting because of Captain Covid, I’ll assume a “deep rig” even if I don’t have specifics, and no matter what the judiciary and William Barr said.

Trump’s supporters protested the steal, to the point of taking the ill-advised step of invading the Capitol. The Biden regime and leftist courts (and neocons like Liz Cheney) deemed them “insurrectionists” and imprisoned them.

Trump’s enemies spent the next four years trying to destroy him, using every legal/judicial tool they could command. They tried to keep him off the 2024 ballot as an “insurrectionist.” They accused him of concealing payments to a porn star, cheating by overvaluing his properties, making off with classified documents, and of being a sex abuser and rapist. Did I miss anything?

When none of this worked and it was clear, his supporters weren’t buying it, his enemies tried to assassinate him! Twice!

Not only that, the attempts dropped from the radar within two weeks. Can you imagine what would have happened had someone taken a shot at Obama? We’d still be hearing about it!

Might it not have been for the better, had Trump been allowed to win in 2020?

I don’t think we’d be in this mess!

Water under the bridge. We have Trump 2.0, and he’s operating off an anger-driven desire for revenge.

Anger may be a right, but it’s almost never a good idea.

If we were to do something most people including Trump don’t much do these days, like read a book — we’d learn from Seneca, the Roman Stoic philosopher and author of On Anger, how destructive and ruinous uncontrolled anger is.

And when the president of the United States, arguably still the world’s most powerful country with its strongest military, is an angry, vengeful person, it threatens not just his country but the world. (It may have already made him an eager pawn of the sociopaths who want war with Iran!)

Trump is not a systematic thinker….

Whatever Trump’s instincts are, systematic thought is not one of them. Neither him nor anyone in his orbit sees its importance. I’ve posted missives on the White House website more than once. I’ve yet to get a reply, not even from an underling.

A little reflective, systematic thought about our situation would be a good idea right now!

We had an opportunity, back in 2008 and again in 2012, to elect a systematic thinker. His name was Dr. Ron Paul.

No one was interested.

Dr. Paul, author of numerous books and countless articles outlining his worldview based on Christianity and the Constitution, lacked the charisma of a Donald Trump.

He retired in 2013. (Listen to his retirement address to Congress.)

Dr. Paul was arguably the last statesman the U.S. had, and I see no one else on the horizon. (J.D. Vance was schooled by Peter Thiel, another technocrat.)

The predicament we’re now in:

THERE IS NO ONE ELSE!

I can picture someone asking me sarcastically, would you have preferred a Kamala Harris win after all?

Of course not!

Nothing I’ve said changes the basic lying and deceitful nature of Establishment Democrats. They spent four years trying to hide Joe Biden’s cognitive decline and gaslighting us as “conspiracy theorists” when we stated the obvious. They lied about Russiagate. They lied about Charlottesville. They lied about Jeffrey Epstein’s being murdered in prison. They lied about Hunter Biden’s laptop calling it “Russian disinformation.” They lied about the origins of covid. This is all in addition to their lies about Trump.

The alternatives Democrats offer: people like AOC who’s dumber than Kristi Noem!

Republicans? No one who isn’t either a technocrat, like Ramaswami, or a neocon warmonger or another globalist. (DeSantis seems to have dropped from the national radar.)

That’s where we are, people!

There is no one else!

I’ve the impression Rome had the same problem in its final days.

His Muskiness and other technocrats would privatize the whole mess and institute full technocracy based on the technofeudalism I wrote about last week.

I’m not looking to anyone, since those with the money necessary to exact change are all on the side of decadence and destruction. And because even if there were someone, that person couldn’t fix the problems we face overnight, and we’re running out of time!

I’m done.

This will be my last political commentary. I’ve been doing this for around 35 years, and my work includes three other nonfiction books. There’s little more I can say that hasn’t been said, and if what I’ve said hasn’t accomplished anything at this point, it’s not likely to.

So I’m hanging up my word processor and preparing to do other things: family things. I won’t rule out posting occasional notes on Biblical studies, or possible self-improvement if I’ve happened upon something I’ve found useful. But I’m not prioritizing this.

The U.S. is toast, is it not? It is following the Roman, Arab, Napoleonic, Ottoman, and British empires into the history books. Its cities will doubtless still be around, as are the cities that once dominated those empires. But the country’s influence is already diminishing.

Most people, moreover, don’t want the truth. They say they do and tell themselves they do, but they don’t.

Somehow, though, truth/reality always wins out! The deepest and awfulest truth: all civilizations rise, peak, lose direction, turn into empires, become corrupt and decadent, then decline and are either conquered or fall from within.

The U.K.’s Sir John Bagot Glubb, in his 1978 essay “The Fate of Empires,” identified signs of the Age of Decadence we’re in. I’ve adapted and lengthened his list for our specific situation.

Materialism: the haves worship money like a god; intellectuals tell themselves God does not exist, promote the idea that when all is said and done we’re no more than big-brained animals, then wonder why so many act the part.

Triviality and evasion: intellectuals are primarily academics lost in clouds of micro-specialization who have nothing to say that common people find useful.

Frivolity: many of these last adopt an “eat, drink, and be merry” attitude. Don’t worry; be happy! This is the best time to be alive! (The rest count money, have sex, watch porn, take drugs, or all four.)

Superficiality: national heroes are celebrities, athletes, and entertainers, not statesmen or authors.

Abandonment of founding principles: the Constitution is literally now “just a piece of paper” no matter which party controls the White House or Congress.

Currency debauchment: the dollar has lost around 98 percent of its purchasing power since Nixon killed the gold standard in 1971. The belief that we can print our way to prosperity still holds.

Marginalizing of religion: see under materialism. Realize, too, that Evangelical Christianity is deeply corrupted by Scofieldism (dispensationalism) and Zionism.

Corruption of every dominant institution. I’ve written volumes on the decline of higher education, which I saw first-hand because I was there.

Influxes of foreigners, many illegal, who do not learn English, do not assimilate, were encouraged to enter the country by Democrats who wanted votes, Republicans who wanted cheap labor, and cultural Marxists who wanted to destroy traditional white Christian America.

Irrational, aggressive foreign policy often in the service of foreign powers (e.g., Israel).

Welfare-statism: more and more people seeking to live at the expense of a bloated state bureaucracy, including corporations seeking lucrative federal contracts (corporate welfare by any other name is still corporate welfare).

Women moving into occupations previously dominated by men, who are emasculated until they struggle to reassert a semblance of their masculinity in a “manosphere.”   

An obsession with sex / gender fluidity.

Peter Turchin, in End Times: Elites, Counter-Elites, and the Path of Political Disintegration (2023), wrote of:

Massive and worsening economic inequality, in an environment in which the have-nots can justifiably suspect the haves of cheating. This, he argues compellingly from history, is fundamentally destabilizing.

Public immiseration, arrangements that harm ordinary Americans and make their lives miserable: unaffordable housing and healthcare are examples; so is a “gig economy.”

Overproduction of elite aspirants, more educated people trying to rise in a system than there are jobs or other positions for them to occupy, resulting in:

Rising counter-elites who appeal to frustrated elite aspirants and lead the adoption, increasingly, of a burn-it-all-down mindset.

I made my first predictions starting 35 years ago; they were ignored. Most came true. This is ignored.

So be it.

I see no hope that any of the above will be turned around in my lifetime, if ever, because the “influencers” capable of making a difference tend to be superficial, poorly educated, and without motivation to do more than make entertaining videos on TikTok. Most are complete ditzes at anything except getting seen online.

I’m not an “influencer.” Since you have to be one to expect, realistically, to make a difference, I’m going into retirement.

© 2025 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_________________________

Have you been victimized by “phishing expeditions”? Learn the signs, what to do and what not to do! This and other content not available here on my Substack publication Navigating the New Normal. Consider subscribing; while more and more Internet content is disappearing behind paywalls and is littered with ads, Navigating the New Normal remains free and ad-free.

Steven Yates is a (recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored three books, more than 20 articles, numerous book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and hereticl notions, including about academia itself.

In 2012 he moved to Chile. He married a Chilean national in 2014. Among his discoveries in South America: the problems of the U.S. are problems everywhere, because human nature is the same everywhere. The problems are problems of Western civilization as a whole.

As to whether he’ll stay in Chile … stay tuned!

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

By Cliff Kincaid

April 28, 2025

We applaud the arrest of two Democratic judges in Wisconsin and New Mexico for aiding illegal aliens and interfering with federal immigration enforcement. On the federal level, however, President Trump’s policies are being undermined not only by the courts but his own personnel, in particular former Soros operative Scott Bessent, the Treasury Secretary. As Trump’s second term hangs in the balance, it is time for truth.

“No, the President Has Not Defied a Supreme Court Ruling,” is a headline from one of those “new” conservative outlets, The Free Press. But Trump SHOULD be defying the Court. Responsible conservative media should remind the president that he has the constitutional duty to defy the courts when they infringe on the powers of his office. What is more, it is time to consider the matter of Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent undermining Trump’s effort – and campaign promises – to hold Red China accountable for poisoning the American people through COVID and fentanyl.

Look at the headlines on Thursday:

• Three judges, including two Trump appointees, rule against the Department of Education’s anti-DEI policy (CNN).
• Trump administration asks Supreme Court to let it enforce ban on transgender service members for now (CNN).
• Judge blocks Trump effort to expand proof of citizenship requirement for voter registration (CNN).

Why is the Trump Administration pleading with the Court? This is humiliating.

In fact, as highlighted by the outlet known as Axios, federal judges ruled against the White House on four major policy initiatives.

In the previous anti-Trump 7-2 Supreme Court ruling against deportations, Lex Greene remarked, “The only two ‘constitutional justices’ on our Supreme Court dissented, while the other seven justices, including all three appointed to the bench by Trump, acted to subvert the constitutional powers of the Presidency, increasing the continuing violent threat to all legal US citizens in the process.”

What we desperately need is a president who will not only defy the Court but order his Attorney General to seek the removal of those interfering in the president’s attempt to protect America from a foreign invasion.  They can be removed for “bad behavior.”

Please read the Constitution, specifically Article III. It says judges, both at the Supreme Court and inferior courts, “shall hold their offices during good behavior.” They are not entitled to life terms.

Again, Lex Greene comments that nothing in Article III suggests that a bad judge can only be removed from office via “impeachment.” He explains that a judge’s attempt to usurp the powers of the Oval Office from the bench is an attempt to undermine the Constitution and subvert the will of millions of American voters. As such, these decisions are a form of usurpation, subversion, sedition, and even “treason” and therefore constitute “bad behavior” at the very least.

I, for one, am getting sick and tired of those weak-kneed “conservatives” who think somehow that the president must take orders from the Court. He takes order from our founding documents, the Constitution and Declaration of Independence. The response, if people disagree with him, is impeachment by the legislative branch.

He most decidedly must not take orders from the Pope, and yet Trump is heading off to Rome to pay respects to the first Pontiff with pro-communist views who made deals with the Chinese Communist Party, allowing the communists to pick Catholic officials, and the Moscow-controlled Russian Orthodox Church.

Meanwhile, Trump’s statement that China tariffs will decrease “substantially” represents a blatant surrender to a regime that poisoned the world with a bioweapon and is continuing to ship chemicals to Mexican cartels making fentanyl to kill Americans.

At Trump’s scheduled 100-day rally in Michigan, he would be well-advised to urge mass resignations from the Court and their replacement by constitutional conservatives. He could also urge the installation of a new global Catholic leader like Pope John Paul II, the anti-communist pope who worked with President Reagan against communism worldwide.

Trump can’t afford to go soft on Red China at this critical juncture.

Trump is not a Catholic, but the church still has a lot of influence. The good news is that many who claim to be Catholics resist donating to a top-heavy bureaucracy implicated in child sex abuse scandals and cover-ups. Trump could order his Attorney General to investigate the church hierarchy under the terms of RICO for a racketeering conspiracy to hide financial assets from families of the victims through phony bankruptcy schemes. Such a move would be greeted by conservative Catholics looking for a revolution against the corrupt hierarchy.

Most importantly, Trump must take on Wall Street and the Big Banks.

To be sure, several important Wall Street operatives have taken Trump’s side, such as Morgan Stanley’s former top officer Michael Grimes, highlighted by the Wall Street Journal as “leading Trump’s Invest-in-America push.” But those on Wall Street fighting Trump’s America-first agenda are clearly on China’s side.

A real Trump revolution would not have allowed a former Soros operative in his cabinet. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent is the openly gay former Soros operative and investor in a globalized world who is benefitting from what one outlet calls “a spate of leaks describing him as the economic team’s voice of sanity” in the Trump Administration. That means he is leaking to undermine Trump’s tariffs against Communist China.

How can Trump trust this guy? Bessent claims to have had a Damascus Road conversion to the America First agenda. Count me as a skeptic.

It is telling that Trump trade adviser Peter Navarro, who has been tough on China for decades, has been sidelined. It is a tragedy. Navarro went to prison for Trump.

The liberal “business” channels are ecstatic. Look at the headline about Bessent saying “there is an opportunity for a big deal here” on trade issues between the United States and China.

During the campaign, Trump demanded $50 trillion in reparations over the release of the China virus from the Wuhan lab. His White House has now posted a website over the “lab leak.”

It was not a leak; it was deliberate.

On Maria Bartiromo’s show on Fox News’ Sunday Morning Futures, Trump said China had to pay. “They have to pay reparations.” In this interview, he proposed $60 trillion in reparations.

Bessent is opposed to Elon Musk, who calls Soros a hater of humanity. It is Musk that the Democrats hate, as evidenced by their terror campaign against his electric cars and assassination attempts against him personally.

Wall Street and the Big Banks love Bessent.

I would add at this point: where is the official push for deporting Soros to his native Hungary to be tried for crimes against humanity?

Attorney General Pam Bondi can and should take action. Perhaps she could call Scott Bessent as a witness in Soros’ deportation trial, if Bessent will blow the whistle on his former boss.

Meanwhile, the president is backpedaling on matters that involve the war in Ukraine, blasting Ukraine one day and Russia the next, and the Iran nuclear weapons program, one day threatening to bomb their nuclear sites and then opening negotiations with the Islamists running the country.

Constitutional conservatives are getting worried as we pass the critical 100-day mark in Trump’s second term.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Authored by Devvy Kidd not AI

April 28, 2025

“One who deceives will always find those who allow themselves to be deceived.” —Niccolo Machiavelli

My last two columns dealt with promises by the new Trump administration to give the American people a transparent government instead of more secrecy and lies to protect rotten, crooked politicians, unelected bureau-rats and those – military or civilian – who are still in their jobs and outright hate President Trump.[1]

New Transparent Government? What About Bill Binney?

New Transparent Government? Former Congressman: What About 9/11?

It’s taken 62 years to release the files who really killed President Kennedy?  A 62-year cover-up.  Yes, promises have been made to release everything that’s been withheld, 63,400 pages which I haven’t read. However, many who are combing through those pages say it’s pretty much nothing we haven’t known for decades. [2] I’ve read several books on the assassination.  One in particular is worth the time to read:  The Man Who Knew Too Much: Hired to Kill Oswald and Prevent the Assassination of JFK by Dick Russell (Amazon)

If you read my two columns above you know the cover-ups and those responsible are still walking free (just like the OKC bombing) but perhaps we are making headway.

I’m guessing probably 90% of the American people have no idea what happened regarding KAL Flight 007 which happened 42 years ago in 1983.

Incident at SAKHALIN The True Mission of KAL Flight 007, Mine, November 19, 1999:

“For those who might be unfamiliar with this tragedy, on September 1, 1983, KAL Flight 007 was allegedly shot down by the Ruskies with all 269 civilians perishing in this crash, including United States Congressman Larry McDonald. Of all the accounts I have ever read, no luggage and no bodies or remains have ever been found. Incident at Sakhalin is not only compelling, it screams with cover-up, deception and demonstrates how this puppet government has decayed almost beyond redemption.

“Like Waco, OKC, TWA Flight 800 and Vince Foster, just to name a few major “incidents” in America, KAL 007 is another reprehensible and immoral cover-up. When enough Americans find out the truth about these tragedies, they will shed their final innocence and recognize how evil this puppet government has become over the past 90 years.

“I have found this particular incident quite fascinating since 1994 and have done a great deal of reading up on it from various sources, trying to sift through the conspiracy people’s fantasies to on- site investigation of the crash site and surrounding terrain.

“However, nothing prepared me for Incident at Sakhalin – the truth literally jumped from the pages and left me stunned. Sometimes it’s strange how things sometimes happen but I recently did a book review for this site regarding a new 1999 publication titled War Scare. Dr. Pry’s work reinforces what the author of Incident at Sakhalin discovered. These cross-references of some material between these two works lends a great deal of credibility to a massive cover-up.

“I personally wish to say God bless you Mr. Brun for all the sacrifices you had to make to bring the truth to light. The same applies to Mr. & Mrs. John Keppel for their sacrifices in helping bring the light of day on this travesty kept from the American people…

“Contrary to “official” reports from the United States and the International Civil Aviation Organization, KAL 007 was not shot down over Sakhalin but was destroyed off Honshu, the main Japanese island, nearly an hour later than the reports claimed and by means and for reasons still not clear.”  (That’s a lie.)

“To say Incident at Sakhalin had me riveted to my reading chair is an understatement; it also raised the specter of absolute fear in my gut. Fear for something so lost in our great Republic, fear of how close America came to nuclear war and fear that the American people have become so apathetic, so dumbed-down and so “I, me, my” that they no longer care who this government kills as long as it doesn’t disturb their self-induced coma that protects their comfort zone. As you read the report below, let me quote from page 4 of Incident at Sakhalin:

“At precisely ten o’clock, the South Korean minister of foreign affairs announced that he had received confirmation from the CIA that “the plane had landed at Sakhalin. The crew and passengers are safe.”

Pg 5:  “Let us examine the CIA announcement about which so much has been written:  The aircraft did not explode in flight and did not crash, but is known to have landed on Sakhalin. The passengers and crew are safe and the aircraft is undamaged.”

Continuing: “Now, another remarkable thing happened back in 1994 during my first run for Congress: I was sent an eye-opening report by an individual in Israel who I didn’t even know, but the content of this material shocked me. Suddenly KAL 007 loomed in front of me and began my intense interest in this case.

“Additionally, this document led me to contact Senator Jesse Helm’s office, which turned out to be a rather intriguing but frustrating dead end, and one which raised big red flags. What I want to know is why Helms’ shelved the investigation and why those senior staffers who worked on the investigation in his office were replaced with a bunch of yuppies?

“Incident at Sakhalin was published in 1995 and I received this report in January of 1994; the report is dated March 1993. This report, which I discussed with Avraham Shifrin on a long-distance call that cost me plenty, contains some amazing allegations that led me to Jesse Helms’ office. I inquired of Mr. Shifrin how is it he had my name and address? He responded by saying that friends in the U.S. had sent them a list of people they thought would do whatever it takes to get the truth out about this “horrible cover-up.” A sigh from a butterfly would have knocked me over upon hearing that.

“One of the important things to remember as you read this: The United States of America and every other “official” mouthpiece for the Ruskies all maintain that KAL 007 was shot down. The document won’t scan too well, so, as usual, my fingers are going into hyper-drive and the following is a word-for-word presentation of this document (which, I might add, I have sent out probably 150+ copies over the years):” Rest at link and yes, Jesse Helms KNEW the Russians had OUR citizens, a U.S. Congressman and citizens of South Korea.”  Full column at link.

KAL 007 (SAKHALIN INCIDENT) – FOLLOW-UP, Mine, December 10, 1999

U.S. Says Soviet Downed Korean Airliner; 269 Lost; Reagan Denounces ‘Wanton’ Act

President Demands Explanation For ‘Horrifying Act of Violence’ – “Santa Barbara, Calif., Sept 1 – President Reagan expressed revulsion today at the reported downing of a Korean Air Lines plane off the Soviet Coast.”

“Let’s read that sentence again: President Reagan expressed revulsion today at the reported downing of a Korean Air Lines plane off the Soviet Coast.  Are we to believe that Ronald Reagan expressed revulsion over something that is “reported” to have happened? Are we to believe that with all the sophisticated equipment this nation has funded from planes to encryption devices, and everything in the arsenal of the NSA and DoD, that Reagan reacted with intense outrage over something that has only been “reported?”

“We’re to believe that the President of the United States of America didn’t really know what happened – and, this – two full days later – I’m supposed to believe this malarkey? Either the plane was shot down or it wasn’t and the President would darn well know the truth. Once you read Incident at Sakhalin, you’ll understand why I say this.

“When one considers that this government has repeatedly lied to the American people on one issue after another and that sometimes we don’t find out the truth about certain things until 50 years later, I would say that due to the enormity of the Ruskies holding a U.S. Congressman back in 1983 right at the time of important talks between the U.S. and Russia, that we have been lied to for political expediency. We also have to remember this was 16 years ago, before FOX news, before CNN and the Internet capability we have today. There was ample time and strong-arming to get the cover-up in place, i.e. withdrawing troops from the 32nd Parallel and foreign “aid”.

“Do you really think that the Vice President of Korean Air Lines just hopped a plane to go negotiate for the return of the passengers if there wasn’t something solid to make Mr. Choong-keun get on a flight? Come on. You can bet a number of people were notified that the plane set down either on Sakhalin or right off-shore, the passengers were alive and it was time for tea and talk. Remember Mr. Choong-keun’s statement: “I cannot tell how the plane came to land on Sakhalin….” In his own mind, he was positive the plane had landed and he was on his way to see about the passengers.  Do you think Mr. Choong-keun became the vice-president of an airline company because he’s stupid?

“While Mr. Choong-keun was preparing to head for Sakhalin, already there was talk, at least to UPI, that American officials would join in on the negotiations for return of the passengers. Are we to believe that the Korean Broadcasting Service “quoting government officials” that the jumbo jet landed at Sakhalin at 4 a.m. was just a big lie put out? What purpose would that serve? Remember, this is within a few hours after the incident when everything was happening at once – just like OKC, just like TWA flight 800. The Ruskies forced another KAL flight down in 1978 – they didn’t shoot it down – they accompanied it to a forced landing. How come they just decide to blast this one out of the sky? Read Incident at Sakhalin and you’ll see what was really going on over that island.

“Notice the details provided in all coverage on September 1^st, yet the next day, suddenly all that is pushed aside in favor of the Russians blasting the plane out of the sky. Not consistent at all, just like OKC and TWA Flight 800. Suddenly in all these horrible events, those who saw things, actually didn’t’ see them at all. Only “government officials” know or see anything. There were all kinds of speeches and blustering done by America and the Ruskies but in the end, the cover-up was firmly jelled where it has remained for 16 years and 4 months.

“The New York Times piece September 1^st adds that an airline official in Seoul said that afternoon that an explosion might have occurred in midair. Which airline official? Remember, the vice-president of KAL is already on his way to negotiate for the return of the passengers.

“Remember the Rocky Mountain News and New York Times on September 2^nd stating that the United States had sent all this sophisticated AWACS surveillance aircraft and so forth to search for the wreckage? If you read Incident at Sakhalin, you know this was nothing more than pap for the people who had no way to verify anything being said.”  Do read the whole column.

Flight KAL 007 – Bring Our People Home Now, Mine, August 29, 2001

“In a dramatic turn of events, evidence has now surfaced (some quite literally from the bottom) proving that KAL 007 had indeed ditched successfully off the shores of tiny Moneron Island, and that the passengers and crew were rescued to be held captive in the former Soviet Union.

“Here in this book, are the unparalleled transcripts and chronicling of the whole Soviet hierarchy from the Commander of the Far East Military District down to Major Osipovich squeezing the trigger.

“Here are the high level, and sometimes vehement, interchanges that resulted in both the shooting down and the ordering of rescue missions involving KGB patrol boats, helicopters, and civilian trawlers around Moneron.

“And, here finally, is the evidence we need to bring our people home. Senator Jesse Helms to Boris Yeltsin – December 10, 1991: “The KAL 007 tragedy was one of the most tense incidents of the entire Cold War…Please provide a detailed list of the camps containing live passengers and crew, together with a map showing their location.”

“The son-in-law of one of the passengers of the ill-fated Korean Air Lines Flight 007, shot down by a Russian air air-missile in 1983, Bert Schlossberg has dedicated the past ten years to researching the question of passenger rescue and survival, as well as Soviet resistance to disclosure connected with this mysterious flight.” -End-

“If you take the time to read my posts from last year, one of the most important pieces of information that proves the big lie promoted by former Secretary of State, George Shultz and Ronald Reagan is found in the book, Incident at Sakhalin…

“Bert Schlossberg, his wife and four children live in Jerusalem. His new book is so sickening, you just want to walk outside and pound the heck out of something. Every time I work one of these stories, it makes me sick. Think this can’t happen to you? I darn straight guarantee you that if you’re on some international flight and something happens like what happened with KAL 007, this government, at the direction of the shadow group who pull the strings of these puppets in Congress and the White House, will write you off as nothing more important than a speck of lint.” Rest at link and do read.

All the survivors have lived their lives in captivity; no doubt many have already died since this happened 42 years ago.  Can you imagine the agony of the families both American and South Koreans all these years?  And the hostages?  Jesse Helms took the truth to his grave but all the official documents will tell the truth.

Unresolved Questions Surround KAL 007, Sept. 1, 2009: “After KAL 007, President Reagan addressed the nation, referring to the incident as a “crime against humanity which must never be forgotten.”  However, within a year, Reagan’s administration was working to restore normal relations with the Soviet Union.  Among the passengers of KAL 007 was Rep. Larry McDonald (D-GA), who was both a member of the House of Representatives and chairman of the John Birch Society, but the “collateral damage” from the Soviet attack included another member of Congress: Senator Henry “Scoop” Jackson (D-WA), whose last public appearance was at a press conference denouncing the Soviet Union. Sen. Jackson died of an aortic aneurysm on September 1, 1983.

“In a Foreword to Jeffrey St. John’s 1984 book on the KAL 007 attack, Day of the Cobra, Sen. Jesse Helms (R-N.C.) recounted meeting the family of Neil Grenfell from flight 007 while his own plane, KAL 015, was on the ground at the Anchorage airport at the same time as KAL 007, and his immediate emotional connection with the two Grenfell daughters: “In the quiet of the night, I can still hear those precious children laughing. “I can feel their little arms around my neck. I can see them waving good-bye and blowing kisses to me as they departed. I simply cannot accept their deaths. My mind rejects any notion that a civilized country could wantonly, intentionally, premeditatedly shoot down an unarmed plane loaded with innocent men, women, and children.”

“With time, Sen. Helms continued to make inquiry of Soviet, and later Russian, rulers seeking to determine what actually happened to the passengers of KAL 007. As was recounted for The New American last year,”  Rest at link.

Are KAL 007 Passengers Held by Russians? Mine, April 3, 2005: “No bodies or luggage was ever found at the alleged crash site and wreckage didn’t amount to anything larger than a Piper single aircraft. All passengers disappeared from this Russian controlled area.

“The families of KAL 007 Rescue have been receiving information of sightings for years that their family members are being held against their will in Russian prisons. Here are the most recent as reported by Mr. Bert Schlossberg, International Director International Committee for the Rescue of KAL 007 Survivors:” Rest at link.

Bert Schlossberg email (bertexie@gmail.com) March 27, 2025: “Dear Families and Friends, (Emphasis mine)

“I am seeking your help now to join with me in various ways concerning the work I have been doing since 1991 – the bringing back home of the survivors of the Sept. 1, 1983 shoot down of KAL 007. There has been an acceleration in public interest in this matter, which I have not seen in all these years. There is the beginning of a network of people that feel that a great injustice has been done, that there really are survivors that have been carted away and hidden away by the Soviet Union, that many may still be alive.

“I have seen this interest grow before my eyes. There is even an opening that has come to petition the government to open up archives and classified material- like as has been now done for the assassination of President Kennedy. There is now more of an opening to knock on doors, literally and figuratively, of government officials, of Committee members, of President Trump himself. I Iike that! There is a song in Hebrew that Shoshana Demari sung lovingly – Im ninalu dalthei nidhavim, l’o ninalu dalthai Marom, ” If the Gates of benefactors are locked, the Gates on High are not locked!  Jesus taught that!

“In the light of this I have written up a manual for these people to read. Not a book, an illustrated (Photos, Charts, etc.) Manual that they read, that they can reread, that they can study, and decide to do something about, even be inspired to devote themselves to. This Manual is about finished. I do not know yet what to do with it. You can give me some ideas. (bertexie@gmail.com) I am thinking of having them printed in an inviting way, that people can even take with them where they are going, perhaps call their friends together to discuss it in their homes or forming local study groups. I don’t know.

“You please tell me your thoughts, your ideas, Pray with me. Pray for me. I have never in all these years asked for a dime from anyone for this KAL 007 work, I am asking now. More than a dime! Can you consider giving a gift that will cover a professional printing job, for perhaps hundreds of this Manuals? Yes, I forgot to mention, there are Media people, and investigative journalists I want to send to. And God willing and giving me strength, I may have to travel to various locations. to see people and talk to them. I need others with me. I am asking for this as well.

“Thanks for your help!  Bert Schlossberg, Director, the International Committee for Rescue of KAL 007 Survivors www.rescue007.org – “On September 1, 1983, Korean Air Lines flight 007, on its way from Anchorage, Alaska to Seoul, Korea, carrying 269 passengers and crew, strayed off its intended course and entered into Soviet airspace.  A Soviet Sukhoi 15 fighter jet, piloted by Major Gennadie Osipovich, was sent up to destroy the intruding Boeing 747.

“This, at the height of the Cold War era, was a major international incident.  At the time, it was – and still is – widely believed that the plane “exploded”, “plummeted uncontrollably” into the ocean, and was “destroyed”, killing all aboard, including Lawrence (“Larry”) Patton McDonald, Representative (D), 7th District, Georgia.

“The evidence, however, tells another story. Japanese radar tracking, Soviet ground-to-ground and ground-to-air communications, KAL 007’s flight data recorder and cockpit voice recorder, the debris (and lack thereof), eye-witness testimonies… All these and more, when pieced together, tell of a plane which was, indeed, damaged, but which managed to land safely, and of passengers who survived and were rescued by the Russians — only to be imprisoned to this day.” End on the web site.  He is absolutely right.

Send this link to X and your social media platforms. True transparency would mean Trump’s State Dept pursuing the truth from the Russians and any and all classified documents released.  There were children on that flight who, if survived, are now adults.

The EVIDENCE doesn’t lie. If you read my columns above (and I’ve read the books) this is an on-going immoral, grotesque cover-up.  One I believe President Trump would take great interest in if he sat down and spoke with Schlossberg personally.  Considering the dangerous environment over in Ukraine, the insanity of the EU and the terrorist threats that are very real, think about all the passengers on KAL 007 who innocently boarded their plane and a few hours later, never to be heard from again – think it can’t happen to YOU or your family if you fly to another country this summer for a vacation?

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2024 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] BREAKING: Department of Defense Branch Chief Calls President Trump “Illegitimate,” Vows to Resist Him – Attacks Hegseth as “Unfit to Lead” (VIDEO), April 23, 2025 –“Nicolas Turza, a Department of Defense Branch Chief, called President Trump “illegitimate” and vowed to “resist him, everything he does.”…

“The same guy who tried to overthrow an election is just, like, truly setting us down a path of dictatorship. He’s illegitimate. He’s terribly immoral, breaking every norm. We’re going to resist him. Everything he does,” Turza said about Trump.”

[2]  What is in the JFK files? Hear from one historian about whether there
were any new revelations, March 25, 2025

“We asked Edward H. Miller, a teaching professor and political historian, about whether there is any new information in the trove of documents concerning JFK’s assassination.”  Nothing new.

Related:

Korean Air Lines Flight 007 – Investigations – Interim Developments

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 28, 2025

Chief Seattle said, “The earth does not belong to man, man belongs to the earth. All things are connected like the blood that unites us all. Man did not weave the web of life; he is merely a strand in it. Whatever he does to the web, he does to himself.”

Fifty-five years ago, U.S. Senator Gaylord Nelson watched with dismay how horribly humans were damaging our planet home.  He created Earth Day, April 22, 1970.  At the time, I participated at Michigan State University, but didn’t really “see” the damage being done to Planet Earth.

Plastics began their onslaught of our oceans in 1965.  But, not enough impact to be noticed.  Air pollution caused acid rain that killed our soils, but we didn’t do much to change that.  At the time, we had created over 40,000 chemicals, but no one noticed. The “Sixth Extinction Session” had begun in full-swing, but who notices a couple thousands species vanishing from the planet when their disappearance didn’t make headlines.  Gridlock traffic plagued NYC, Chicago, LA, Houston, and San Francisco—but no one cared.  By 1970, humans slaughtered 20 to 30 million sharks annually for “shark fin soup”, but no one thought about sharks.  The Amazon rainforest was being cut down and burned at 1.0 acre per minute…but again, if it’s out of sight, it’s out of mind.  In 1970, a mere 1.4 million people starved to death annually around the world, mostly in third world countries—-but again what could you do about it? The Peace Corps tried, but failed!

In 1963, my brother Rex and I began scuba diving all over the Gulf of America. From there, we dove into every ocean on this planet. We explored rivers and lakes.  Nothing beats seeing the magic of the world beneath the waves: whales, sharks, eels, dolphins, penguins, turtles, diving birds, Great Barrier Reef, Hawaii, and marine life in the Galapagos Islands. Just incredible to witness the Natural World underwater!

At the time, China neared 1.0 billion people along with India making its bid for 1.0 billion humans.  But, no one noticed.  America stood at 200 million by 1970, so what’s the big deal?

Paul Ehrlich wrote the Population Bomb in 1968, but again, if it didn’t affect any of us, so what?  At the time, the human population on the planet in 1970 stood at 3.5 billion people.

Human overpopulation stood as THE MAIN topic for that first Earth Day.  Everyone talked about TOO MANY humans at 3.5 billion of us—and all the damage we were doing to the planet.

WHAT DID WE DO AFTER EARTH DAY 1970 TO IMPROVE OUR HARM TO THE PLANET?

Answer: we accelerated our abuse beyond imagination.

What did we do about human overpopulation and our impact on the planet after 1970?  Answer: we jumped from 3.5 billion to 8.2 billion, currently. We added 4.7 billion humans. And within another 12-14 years, we’ll see 9.0 billion.  From there, humans will “try” for 10 billion.  Guess what? There are intellectual morons out there supporting humans to reach 10 billion.  In fact, there is one writer in America, Joel Kotkin who wrote a book supporting 100 million more people in America by 2050. He’s THAT stupid, THAT arrogant, THAT absurd!

If you notice—whether 60 Minutes, Terry Gross or Scott Simon at NPR, or PBS, or NBC, CBS, ABC, FOX or any other network—you won’t hear a peep out of any of them about America’s accelerating population growth—all of it brought about by exponential immigration growth. Those networks suppress any consequences of population overshoot, and they aim to keep Americans uneducated and clueless.

It wasn’t until 1983-84 when I took a bicycle trip around the world where I touched down on four continents.  That adventurous journey to see overpopulation firsthand knocked me upside the head.  China just about hit 1.0 billion along with India. I witnessed people stacked up on people beyond anyone’s comprehension in Europe,Canada and America.  Who could imagine expressways with 50 lanes in one direction, which is their reality in 2025?

While scuba driving the Great Barrier Reef in Australia, I noticed plastic containers littering the reef and ocean floor. In the Galapagos Islands, I saw more plastic crap washed up on the beaches.  In the Mediterranean, plastic bags looked like a new form of sea weed.

Did we solve air pollution over our big cities?  Have you breathed the air in Chicago, Denver, LA, Houston, Atlanta and most other enormous cities?  You would be breathing over 100 chemicals and particulate 24/7 from factories, Dow Chemicals, Monsanto, coal fired electrical plants, millions of cars and trucks exhaust, and millions of homes burning fuel.

How about those 40,000 chemicals in 1970? Today, try 84,000 chemicals and few of them are tested for long term consequences.  Monsanto and Dow Chemical poison the world with impunity. Notice “Bee Colony Collapse” everywhere you spread Roundup, Weed-b-Gone, and hundreds of other horrific insecticides. Worse, all of that poison ends up in our oceans.

Also, 40 years ago, 1 child in 10,000 births suffered Autism. Today, it’s 1 child in 36 births faces a life of Autism.  Do you think Monsanto or Dow Chemical care that Roundup and their other poisons are killing the Natural World and humans?  Answer:  they could give a damned!  That’s why our food chain provokes cancers, messed up biomes in our stomachs, and dozens of other skin and bodily disorders.

What about the oceans and sharks?  Today, as documented by Julia Whitty in OnEarth Magazine, we have been killing 100,000,000 sharks annually since 1990 with no end in sight. We’re destroying the ecology of the oceans. We’re bleaching the reefs with our carbon footprint.

What about that “Sixth Extinction Session”?  Most people don’t notice that we’re causing the extinction of 100 creatures 24/7.  The eminent Harvard biologist E.O. Wilson said that at our current rate of encroachment and poisoning of the Natural World, we will kill off 1/4 of plant/animal life by 2050 and as much as 2/3 of plant/animal life by the end of the century.  And, every year that we add 83 million more humans, net gain, that extinction session impact accelerates.

What about human starvation rates since Earth Day 1970?

“An average of 733 million people (1 in 11) go hungry every day. Half of all child deaths are linked to malnutrition. Nine (9) million people die from hunger-related causes every year.”

Can you imagine what those numbers will show in 2050 with another 1.0 billion added to Earth?  We’re talking starvation numbers beyond comprehension.

What about gridlocked traffic in our overpopulated cities?  Answer:  it’s only going to get worse as our 35 most populated cities will double in size by 2050 as we add 100,000,000 more people to the USA, net gain, within 25 years. Back in 1960, we burned 40 million barrels of oil worldwide, daily. Today, it’s over 100 million barrels of oil, 24/7.  It’s been reported that China will burn 90 to 100 million barrels daily by 2030-40.  (Source: The Long Emergency by William Howard Kunstler)

As we’ve tossed 170 trillion pieces of plastic into our oceans in the past 60 years, and another 8 million pieces of plastic daily into our oceans—do any of the leaders of the 190 countries around the world give a hoot? Are they starting recycling programs in their countries?   Answer:  that would be a resounding, NO! (Source: “Plastic in our oceans” NPR News, Scott Simon)

Here in the USA, a mere 32 percent of Americans recycle anything. Only six states mandate a 10 cent deposit/return law for bottles, cans and plastic containers.  Americans generate 268 million tons of trash annually.

“In the U.S., an estimated 140 billion drink containers (including bottles, cans, and plastic containers) are wasted annually. This includes approximately 74 billion plastic bottles (commonly used for water and soft drinks), over 50 billion cans, and nearly 15 billion glass bottles, all tossed into landfills or along highways.”

Obviously, this report covers a mere fraction of the damage humans are perpetrating onto this planet. We could speak to catastrophic climate destabilization that accelerates with each new figure of 83 million new babies added to the planet annually. Each of them burns fuel to create more carbon footprint.  We could cover the nightmare of fresh water being used and polluted.  We could report on the ground water pollution. We could talk about how our freedoms suffer more restrictions as we add the numbers. This report would terrify you for your children if more subjects were covered. (I’ve written a book about what we face: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge)

As to the quote by Chief Seattle, if we keep doing to this planet what we’ve been doing to it for the past 60 years since plastics and chemicals arrived, and we keep adding millions/billions more of our species—America and the human race face a sobering if not deadly future.

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

© 2025 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

By Rob Pue

April 27, 2025

In my work as a Christian newspaper publisher, radio commentator at TV host, I often have people contact me requesting prayer and counseling. Most all who come for prayer and counsel are Christians.  They come in various stages of spiritual maturity.  Some are baby Christians, some have been following the Lord for years, and the vast majority of requests I get are for those in troubled marriages and families.  So today, I’d like to talk about marriage and family, and I hope and pray you’ll hear and understand what I have to say and put my advice into action.

It’s no secret that the enemy of our souls has been working hard to destroy the natural family — one man, united in the bonds of Holy Matrimony to one woman, both faithful to one another and raising Godly children in the fear and admonition of the Lord.  Today, God’s natural design for the family is under intense assault on every level.  Satan uses a “divide and conquer” strategy to destroy the family, by getting us to focus on ourselves, rather than on serving those we love.

This is not how God would have us to live.  Marriage between one man and one woman is His perfect plan for us, one of the first, most basic and essential things we learn about in the very first chapter of the Bible.  In Genesis 1 we read, “God created man in His own image.  In the image of God created He him;  male and female created He them.  And God blessed them and God said unto them, ‘Be fruitful and multiply.’”  There we have it:  God’s design for marriage and family.  Couldn’t be simpler.  And God’s plans are always perfect.  Yet we think we know better.

By the way, the word “Matrimony” literally means “Motherhood.”  Not so long ago, people understood this.  It’s God’s perfect design that only in the bonds of Holy Matrimony should a woman become a mother.  You see, any male and female can fornicate, and sadly, in today’s permissive, Godless culture, more often than not, precious innocent children created in the image of God, are viewed as “accidents,” “inconveniences,” born as the result of unbridled sexual lust between two unmarried, uncommitted people…or worse yet, murdered in the womb.

Now compare that to the security of an intact, Godly home with a devoted Mother and Father, who have given themselves, one to another, and entered into the sacred bonds of Holy Matrimony, where the “D” word is not even in their vocabulary;  where they build their lives together and their homes, and their families on the Word of God.  A home where Jesus is not only welcome but earnestly sought after!  We have more dysfunctional families today than ever before because we have chosen to turn from God and ignore all the precious wisdom He has imparted to us in His Holy Word, the Bible.

Families are in turmoil today.  Innocent children are being lured away from goodness and truth by the lies, deceptions and wickedness they’re surrounded by in public schools, on social media, through TV shows and movies, in the hideous noise that masquerades as popular “music” today — and all of it is filled with sexual perversion, obscenity, horror and filth.  An hour a week in church, or two hours a week at an entertainment-based church youth group cannot compete for the hearts, minds and souls of our children, when the children are immersed in vile lies, deception and sexual perversion non-stop, every day, all day.

And so we have a generation of the most confused, depressed and hopeless kids we’ve ever seen in America.  Often as the children are lured away into the LGBTQP+ cult, into “transgenderism,” violence, self-abuse and drug use, the parents are at a loss as to what to do.  After all, they take them to church every week. They send them to youth group every week.  Isn’t that enough?  Of course it’s not. Absolutely not.  They face enormous peer pressure in our culture daily.  They face unimaginable temptations as the enemy lures them away from God with perverted enticements at every turn.  They just want to “fit in,” they just want to be accepted — and the one thing that will assure they’re not accepted by their peers is to be a Godly, righteous young person, knowing right from wrong and standing steadfastly on the side of that which is right.

So how do we mend all these dysfunctional families? How do we train up a child in the way he should go, so that when he’s old he won’t depart from it?  We must be real Christ-followers and Bible students all our lives ourselves.  It begins with us.  Parents must model true Christianity in their homes as the children watch and learn what true Christianity is.  As Titus 2 tells us, “For the grace of God that bringeth salvation hath appeared to all men, teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly, in this present age.”

But sadly, in the vast majority of homes today, there’s little to no regard for the grace of God, or the salvation He brings.  There’s no understanding — much less seeking and following the guidance of the Holy Spirit, who teaches us to deny ungodliness and worldy lusts and instead, live soberly, righteously and Godly, in this present age.  No, today, even professing Christians go out of their way to engage in ungodliness and worldly lusts and find ways to justify that behavior in their minds.

But, Christianity isn’t just something we “do” once a week.  It’s more than a fish symbol on the back of your car.  It’s more than a pizza party at a youth group meeting.  It’s real and genuine — and kids today are starving for that which is true, real and genuine.  Knowing that what you know is real is the solid rock foundation of unshakable security and certainty.  Precisely what’s lacking in the lives of our young people now.

Make no mistake, if you live soberly, righteously and Godly, you will be counter cultural.  Your family, friends and neighbors will think you’re fanatics.  Your children will not be welcomed into the various popular cliques at school, either — but that’s a good thing, because you’ll be preparing them for the spiritual warfare that will assail them all their lives.  And as you do battle daily in the spiritual realm, keeping your hearts and minds on Christ Jesus, your children will learn to do the same all of their lives.  Yeah, you’ll be a “peculiar people,” alright. But isn’t that what God’s Word tells us to be?

And, if you live this way, goodness and mercy will follow you all the days of your life.  Don’t misunderstand here.  Scripture doesn’t promise you’ll be healthy or wealthy or that no evil will ever cause you any sorrow or grief.  Most assuredly, you will be mocked and ridiculed for His name’s sake.  You’ll be targeted by the enemy, tested and sifted.  But the Scripture says that “goodness and mercy will follow you.”  This means that as you walk through life in this world, you’ll spread goodness and mercy behind you, as you go.  It follows you.  You must go first, living soberly, righteously and Godly lives.  And then, goodness and mercy follow behind you.  And then, those who may see you as an oddball at first, will soon come to realize that they desperately need what you have.

So, you live a God-honoring, Christ-centered life, and then look behind you as you go, and you’ll see the goodness and mercy of God that you leave in your wake.  Trust me, this will impact more people than you realize, not the least of which are going to be your own children…and their children.

Now, I’ve talked about how to have a Godly family.  But your marriage comes first.  In order to have a Godly family the way God designed, a man and woman must first become one in marriage.  Our Creator is awesome and amazing, the way He knits us together in our mothers’ wombs, the way He knows all about us before we’re ever born.  I believe He creates individual men with specific individual women in mind.  In other words, He created me just for my wife; He created my wife, just for me. What an amazing gift from our most gracious, loving Father, God.

When we first meet our spouse, we’re enamored with them.  We’re infatuated.  We’re “in love.”  As young men, we pursue our wives to impress them and win their hearts and their favor. We seek their acceptance, their approval and love.  Unfortunately, after marriage, so many couples let the cares of this world disrupt and even destroy their marriages. We allow resentment to enter in, rather than God’s Holy Spirit.

I understand that people get tired, and this can lead to fatigue, boredom, laziness and complacency.  I suppose it’s much easier to spend time in the evening watching some inane sitcom on TV or playing on your phone or computer.  This is how it is for so many today.  Then, after wasting the evening in these ways, night after night, you just go to bed, sleeping with your back to your loved ones.  The spark that was once there flickers out due to neglect, and the marriage slowly dies.  I’ve seen it over and over again.

And as your once-exciting, beautiful marriage becomes “old” and “routine,” many seek to renew that old romantic “spark” — but with a new partner.  I’ve seen this over and over again too.  Today, many go into marriage believing in the idea of “50/50” … they believe the burdens and chores that are a necessary part of everyday life should be split equally.  So each one feels they should put in 50% of the effort, expecting the other half from their spouse.

This does not work.  Just try it in school.  Do you know what 50% will get you on a test?  An “F” — a failing grade.  Putting 50% of your effort into your marriage means you have failed.  You see, a good and Godly marriage means you always strive for 100%.  You both do, as you work to serve one another.  And therein lies the key to it all: serve one another.

Speaking as a husband, father and grandfather, I’ve learned that our job as men is to be the leader and the minister in the household.  And in case you’re not aware, the definition of “minister” is “servant.”  Jesus told us we must be the servant of all.  We’re not to be so petty as to keep track of how much our spouse is doing.  Instead, we make sure we’re putting in our 100%, and as we do that, we lead — by example.  Give your wife 100% of your love, time and attention and you’ll soon find that your wife will be doing the same for you.  Your marriage will not just remain strong, but you’ll grow closer together as the two of you become one — not just physically, but spiritually as well. Not to mention the fact that you’ll be modeling Godly marriage for your children to see.

Proverbs 18 tells us that “he who finds a wife finds a good thing and obtains favor from the Lord.”  Proverbs 31 reminds us that our wives are more precious than jewels.  Guys, don’t take your wife for granted.  Instead, go out of your way to intentionally serve her on a regular basis.  Be a gentleman.  Protect her, provide for her, make her life easier and give her the security of the assurance of your love.  Pray with each other and for each other.  Instead of wasting time on vain and useless things, invest your time in truly loving the wife God has given you.  She’s the greatest blessing you will ever receive in this world.  Do the dishes, wash the laundry, take care of the yard.  Beyond the manual labor and chores, bless her with a foot massage, rub her tired, sore back.  Kiss her and express your love often.  Treasure her.  Let her know she’s your number one priority.

1 Peter 3 tells us to show honor to our wives and if we don’t, our prayers will be hindered.  In other words, if truly loving our precious wives is not a priority for us, God’s not going to be too interested in hearing our prayers. Our duties as men are: God first, our wives second and our families third.  Because if God is first in our lives, we’ll naturally be grateful for the wonderful wife He’s given us and treat her accordingly, and together, we’ll raise up Godly children for the glory of God.  This is how you do life right.  This is God’s way.  If you’re unhappy in your marriage and family, it’s time to get your priorities in order.  It’s time to deny your self interests and start serving, honoring and adoring your wife.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

By Amil Imani

April 26, 2025

Honestly, I don’t know what will work! Apathy, political correctness, and massive Islamic lobbying have successfully prevented the public from truly grasping the all-pervasive, invasive Islamic assault.

As usual, the sworn enemies of the United States- leftist politicians, hungry for votes- despise America and harbor hatred for our Constitution. They delightfully embraced and welcomed this ‘Trojan Horse’ army inside our gates. It was a perfect marriage; both sides needed one another to survive.

These desert dwellers and the Quran-trained people, aided by our leftist politicians, exploit the provisions of the most benevolent system known to humanity- our democratic republic – to undermine it from within.

Islamists, by sheer numbers, will eventually be in a position to vote out democracy in many countries. They will elect Muslims to all positions of local influence, who will create and enforce policies according to the Quran. Once they control a town, they will establish informal Sharia, and there’s nothing the government can (or will want to) do about it.

Oddly enough, our elected officials have entirely overlooked the Islamization of European cities. Many European leaders have acted out of intense fear, granting Muslims the right to create their own shadow governments within countries like Sweden, England, the Netherlands, France, and Belgium, where they control their populations through Sharia Law without any accountability.

America, the greatest superpower on the planet, is gradually losing its power to these newcomers, and out of fear of being labeled racist, they, too, look the other way and remain silent.

The United States was in an excellent place to learn from its fellow European allies and stop this mess of Islamic immigration before it was too late. Even the attacks of 9/11 were not convincing enough for many of our fellow American citizens to wake up!!

Rather than seek a drastic solution to halt the progress of Islam, some of our fellow citizens and elected officials have welcomed more Muslims for resettlement and provided additional resources at the taxpayers’ expense to establish more mosques.

By now, we know that the apparatus that moves Islamic ideology is the life manual of Islam: the Quran, the Hadith, and the Sunna. Unfortunately, Muslims themselves are the ones who Islam most victimizes. They have inherited this viral psychological disease of hate and violence that they live by and transfer it to their children, as well as to sympathetic people in their cause.

It is generally assumed that peaceful religions address matters of importance to daily life and those that transcend it. Religion is believed to exercise a civilizing influence by structuring social life, promoting spirituality, and advancing a range of human virtues. Zoroaster, for instance, based his faith on the triad of good thoughts, good speech, and good deeds; Moses framed the fundamentals of his faith in the Ten Commandments; and Jesus placed love at the core of his beliefs.

Many people adhere to religion to find comfort and guidance in life. These perceived benevolent aspects of religion give it a special status. However, concerns about religious overreach have prompted societies to implement safeguards against that possibility.

The bottom line is that Islam remains a paradox for many, including America’s law enforcement agencies. Many so-called experts have struggled to decipher and understand this ideology, except for a few individuals I know.

It is a virtue to take action to oppose the hateful, a vice to ignore it. It is a virtue to hate tyranny, misogyny, discrimination of all sorts, oppression, and all manner of violations of the legitimate rights of individuals and peoples. Islam is a form of religious fascism, a destroyer of liberty and much of what free people cherish. Therefore, it must be confronted and destroyed ideologically.

Fellow Americans, it is time for us to confront the advancement of Islam in America. The destiny and survival of the free world are at stake. Avoiding this responsibility would be an unpardonable act by every enlightened individual and organization that values humanity.

Life, liberty, and dignity

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Andrew Wallace

April 26, 2025.

Communism promotes Income Taxes to impoverish and control the people. Our Constitutional Republic is simply impossible with Income Taxes. We were free and prosperous funding government with Tariffs until Income Taxes replaced tariffs in the Coup of 1913

Tariffs may increase prices on some imported products. But I would welcome an increase in prices to get rid of the Income Tax. An increase in prices due to tariffs is welcome because it means that more Americans are working at higher wages in more factories, the American Dream and middle class has returned. An increase in prices will be normalized and should give people substantially increased purchasing power with a demise of Income Taxes.

It is the opinion of many that the Great Depression of the thirties was engineered by the Federal Reserve Bank and not the Smoot- Hawley Tariffs.

The fact that workers in some foreign countries earn less than Americans and have a lower standard of living is not relevant. Our circumstances and Economy are separate from others; we are in a position to prosper regardless of what other countries can do.

I say again, If the income tax is terminated in favor of Tariffs the savings to consumers would be enormous. It would also result in the revitalization of thousands of towns and cities (The Rust Belt).

The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) , the wealthy families knew what President Trump would do. So for more than 8 years they vilified, smeared, indicted and framed him to the point that some of their followers attempted to assassinate him, twice. The reason is obvious; The PSRRC will lose trillions from the factories they moved overseas. The PSRRC is responsible for the decline in employment in middle class jobs because they shipped them oversea for massive profits. The PSRRC took away the American Dream which will now be possible again. The PSRRC owned media will scream sales tax and inflation to denigrate Tariffs ( we prospered until Coup of 1913 using tariffs) . But just remember that the foreign producer must absorb part or all of the tariffs to do business here. The PSRRC will lose big time on their foreign factories that created the unemployment and Rust Belt that killed the American Dream.

Regardless of how we fund the Federal Establishment (income taxes or tariffs) we will end up in abject poverty and revolution if we don’t return to a Constitutional government. President Trump is smart but not smarter than the founders. To survive he must follow the Constitution exactly, to the letter. Trump is now ignoring major parts of the Constitution which guarantees ultimate failure..

Constitutional government means we must terminate all unconstitutional functions of the federal establishment which I estimate to be more than 50% of expenditures. This defines 50% of establishment to be a Criminal Enterprise. It is impossible for our present unlawful form of Establishment to continue wither funded by income tax or tariffs.

We don’t have forever to correct our unlawful government. Overhanging everything is our dire Economic situation (Debt, currency devaluation and inflation) and a growing discontent of taxpayers who object to funding able bodied Communists on welfare in cities and Communist California. In the past such discontent led to Dystopia (paid Democrat/Communist thugs burning, looting, and killing when the economy tanks)..

I estimate that the Establishment (including Criminal enterprise) spends 40% more than their federal income (about $2 Trillion) The Federal Reserve Bank finances the 40% with fiat dollars printed out of thin air. This money does not equal the value of new goods or services produced and is therefore inflationary ( a tax on the people and reducing value of the dollar). Interest on the existing debt exceeds $1 Trillion almost matching the cost of the military about $1 Trillion. The total of both are equal to about40% of income. I should point out that every dollar given to able bodied communists ( welfare & illegals) or government workers who don’t produce comparable goods or services is inflationary, and reduces the value of the dollar. You can see the rapid decline in value of the dollar by observing the rapid increase in the dollar cost of gold ( in 1934 gold was $35 dollars an oz and the dollar was $.98 cents, now gold is over $3,300 an oz and the dollar is $.02 cents).

Reminder, I refer to the Federal Establishment, not government because it is not a sovereign government like the states, most of it is unconstitutional and therefore a criminal enterprise with no legal support whatsoever.

Again, as is my wont, I have covered only some of the key points, otherwise I would have to write a book for far fewer readers. I have noticed that few federal officials are aware of some of the points covered. My compensation for the time and risk of writing is for readers to voluntarily forward articles to federal officials who would appreciate it as much as the devil appreciates the cross.

May God Bless You and the Republic

© 2025 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Wylee Marshall

April 25, 2025

Can anyone predict the future of our beloved country? What will be the outcome of our Constitutional Republic experiment? It is hard to know unless you examine all the evidence.

This nation began its life as a Constitutional Republic, but has it already shifted to a socialist democracy?

The 17th Amendment, ratified on April 8^th,1913, allowed the direct election of U.S. Senators by the people. Arguments favoring the Amendment declared that it reduced corruption by preventing wealthy individuals from influencing state legislatures to appoint senators favorable to their interests. Citizens gained more direct control over their representation in the Senate by increasing democratic participation. Some states struggled to agree on senators, leaving seats vacant.

What were the arguments against the 17^th Amendment of 1913?

The original system was meant to give states a direct role in federal governance, but it resulted in federal overreach by reducing states’ ability to check the national government. Then, the Supreme Court expanded its role by asserting its power to declare acts of Congress unconstitutional.

Was this the outcome of the 17^th Amendment? As witnessed by the DOGE, the 17th Amendment did not reduce corruption. It concentrated more power in Washington, D.C., away from the people!

Research by Devvy Kidd and Dane vonBreichenruchardt, President of the Bill of Rights Foundation, Washington, DC., found that the Amendment was not ratified appropriately. Constitutional Attorney Larry Becraft researched the ratification of the 16th and 17th Amendments simultaneously and found neither was ratified constitutionally.

1913 was a particularly devastating year and ended our Constitutional Republic. The 16^th Amendment was ratified, or not, on February 3^rd, 1913, allowing the federal government to impose a permanent income tax for the first time. The Federal Reserve Act was signed into law on December 23^rd, establishing the Federal Reserve System, the central banking system of the U.S. today. Woodrow Wilson was the sitting president when these changes took place. If you want to understand why NATO is going after Russia, it is because Russia is the only major country in the world that does not have a Rothschild Central Bank! That is the reason for the war in Ukraine!

There are huge concerns about the 16^th Amendment. There is strong opinion that it was never appropriately ratified.(https:/www.thelawthatneverwas.com/ In William J. Benson’s report, he found that the U.S. Government committed treason in declaring it ratified. The 16th  Amendment was proposed on July 2nd, 1909, and illegally ratified three years and seven months later on February 3, 1913, by Secretary of State Philander Knox. The Federal Reserve Act was supposedly signed into law on December 23, 1913, just two days before the holiday, when most opposition had gone home for Christmas. This Act established the Central Banking System of the United States, which is a privately owned Rothschild bank. There are several cases against people who have researched and discovered the truth about the 16^th Amendment and have had charges brought against them for failure to file income taxes. Some have been convicted and some have been acquitted. It all depends on the knowledge of the jurors. The judges and prosecutors allow the fraud to continue. They are part of the evil system.

The 17^th Amendment was proposed on May 13, 1912, and was ratified on April 8^th, 1913, just 12 months after its proposal. There is doubt that the 17^th Amendment was lawfully ratified. How is it that the 17^th Amendment was ratified just twelve months after its proposal, and the 16^th Amendment was ratified on February 3, 1913, 3 years and 7 months after its proposal? How is that possible? Why did it take 3 years and 7 months to ratify the 16^th Amendment? Some states did not even vote on it, and 33 states altered the amendment’s wording, a power that states do not possess. If defects of spelling, capitalization, and punctuation are ignored, only two states successfully ratified. Was it because it was unconstitutional?

Yes, the U.S. Constitution required that direct taxes be apportioned among the states based on population, making it impossible to implement a nationwide income tax. In 1895, the Supreme Court case Pollock v. Farmers’ Loan & Trust Co. struck down a federal income tax law, ruling that it was a direct tax and, therefore, unconstitutional because it was not apportioned among the states. This decision effectively blocked the federal government from taxing individual incomes.

What does “apportioned among the states” mean? The phrase “direct taxes be apportioned among the states” refers to a rule in the U.S. Constitution that requires certain taxes to be distributed among the states based on their population. This means that if the federal government imposes a direct tax, such as a tax on property or a head tax, it must collect a proportional amount from each state relative to its population size.

For example, if a direct tax of $20 million were levied, a state with 10% of the U.S. population would be responsible for paying 10% of that tax. This system was designed to ensure fairness among states,

What did the 16^th Amendment do for our country? First, there is ample evidence that the 16^th Amendment was illegally ratified. In 1913, ratification required 36 of the 48 states to make ratification possible. After all the evidence that was gathered, it was found that only 20 states may have ratified the Amendment legally. Most states ratified the Amendment illegally because they broke the law of their own State Constitutions. But just like Obamacare, Homeland Security, and many other illegal laws that have been passed by Congress, on February 3, 1913, Secretary of State Philander Knox declared it ratified by committing treason. Thus, granting Congress the power to impose a federal income tax, which was unconstitutional, commissioning the Internal Revenue Service to be set up, and significantly altering the U.S. tax system, committing the American citizens to slavery! Until this Amendment was enforced, the United States of America was the world’s most powerful and wealthiest nation, all financed by Tariffs and import taxes, which accounted for approximately 90% of our country’s finances. Excise Taxes were imposed on alcohol, tobacco, refined sugar, and whiskey. Land sales were another form of income for the country. These Tariffs and Excise taxes powered the most powerful nation the world has ever seen.

So, how has the income tax worked out? It was imposed to create slush funds of taxpayers’ money, like USAID, so  Congress could enrich themselves and enslave the population of the greatest nation in world history, as we now see with the discoveries of DOGE. The Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) is uncovering tons of corruption in our government, billions and billions of dollars stolen from the American taxpayers, and DOGE will show that the money is going directly into the pockets of members of Congress and unelected bureaucrats who were supposed to protect the rights of the people and uphold the Constitution of the United States of America..

Now the leftovers from the previous administration are screaming foul! John Larson, a Democrat from Connecticut, throws Social Security cuts out there to scare all those who draw on what they paid into Social Security. However, Elon Musk and the Department of Government Efficiency are taking the ALREADY DEAD and all the over-100-year-olds and verifying them before removing them from the Social Security rolls. These non-existent recipients of social security are like a corrupt sponge siphoning billions of dollars into our elected officials’ and unelected bureaucrats’ pockets. DOGE has found 150-year-olds on the Social Security Rolls! What pocket has that money gone into? Here are a few of the headlines.

Opponents of DOGE have used Molotav cocktails to firebomb Tesla facilities in Las Vegas and Colorado!

Demonstrators hold anti-Tesla posters during a protest encouraging people to boycott Tesla in opposition to Tesla CEO Elon Musk’s political involvement in the U.S. government.

Ranking Member Maxine Waters and Congressman Brad Sherman Warn of Dangerous Consequences If Musk’s DOGE Takes Over the SEC.

Ranking Member Maxine Waters, Representatives Sherman, Foster, Casten, and Vargas Demand Answers on Reported SEC Regional Office Shutdowns.

Committee Democrats will use every tool available to combat this hostile takeover.

Sen. Cory Booker, who took hold of the Senate floor Monday night and held onto it Tuesday as he railed against President Donald Trump’s Republican agenda, once found common ground with the president during his first term.

Why is there so much negative discourse right now in our government? They all complain about the same thing. DOGE. What DOGE is uncovering is the corruption that has destroyed the American Dream. Most Americans live from hand to mouth. We are taxed into oblivion! There is a tax on everything we do, buy, and eat, and if they pass a carbon tax, it will essentially be a tax on the air we breathe. If we do not pay the taxes demanded of us, we will lose our homes and the right to drive a vehicle, and that would end the right to work and many more liberties. What has happened to the United States of America? And where is the outcry?

Where is this all heading? Surveys show that 69% of adults identify themselves as Christian, and 29% identify as religiously unaffiliated. In the early 1990s, the percentage of people who claimed to be Christian was 90%! Most Americans still claim to be Christian, but it appears that it will not be that way for long. Just like what has happened in Europe, we are fast being overtaken by the Islamic regime. They have been crossing, one way, over our borders for many years and have taken over entire cities. Think Dearborn, Michigan, Minneapolis, New York City, Los Angeles, Chicago, Houston, and Detroit, among others. They have even infiltrated our government on every level! And as Trump appoints Cabinet Members who are known by their voting record and association with organizations that we know are of the deep state, who want to destroy our nation. It will be impossible to drain the swamp. So, where are we heading?

What’s happening to this nation is not the work of our government gone rogue. It is the work of our God, whose voice we refused to obey. Our leaders in D.C. no longer have minds with wisdom. The constituents of these clueless leaders blindly follow them. They have no common sense. They stumble in broad daylight like a blind man.  Did our God not warn us what would happen to us if we did not keep His commandments?

Some scriptures address this phenomenon. The book of Deuteronomy explains how the stranger dwelling among you shall rise very high above you, and you shall come down very low. (Deuteronomy 28:43) Has that ever happened before in history? Not until today. Does it make sense to flood our nation with people who do not want to assimilate? Our government in D.C. thinks that if they let these people in, they will vote to keep them in office, so they can keep the power and wealth they crave. But these people do not want to keep the idiots in D.C. in office; they want that office! Surprisingly, they are taking those offices.

We do not know the timing of God’s plan for us, but I think we can see the writing on the wall! We are far ahead of the UK in the number of mosques. It is reported that there are over 2100 mosques in Great Britain, including the East London Mosque and the Baitul Futuh Mosque, one of the largest in Western Europe. As of 2025, there are approximately 3,753 mosques in the United States. The number has grown significantly over the years, reflecting the increasing Muslim population in the country. Some states with the highest number of mosques include New York, California, and Texas. These people do not want to assimilate; they want to rise up high above and destroy you! Just two verses after verse 43, it says that all these curses shall come on you, and shall pursue you and overtake you, until you are destroyed because you did not obey the voice of the LORD your God to keep His commandments and His statutes which He commanded you. (Deuteronomy 28:45)

God has extended Grace to us repeatedly, yet we still refuse to obey His voice. God said in Genesis 12:2-3 that He would bless the descendants of Abraham and make them a great nation, bless us, and make our name great. He will bless those who bless us and curse those who curse us, and we of all the families of the earth will be blessed. But what is the key to those blessings? Deuteronomy 28:1 And it shall come to pass, if you shall hearken diligently unto the voice of the LORD your God to observe and to do all His commandments which I command you today, the LORD your God will set you on high above all nations of the earth. This promise has never been received because we have never hearkened diligently unto the voice of the LORD our God to observe and do all His commandments which He commanded. We, as a people, have always thrown God’s grace away!

After Deuteronomy 28:45, the curses get worse. You should read the entire chapter of Deuteronomy 28 to see what God said He would do for us if we keep His Law and what would happen if we refused to keep His Law. It’s startling! But how will the people know what will happen to them and that they need to repent of breaking God’s Law if no one is telling them? Today’s churches are entirely useless. None of them has the truth of God. They are smooth talkers, telling people what they want to hear. God warns us that there shall come a time when the people will not tolerate sound doctrine, but according to their own lusts they shall accumulate to themselves a great number of teachers, having ears itching to hear what satisfies their cravings, and they shall turn away their own ears from the truth and they shall be turned aside unto myths. (2 Timothy 4:3-4)

Our nation, the nation that God gave to us as promised to Manasseh, Joseph’s eldest son (Genesis 48), is being destroyed—not by foreign armies but by God because we refused to obey His voice. God gave us the strength to build this nation, so He has every right to take it away. We knew to obey Him, and we refused. Now we have lost the knowledge of the Truth! You need to get your head in the Bible and away from the boob tube and learn about the God of the Universe, the God of Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, who God renamed Israel, and gave to Ephriam and Manasseh, the sons of Joseph, the nations of Great Britain and The United States of America, the greatest and most powerful nations the world has ever witnessed. But we refuse!

So, what does our future hold? All you need to do is read Deuteronomy 28:15-68 to find out. It will not be a pleasant read! It is taking place as you read this article. Bible scholars believe that Deuteronomy 28 describes the House of Israel, who were taken into captivity in 722 B.C., and the House of Judah when they were taken into captivity in 586 B.C.. Deuteronomy 28 is speaking to all Israelites wherever they may be found in the world today! The Israelites were commanded to keep God’s Law at Mt. Sinai. That has never changed, for God said in Deuteronomy 7:9 Therefore, know that the LORD your God, He is God, the faithful God Who keeps covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments, to a thousand generations. 1 Chronicles 16:15 says,  Be always mindful of His covenant, the word He commanded to a thousand generations. Psalms 105:8 says, He has remembered His covenant forever, the word which He commanded to a thousand generations. Say a generation is from 20 to 30 years. That would mean the Israelites were to keep God’s Law for 20 to 30 thousand years! How many years has it been since Jesus Christ, the LORD God of Israel, came down to Mt. Sinai and gave the children of Israel the Ten Commandments? It has been approximately 3,471 years. God commanded that His Laws be kept always and forever!

The people of the United States of America are the descendants of the children of Israel. The descendants of Manasseh, the son of Joseph, founded this nation. The people of Great Britain are the descendants of Ephriam, the son of Joseph, who founded that nation. Those two nations are easy to identify using Genesis 48. The other tribes of the children of Israel are scattered all over the European continent. They are also commanded to keep God’s Law. It is easy to see that none of the children of Israel are keeping God’s Law today. What is happening in Europe today? The Muslims are overrunning them; the Europeans have lost their nations.

Hebrews 13:8 states, “Jesus Christ is the same yesterday, today, and forever.” This reflects a foundational belief in God’s unchanging nature. His character, promises, and truth remain constant throughout time. Malachi 3:6 states, “For I am the LORD, I do not change.” He tells us in Numbers 23:19, “God is not a man, that He should lie, nor a son of man, that He should repent.” This divine consistency is reassuring. It means God’s covenants, justice, mercy, and love endure forever. It also means that His warnings in Deuteronomy 28 remain relevant, and His plans for the Israelites and the world are still unfolding.

About the Author:

[Bio: W. Marshal is a veteran of the Vietnam War. He has a bachelor’s degree from Lamar University and worked as a project cost estimator for a large chemical company for 30 years. He has been retired for the past 18 years, and for the past 40 years, he has loved studying the word of God.  God’s love for all of mankind is without prejudice, and as Jesus told Satan, man must live by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God. (Matthew 4:4). We must obey His voice!]

© 2025 Wylie Marshall – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Wylie Marshall: sirwylecoyote@live.com

By Steven Yates

April 25, 2025

Has technofeudalism killed liberalism as well as capitalism?

Parts 1, 2, 3, 4.

[Author’s disclaimer: the opinions and conclusions expressed in this article are solely those of its author, and should not be attributed to NewsWithViews.com, its editorial staff, or any other NewsWithViews.com writer.]

“ … [R]eal power today resides not with the owners of traditional capital, such as machinery, buildings, railway and phone networks, industrial robots. They continue to extract profits from workers, from waged labour, but they are not in charge as they once were. As we shall see, they have become vassals in relation to a new class of feudal overlord, the owners of cloud capital. As for the rest of us, we have returned to our former status as serfs, contributing to the wealth and power of the new ruling class with our unpaid labour — in addition to the waged labour we perform, when we get the chance.” —Yanis Varoufakis, Technofeudalism: What Killed Capitalism (2023). 

Technofeudalism Rising….

The term technofeudalism is circulating. What does it refer to, and has Western capitalism evolved into it as Yanis Varoufakis thinks? And does this further the case that liberalism in all forms is dead?

Varoufakis is an economist and was Finance Minister for Greece’s Syriza Party briefly in 2014. During that tenure he confronted the overlords of the EU Central Bank and IMF who had imposed crushing austerity measures on his country.

He’s a man of the left. Why do I cite him? Because (1) he’s put his finger on something of importance in assessing what’s really going on; and (2) it isn’t my fault that conservatives either haven’t noticed it or don’t care.

He calls himself an “erratic Marxist.” His reasoning about Marxism isn’t clear to me. Marx, as we saw earlier, believed socialism was capitalism’s natural successor: iron laws of dialectic assured this. Varoufakis clearly believes no such thing.

What he believes is that capitalism’s actual successor is making capitalism look Utopian by comparison.

What was feudalism?

To understand technofeudalism, we have to look at feudalism. What was it?

It was the kind of economy that prevailed prior to the industrial revolution. If you go back enough centuries, huge tracts of arable land were owned by no one. They were settled and homesteaded. When feudalism came (12^th century or thereabouts), its lords turned land into enclosures. Former homesteaders became serfs if they remained on land now owned by someone much more powerful than them.

As feudalism took hold, one was born landed gentry, i.e., in a landowning family, or a serf who tilled the land. Land was inherited, not earned, bought, or sold. It was not a commodity, with a market-based price. It would never have occurred to a landowner to sell his land for a price. There was no social mobility. A serf had no means of “climbing the ladder” and becoming a landowner.

Serfs paid landed gentry with a portion of their produce in order to work land they didn’t own. In addition came protection from the occasional war that came along. This system was relatively stable, though, for several hundred years.

After feudalism….

According to one interpretation of the industrial revolution, a few wealthy landowners built factories using new technologies. They kicked serfs off land their families had worked for generations, then “invited” them back to work in the factories for a wage. Former serfs, now industrial workers, rented places to live instead of ceding a portion of produce. Former landowners, now factory-owners, began to accumulate capital.

Thus, capitalism happened.

The new system had more social mobility. Anyone with know-how could become a capitalist, i.e. a business owner engaged in producing and then trading goods or services and accumulating capital, growing personal wealth, investing in new technology, or expanding into new territory.

This is a familiar story, so I need not elaborate, except to note that it gave rise to levels of productivity, general prosperity, and societal optimism never before seen. Becoming bourgeois was the goal of many a proletariat, and many did — to the lasting chagrin of those who became cultural Marxists, as we saw.

What we’ve been calling the liberal order — personal liberty, democracy, rule of law, etc. — came out of this milieu. The attention focused on the affairs of this world, not some world to come, created an economic and cultural environment in which secularism was more and more at home. Barely noticed outside the worlds of art and authorship was how secularization was setting us morally adrift. File this under our transition from a Second Stage to a Third Stage of civilization.

What’s happened to capitalism?

After capitalism?

Socialism? Nonsense!

Zbigniew Brzezinski, in Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era (1970), envisioned his own three “stages”: (1) nationalism, which he believed invariably led to war; (2) Marxism, which undercut nationalism but gave rise to its own brand of totalitarianism; (3) globalism, which transforms the world into a single, borderless marketplace under a single global regulatory authority behind a rules-based order: the culmination of liberalism, permanently ending the danger of high-level war.

This mindset gave rise to the Trilateral Commission and its New International Economic Order.

Soon came the Internet — already being developed in the bowels of DARPA and about to emerge as a kind of digital commons, an Internet 1.0 if  you will — like prefeudal era unowned land.

Incipient Big Tech corporations saw the Internet’s moneymaking potential and crafted Internet 2.0, we might call it. Soon, enclosures appeared in digital space.

Enter Varoufakis’s observations. In this space, we operate on platforms we don’t own but have created accounts. Some of us start small businesses (e.g., on eBay, or Amazon), or try to monetize video content (on, e.g., YouTube owned by Google). Baked into our accounts are agreements to pay the platform a percentage of whatever we make: a percentage decided by its owners, not us.

A variant on this theme is the independent contractor, e.g., the Uber or Lyft driver, using one of those platforms, paid by the “gig” while the corporation extracts its percentage.

A third possibility is the subscription model … which Microsoft embraced last decade and is the reason you don’t own your Office software anymore. You don’t buy a package in a computer store as you did back in the ‘90s. You rent it instead, paying Microsoft an annual fee to use their software. Bill Gates doubtless figured out that the corporation made more money from this model than if they sold copies you could install from floppy disks.

Which, you may have noticed, have also disappeared.

Finally, there’s the membership model. LinkedIn would be an example. You can set up a free account, but as I discovered from using the platform a few years back, if you don’t obtain a paid account (back then it was around $50/mo. — which adds up!) you’re limited in what you can do on the site.

This exemplifies the infamous nudge. Platforms can’t force users to do anything. But they can ratchet up inconveniences resulting from not doing what the owners want … under the idea that when pain of noncompliance gets high enough, you’ll comply.

Varoufakis argues that this is not capitalism but technofeudalism.

We’ve seen a gradual structural move back to a fundamentally feudal system in which Big Tech overlords, owners of cloud capital, have replaced landed gentry. And if we till the soil of its platforms for a fee, we’re cloud serfs. The people who work for low pay in, e.g., an Amazon distribution center, monitored every minute? Cloud proles.

Technofeudalism and mind control.

Under capitalism, ideally at least, consumers choose, however much corporations use nudges to incentivize desirable forms of mass consumer behavior. Arguably, technofeudalism reduces choice.

Traditional capital manufactured goods, like the corporation Henry Ford built manufacturing cars. Cloud capital — digital space — does not do anything beyond producing how-to videos and undertaking platform maintenance. Instead, it modifies human behavior in ways that leave previous corporate nudges in the dust.

The key is understanding its algorithms, which are now AI-empowered.

Our choices on a platform such as Amazon “train” the algorithms to show us “what we want.” The platform then tries to sell it to us directly, bypassing traditional markets.

We sustain the platform “voluntarily” with our free labor: content creation (articles, rants, reviews, ratings, videos, photos, etc.).

Varoufakis outlines five steps toward technofeudal mind control by cloud capital:

(1) The system captures our attention. It is sometimes said, we now live in an attention economy. In setting up an account and making choices, we tell cloud capital’s algorithms our preferences.

(2) These manufacture desires … which we’ve “told” the algorithms to show us, which we otherwise wouldn’t have seen, and which will maximize the probability of matches that will generate the highest rent the digital landed gentry can extract through cloud rent: the fee extracted. Cloud capital owns the algorithm, of course. Because of how the algorithm operates on us individually, if you search for, let’s say, binoculars, on Amazon or eBay, you could see something quite different from what I’d see if I did the same search. This is very unlike the two of us walking through a physical store in which obviously we’d see the same things.

(3) The platform then sells to us directly, outside traditional markets, what will satiate the desires it has manufactured in us.

(4) It drives cheap labor in what remains of physical work spaces: cloud proles.

(5) It elicits free labor from us, the “creator class” who provide all the content: cloud serfs.

Varoufakis calls the owners of cloud capital not capitalists but cloudalists who have become billionaires from this system.

Is this a control grid? What do you think?!

Another way of explaining our interactions with algorithms on Big Tech platforms is that they’ve set up a feedback loop. You tell the algorithm what you like and it feeds you content based on what you’ve told it. It then trains you to like what it offers without your being fully aware of it. If you buy, you give it more information and it makes more offers. And so on.

The more you engage with these platforms, the more mind-controlled and behavior-modified you are.

Technofeudalism and social control.  

This may all seem super-convenient: but I can make money using cloud capital sitting in my pajamas in my bedroom! you might be thinking.

The marketing scheme: work for yourself! Be your own boss! Set your own hours! Make as much money as you can! Do the work, and the sky’s the limit!

I’ve seen dozens of such hustles, created by hustlers with how-to-do-it courses they are selling or building online communities around (charging monthly fees):

You, too, can make a million dollars a year writing! Learn how I did it! Just $490!

Very little of this sort of thing works. Otherwise there’d be far fewer writers who don’t dare give up their day jobs! There may be good money in designing such courses, though, for those who couldn’t care less about ethics!

There are people earning substantial livings on Big Tech platforms such as YouTube. They pay rent to be there and earn what they can. With millions of people paying cloud rent, the platform owners — the technofeudal landed gentry — get insanely rich!

But there are serious downsides!

Algorithms are utterly impersonal forces designed to benefit the owner, not the user. It’s totally automated and can be programmed to scan for specific words, phrases, what-have-you.

Said something it deems racist? Antisemitic? Otherwise politically incorrect?

Do it once, you might get a digital warning. Do it again? Account suspended! You’re gone!

If there’s an appeal process, it’s Kafkaesque!

Since you’re an independent contractor, not an employee, labor laws are irrelevant; if the algorithm “wants” you gone, you’re gone.

I know of numerous people who have been in “Facebook jail,” they call it, or had accounts deleted from YouTube or elsewhere.

If you’re banned from a platform and it dominates that digital marketing space, your means of earning a living has been destroyed.

I don’t know about you, gentle reader, but I don’t trust a power like that! Not when I don’t have any defenses against it!

The digital world is expanding, moreover, with the Internet-of-things. AI-driven algorithms are everywhere and threatening to invade our use of household appliances which we may also be forced to rent in the dystopia to come when we own nothing, have no privacy, but are happy with all the conveniences — while our “carbon footprint” is being measured and if we overuse anything, eat the wrong things, etc., we may be sent a digital warning if we’re lucky and cut off if we’re not.

Can’t you just refuse to use these platforms?

That’s not realistic. They are as ubiquitous as electricity. How much can you accomplish today without them? The plain truth is, if you’re in business and not online, which means interacting with Google, Microsoft, etc. — Amazon, if you’re a writer — you don’t exist. Or might as well not exist, since you’re invisible.

Don’t like the existing platforms? Set up your own!

That’s just stupid! You don’t have the resources, anything close to what you’d need to compete effectively with Google, or Amazon, or Microsoft, or LinkedIn. You would spend a lifetime accumulating them or take out loans that would indebt you to someone affiliated with the power system and you’d be cut off if you challenged that system.

Efforts to compete with Microsoft have been very limited. Few people know what Linux is or are motivated to obtain it. For while nearly everything is programmed to run on Windows, a lot of things won’t run on Linux.

And to my knowledge the only online bookstore of any size that has survived the Amazon era is Barnes & Noble. (There are a few highly specialized small bookstores with private clienteles, but if you weren’t a known quantity to that clientele, I wouldn’t bank on that.)

So like original feudalism, there’s little mobility under technofeudalism, which also draws from neoliberal self-help pseudo-psychology telling you that your place in the system has resulted entirely from your own choices. To this mindset, structural limitations imposed by a system simply aren’t real.

Technofeudalism is not a “conspiracy” prediction. Technofeudalism is now!

Even most job applications are submitted online after creating an account. No one I know of sends manuscripts through “snail mail” anymore (terms like that one should make us think about how cloud capital has changed our vocabulary).

So what’s the problem?

Again, though, I hear objections. Don’t you have conveniences, especially communications, that once, long ago, weren’t dreamt of outside science fiction? Such as being able to use an app like Zoom to communicate in real time to people on different continents?  

Just recently I accessed an airline website to check on flight information and prices. Next thing I knew, “my” browser was showing me ads for flights — to the destination I’d chosen, and with accompanying discounts!

That these platforms “know” what we’re using them to do, and at that level of detail, is disconcerting — or should be. But this is how Big Tech manipulates us. There is no outcry, no Smash Technofeudalism movements on the left like there are Smash Capitalism ones. This suggests that most people don’t mind being manipulated if they’re fed convenience. They don’t mind that the more they use a platform, the more dependent on it they become!

It’s easy to see what an abundance of research now indicates, which is that cyberspace communications which are often anonymous amplify the most extreme voices in any political discussion. We’re siloed into echo chambers. This explains the societal divisions we now see, as well as some of the irrational beliefs floating around out there (there are flat-earther channels on YouTube): believers form online communities of the likeminded whose premises are never challenged, because the algorithm—giving them what they’d told it they like—never sends them anything that challenges their beliefs. If you join such a community hoping to present a “fresh” perspective, you’ll get ridiculed or meet with so hostile a reaction that you leave the group voluntarily or are kicked out if you persist.

Escaping technofeudalism?

Varoufakis’s suggested “solution” for all this is weak. It’s his book’s major drawback.

To go back to owning our choices and our minds individually, he says, we have to own cloud capital collectively. Creating a cloud capital commons akin to what Internet 1.0 was.

A kind of techno-socialism, in other words.

Given the money and power of tech oligarchs like Elon Musk, Jeff Bezos, Mark Zuckerberg and all the rest, I wouldn’t hold my breath. These folks haven’t surrounded Trump for no reason at all. Nor did Musk buy Twitter on a whim. As a technocrat he understands the power involved in owning a platform like that and turning it into an online slugfest.

What most Trump-supporting conservatives don’t get is that government is not in the driver seat! If it ever was.

Nor do libertarians and voluntaryists.

Do I need to point out that none of this is liberal in any sense of that term I’ve discussed? Does this show that liberalism really is dead, therefore — in all forms — and that technofeudalism, run by technocrats and overlords of cloud capital (they’re one and the same) have pounded the final nails into its coffin?

Has technofeudalism killed liberalism? A plan.

I have no immediate resolution to this. I have no magic wands, incantations, elixirs. I can only recommend adjustments you can make in your personal life and tell others about. Movements do get started that way.

Freedom didn’t come about overnight, wasn’t diminished and mostly destroyed overnight, and won’t be recovered overnight. If it’s recovered at all.

Here’s a sketch of a plan for dealing with technofeudalism and its algorithmic control grid.

First, recognize the possibility that a lot of your choices made online — where to go, what to buy, what to say — are probably no longer your own. Recognizing that you have been manipulated is the first step towards escaping manipulation.

Second, realize that politics is not a solution, not in our present environment, because cloud capital has the political class bought and paid for: look at the relationship between Trump and Musk. Peter Thiel (another Silicon Valley technocrat) has schooled J.D. Vance.

Third, decide to focus on what you can control, in accordance with the wise counsel of Stoic philosophers such as Epictetus and Marcus Aurelius whom I’ve discussed previously. You may not be able to get off these platforms, but can control what you use them to do. This may mean making some uncomfortable lifestyle changes, perhaps becoming more of a minimalist. Reading a book instead of watching a video (e.g.). The structure of technofeudalism is such that it depends on your participation in it. The less you need its platforms, the less it owns and controls you.

Fourth, recognize the role of the materialist worldview in underwriting the kind of political- economic culture in which technofeudalism is at home: furthering Gekkoism (“greed is good”), and seeing people as objects, useful if their information can be monetized. In contrast:

Fifth, see persons as created in God’s image and therefore having intrinsic value. Treat them as such, even the “lowliest” of us. Even Kant, a secular philosopher, formulated as a moral principle the idea that we should treat all persons as ends in themselves and never exclusively as a means to our own ends.

On a larger scale, sixth — and this brings us full circle — realize that the only viable form of liberalism we’ve seen is on the order of Bastiat’s in The Law. Modified for today to accommodate changes Bastiat couldn’t have foreseen. This outlook, which infuses a Christian worldview into political economy, could underwrite political liberty, economic freedom, the rule of law, limited government, and subsidiarity (this is the idea that social problems should be solved at the most local level possible, moving to the regional and then to the national only if they are intractable at the local level). Incorporate into this the Stoic outlook which reminds us that we control not external events, or what those in power do, but the contents of our minds and the direction of our actions.

I’m not saying we should return to this. In this day and age, we probably need to discover it. These principles we should hold onto, develop further, and communicate to anyone willing to listen.

Parts 1, 2, 3, 4.

© 2025 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_______________________

Have you been victimized by “phishing expeditions”? Learn the signs, what to do and what not to do! This and other content not available here on my Substack publication Navigating the New Normal. Consider subscribing; while more and more Internet content is disappearing behind paywalls and is littered with ads, Navigating the New Normal remains free and ad-free.

Steven Yates is a (recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored three books, more than 20 articles, numerous book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and hereticl notions, including about academia itself.

In 2012 he moved to Chile. He married a Chilean national in 2014. Among his discoveries in South America: the problems of the U.S. are problems everywhere, because human nature is the same everywhere. The problems are problems of Western civilization as a whole.

As to whether he’ll stay in Chile … stay tuned!

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

By: Amil Imani

April 24, 2025

Yet, too few people are discussing it or talking about it. Why? Many Americans have been conditioned to be tolerant and compassionate, to embrace multiculturalism, and to respect each other’s beliefs, ideals, and values. That’s wonderful in a utopian world, but the fact is, Islam doesn’t embrace any aspect of Western civilization—much less American culture. We said on 9/11 that we’d “never forget,” but guess what? Many of us have. America is slowly and methodically being dismantled as a nation by Islamic subversion, and our cherished freedoms are more fragile than ever. While we know how to fight the enemy abroad with combat troops, intelligence, and drone strikes, we’re doing nothing to combat the very same enemy that resides on our soil in broad daylight.

Let me be clear: if we don’t defeat Islam politically and quickly here, without a doubt, our children and grandchildren will be engaged in a religious and ideological bloody war, the likes of which have never been seen on American soil before. Just the other day, one day after the 9/11 anniversary, another Muslim, Zulfat Suara, “became first elected to Nashville office, winning at-large Metro Council seat,” and we all have already witnessed the two junior Muslim Congresswomen, Ilhan Omar and Rashida Tlaib’s public discourse in the US Congress. Wait, there are a lot more Muslims who plan to run in the 2020 elections and beyond.

And because a Muslim must follow Islamic laws and not man-made laws like the US Constitution, a Muslim can never be both a Muslim and an American at the same time. It is impossible. That’s where the clash begins, and no elected official in this country is willing to or wants to take the bull by the horns and discuss it. What a shame!

Do all Muslims adhere to the commands of the Quran? No, thank God. However, as they integrate into their communities and increase in numbers, they tend to become more militant and less tolerant of the laws and regulations of those communities. Any religion whose holy book instructs its followers to commit acts that contradict the rules of this country should not only lose its tax-exempt status but also forfeit its First Amendment protection and be banned from the United States altogether.

In countries such as France, Britain, and several North African countries, where Islamic enclaves and ghettos have emerged, local mullahs enforce Sharia law despite its conflict with national or state laws. What many Americans fail to understand is that Sharia law forms the foundation of Islamic theocracy and totalitarianism. The establishment of global Sharia law serves as their ultimate goal. The Quran is clear in its directive to Muslims to create a global Islamic state (Caliphate), over which the Islamic messiah, or Mahdi, will rule with Sharia as the sole law of the land. There is no mistake: this is the intent of influential Islamic elements in America.

The problem is too few Americans are aware of it, and organizations like the Muslim Brotherhood and CAIR are taking full advantage of American’s naiveté. On top of that, a consortium composed of pandering liberal politicians, blinded by short-term self-interest and egotism, attention and fund-seeking self-proclaimed prima donna professors, and bastions of useful idiots, are the witting or unwitting promoters of Islamism.

Understand that Sharia is very complex and derived from multiple Islamic sources. The Quran, considered the “uncreated word of Allah,” is the primary source of Sharia law. The Hadith (sayings and actions of Muhammad) is the second most crucial document in Sharia. Historic rulings by jurists over the years and so-called reasoning by analogy make up the other two less influential sources of Sharia. Together, they constitute Islam’s theological core, and they result in a totalitarian way of life for Muslim followers and non-Muslims.

Honor killings, marital rape, female genital mutilation, severing of hands and feet are but a few of the other components of Sharia law. When Muslim men are directed to beat their wives for rejecting sexual advances, it’s evident that American values are in direct conflict with what Islamic law requires of its followers. So, how do we reconcile this? We can’t!

In short, we need to open our eyes and see how the scheme played out in Europe. Much of Europe is already past the stage of no return. This is not a game. This is real. This ideology will devour your entire family, both Republicans and Democrats, if not now, soon enough. Americans need to wake up now and stop Islam from growing to the point of no return.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 24, 2025

We, the American people, all of us, voted for mass deportation of 25 to 30 million illegal alien fugitives. We’re sick and tired of our own U.S. Senators and House Members flying down to El Salvador to re-import an illegal terrorist back into the United States. He would only be deported again because he is an illegal alien, MS-13 gang member as noted by two federal judges, wife beater, trafficker of illegal aliens, distributor of fentanyl, and not a positive contributor to our country.

How is it that an illegal alien who broke our laws seems to have lawful “due process” in our country when he’s a foreign terrorist? He has no right to “due process.” Even if he did, he would still be deported because he’s a criminal alien.

A fellow American, Merlin said, “We’re hearing from angry Americans coast to coast, outraged and frustrated by the Supreme Court’s recent decision to handcuff President Trump’s bold plan for mass deportation of millions of unvetted lawbreakers flooding our country. These illegal immigrants, exploiting our borders and falsifying asylum claims, are a direct threat to our safety, jobs, and sovereignty.

“The Left’s law-fare, from district courts to SCOTUS, is abusing flimsy case precedents to grant illegals due process they don’t deserve. There’s no constitutional basis for this—our laws, like the Immigration and Nationality Act, demand swift removal! Biden’s open-border disaster let in 10+ million illegals, with at least 70% fake asylum claims, clogging our courts for a decade. But here’s the truth: 80% of you, per Rasmussen polls, want these criminals deported NOW. We’ve got to act together to make it happen!”

Write this Open Letter to your senators and house member. Just go to their website, cut and paste, and give them a piece of your mind:

Dear President (Your senator and House member),

The American people are fed up. Our sovereignty is under siege by millions of illegal immigrants who exploit our borders, falsify asylum claims, and burden our communities with crime and economic strain. Rogue district judges, wielding baseless legal theories, grant these lawbreakers the same protections as U.S. citizens, defying the Constitution and the will of 80% of Americans who demand mass deportation, especially of violent criminals, per Rasmussen Reports. Under Biden, 10+ million illegal crossings since 2021, with 70% fraudulent asylum claims, have overwhelmed our courts, mocked our laws, and endangered our nation. It’s time to act decisively, outsmart the Democrats’ law-fare playbook, and restore America’s borders.

THE LARGEST ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION INVASION IN HISTORY DEMANDS THE LARGEST ILLEGAL ALIEN DEPORTATION PROGRAM IN HISTORY

We, the citizens of America stand with you, President Trump, Tom Homan, Kristi Noem, and ICE to execute the largest deportation operation in history. We urge you to implement the following actions to secure our nation and honor the citizen voice—expressed through millions of emails, petitions, calls, and social media posts:

Mass Deportation Hearings: Implement group hearings in immigration courts for similar cases—criminal aliens, false asylum claims—to bypass Alien Enemies Act (AEA) legal hurdles and expedite deportations, clearing the 3 million-case back-log efficiently.

Expand Expedited Removal: Enforce the January 21, 2025, Federal Register notice under INA § 235(b), applying expedited removal to aliens within two years of entry nationwide, targeting millions of recent illegal entrants while avoiding constitutional challenges.

Enforce Executive Order 14159: Make non-compliance with EO 14159 (Jan. 20, 2025) a felony, mandating registration of unregistered aliens. Issue immediate notices and arrest warrants by a set deadline for non-reporters, addressing low compliance reported by USCIS to locate and detain millions.

Enhance the AEA: Amend the AEA to designate illegal entry—via borders, visa overstays at airports, or falsified asylum claims—as a “hostile act.” This empowers the President to detain and deport without standard due process, bypassing activist judges. Work with Congress to ensure due process compliance to withstand court challenges.

Narrow Asylum Criteria: Redefine “refugee” under INA § 101(a)(42) to limit asylum to a SHORT LIST of citizens of non-hostile nations with U.S.-recognized persecution (e.g., North Korea). Explicitly exclude migrants from Mexico, Central, and South America, forcing them to seek asylum in culturally and economically similar neighboring countries.

Focus on New Entrants: Apply the enhanced AEA prospectively, using military-controlled Roosevelt Reservation land for rapid CBP/ICE processing to deter future illegal entries, avoiding retroactive legal quagmires that courts would strike down.

The Supreme Court’s alarming trend of siding with due process for illegals, as seen in Biden v. Texas (2022), and lawsuits like Espinoza Escalona v. Noem (2025) blocking deportations, reveal a judiciary out of touch with the Constitution as originally written and intended for the American people. The Immigration and Nationality Act empowers rapid removal, yet judges obstruct ICE’s mission. We cannot tolerate this abuse of power. Your administration must leverage military logistics, expand detention facilities (e.g., Texas’ 1,400-acre ranch), and fund this $45 billion operation to execute deportations at lightning speed. The American taxpayer—workers, families, and patriots—demands a secure nation free from unvetted, job-threatening illegal immigration.

Today, we call on every citizen to flood Congress with our demands, amplify support on social media, and rally behind President Trump, Homan, Noem, and DHS. Let’s back mass hearings, expedited removals, and a fortified AEA to deport illegals en masse, ignoring fake cries of “inhumanity.” The citizen poll is clear: millions stand united. Act now, and let nothing—judges, lawsuits, or critics—stand in the way of America’s future.

Sincerely,

Your Name

Dear fellow American citizen,

You need to speak up, write up, and stand up for your country. Cut, paste, and send this letter into your senators and House member. Thank you to Merlin for the bulk of this column. We either take action for preservation of our country…or consequences will visit us in greater tragedies, endless crime, homelessness, lack of American representation, schools trashed, growing loss of pride in America, and ultimately, an unsustainable civilization.

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Bradlee Dean

April 23, 2025

“Conspiracy theories? Who told you that? All my conspiracy theories have come true, so please, send me new ones, just like the one I’m about ready to reveal to you.”

Let me ask you a question: Who shot President James Garfield? Most people do not know. Why? Because it was not a cover-up.

On July 2, 1881, James A. Garfield, the 20th president of the United States, was shot at the Baltimore and Potomac Railroad Station in Washington, D.C., resulting in his death in Elberon, New Jersey, two and a half months later on September 19, 1881.
Let me ask another question: Who shot President McKinley? Again, most do not know. Why? Because it was not a cover-up.

By the way, I am not saying that these were not conspiracies (Jeremiah 11:9). I am merely pointing out that the people during this time knew who the shooters were because they were eyewitnesses to the assassinations.

Now, getting to the point that I would like to make, who shot John F. Kennedy? The world was, and is, being told it was the lone wolf, Lee Harvey Oswald. Lee was not innocent in this matter to a certain degree, but he was not the shooter.

There was no reason that a conspiratorial group or agency (Warren Commission – The Fox in the chicken coop, Central Intelligence Agency, Federal Bureau of Investigation, etc.) had to scurry like a bunch of insidious murderers behind the use of a patsy (Lee Harvey Oswald). This was all (and still is) being done with the use of the media propaganda machine today in reminding the people of who they have declared the guilty to be. All of this, mind you, is in complete disregard and contradiction of the over 200 eyewitnesses who saw the events unfold.
In other words, all eyes are on the patsy that they had pinned.

Keep in mind that 81% of the American people did not believe the official narrative being sold to them by mainstream media outlets. Also, keep in mind, if you have not seen “The Two Kennedys” documentary, THE STORY TELEVISION WOULD NOT TELL, do yourself a favor and watch it. You will discover that over 400 people (eyewitnesses) died after the assassination.

Madam Duncan Browne, President Johnson’s Mistress, confessed that Johnson knew beforehand that Kennedy was going to be assassinated.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. the CIA killed my father uncle do not trust the medical or the national security establishment

I am not going to labor the point here outside of the obvious concerning this government cover-up because there is plenty of information out there.

Everyone knows, despite all the documentaries that have been produced proving the guilt of those who are still doing their best to cover up the assassination), the guilty are continually driving their propaganda narrative in trying to sell to the people their lies as to what it is the people are not buying (Micah 6:16).

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/eyewitnesses-accounts-contradict-medias-las-vegas-narrative/

Conclusion: It does not get any plainer than the nose on your face when it comes to the fact that for over 62 years, your government, let me say that again, YOUR GOVERNMENT has been covering for the conspirators, themselves and those whom they have covenanted with, (Isaiah 28:18) who are guilty of murdering their president! Innocent people do not conceal the truth, they reveal it (Luke 12:22).

© 2025 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Cliff Kincaid

April 23, 2025

Did you know that Republicans now claiming to back President Trump on tariffs made “free trade” possible? Did you know that “free trade” is a Marxist concept designed to exacerbate class warfare?

It is time to understand how we got into this predicament.

Having been around Washington, D.C. for almost 50 years, I know something about the movement of real conservatives that made President Trump’s “trade wars” possible. William J. Gill, author of the book Trade Wars Against America,  ran the organization, the American Coalition for Competitive Trade (ACCT), which filed suit against NAFTA , the North American Free Trade Agreement,  and had planned other legal actions against the GATT/World Trade Organization and trade with China.

Then, however, the courts ruled in favor of global free trade.

William J. Gill had it right — the real trade wars were being waged against America. Unfortunately, his legal case, which argued that NAFTA violated the Constitution of the United States, was dismissed. The governments of Canada and Mexico intervened on behalf of President Bill Clinton, who passed NAFTA and its implementation act with the assistance of Republican Newt Gingrich in the House of Representatives.

ACCT argued that NAFTA was unconstitutional because it gave away judicial power to decide disputes over trade policies to international bodies.

Speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives from 1995-1999, Gingrich reversed his support for “free trade” and now appears regularly on Fox News to support Trump’s tariffs.

In 1993, as he pressed for passage of NAFTA, Clinton said, “I believe that Newt Gingrich believes in NAFTA just like I do. And I believe he wants it to pass. And do I trust him to do everything he can to deliver every vote he can? You bet I do.”

Back in 1997, ACCT had warned of the big increase in illegal immigration, “now amounting to the greatest invasion any nation has been subjected to in all history,” that followed NAFTA taking effect in January 1994. ACCT warned that the increase in illegal immigration was “inextricably intertwined with the importation of drugs and crime from Mexico under NAFTA.” It cited a “sharp surge in drug abuse among young people being driven by the collapse in Customs enforcement at the Mexican border.”

As I argued in my 1995 book, Global Bondage, a major problem with free trade is that it provides perfect cover for drug trafficking and drug-money laundering. NAFTA, a pact to spur business activity by lowering trade barriers and reduce border inspections between the United States, Canada, and Mexico, facilitated illegal immigration and drug trafficking into the United States from Mexico.

By any objective measure, so-called “free trade” facilitated the destruction of American sovereignty, leading to more Americans dying from dangerous drugs being smuggled into the United States by Mexico and now China. This is a big reason why President Trump has cited a national emergency to justify tariffs on foreign nations like China, Canada, and Mexico.

In a newsletter about the passing away of one of ACCT’s strongest supporters, anti-communist researcher Robert J. Morris, Gill noted that “He understood that Karl Marx backed free trade because it would destroy the sovereignty of nations — the goal of Communism and of the insane elitists who are driving us towards world government.”

Marx supported free trade, calling it “destructive” but positive because it “hastens social revolution” through destroying the proletariat, the workers. He thought this would cause them to embrace communist revolution. He called free trade a “revolutionary” force in human history that would propel capitalist nations into socialism and then communism.

But the workers would not only lose their jobs; they would lose their lives. In the United States, however, they embraced Trump, not communist revolution.

The ACCT advisory board members included several prominent anti-communists, such as Herbert A. Philbrick, a former FBI informant in the Communist Party; and Howard Phillips, chairman of the U.S. Taxpayers Alliance, which became the U.S. Constitution Party.

A member of ACCT’s board was William von Raab, former United States Commissioner of Customs, who spoke about “free trade” facilitating drug shipments from Mexico.

In our book, Permanent Revolution: The Secret Life and Legacy of Barack Hussein Obama, we analyzed the plan of the free trade globalists, led by George Soros, and its ultimate objective. The plan was to flood the United States with illegal drugs and then “solve” the problem by legalizing them, creating another class of citizens dependent on drugs provided by the state. It was a new version of Huxley’s Brave New World.

Important work exposing the plan was done by Joseph Douglass, Jr., whose book, Red Cocaine, documented a major Communist role in international drug trafficking. The purpose of the Communist campaign was not only to demoralize the West but raise hard currency and identify drug users who could be blackmailed for intelligence purposes.

Under a U.N.-sponsored plan to legalize drugs on a worldwide basis, as recommended by the George Soros-funded Global Commission on Drug Policy, drug trafficking countries and narco-states such as Mexico would become “respectable.” Notorious drug traffickers and their bankers would be transformed into legitimate businessmen.

HSBC, a British-based bank, allowed Mexican drug cartels and terrorist groups to launder dirty money through the U.S. financial system but the Obama Administration did not prosecute bank officials on criminal charges. The House Financial Services Committee released a staff report of its investigation into the U.S. Department of Justice’s decision not to prosecute HSBC. One of the findings was that:

“Senior DOJ leadership, including Attorney General [Eric] Holder, overruled an internal recommendation by DOJ’s Asset Forfeiture and Money Laundering Section to prosecute HSBC because of DOJ leadership’s concern that prosecuting the bank would have serious adverse consequences on the financial system.”

In the scheme known as Fast and Furious, the administration authorized a gun-running operation that put deadly weapons in the hands of narcotics traffickers from Mexico. Those weapons were used to kill U.S. border agent Brian Terry.

The Obama Administration was also accused of obstructing justice in probes regarding alleged drug-trafficking and money-laundering schemes tied to the Hezbollah terror group.

In his second term, Trump has put pressure on Canada and Mexico to stop shipments of fentanyl to the United States. In fact, citing the “extraordinary threat posed by illegal aliens and drugs, including deadly fentanyl,” he declared a national emergency under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA) and imposed tariffs on imports from Canada, Mexico, and China.

Now, Sara Carter, an investigative reporter and Fox News contributor, has been nominated by Trump to run the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP). With a background of work along the U.S. Mexico border that included many national security-related stories, she now has an opportunity to not only expose the involvement of governments like Mexico in the drug trade but the banks and financial operators based in the United States that are laundering the drug money.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Andrew Wallace

April 22, 2025

This paper is based on the irrefutable fact that the United States because of our oceans cannot be invaded by foreign powers, we can only be defeated by nuclear war or from within (some call this the Fortress America Doctrine).

For at least the last 80 years we have ignored the advice of our founders and involved our military and government in the affairs of other nations that was none of our legitimate concern.

All conflicts were for profits, bribes and kickbacks and never for national security.

For the last 80 years we have been continuously involved in unlawful armed conflicts without a Declaration of War. Blood thirsty and greedy Congress therefore killed 105,000 of our military, millions of innocents and destroyed entire countries for corporate greed, bribes and kickbacks.

Our government and corporate media promoted these conflicts as being required for national defense which was a damn unmitigated lie (propaganda).

Our military was simply used as expendable mercenaries for corporate profits. We the people got dead and broken bodies, hatred of entire world, a reduced standard of living and a mostly criminal enterprise for a government (majority of Establishment has no Constitutional support)

The wars in Ukraine and Israel did not officially use American troops, but we heavily funded both wars. Putin invaded Ukraine BUT WE STARTED. IT. Many believe that our involvement in the Middle East is in support of Israel because it is said that our government and media are controlled by Israeli lobby. If the American people were allowed to know both sides of the story they would bring all of our troops home and forbid use of our military or money (foreign aid) except to combat pirates and protect the homeland with our military on US soil.

I think there is a high probability that military will be required to deport Democrat army of illegal invaders (21 million).

There are various names (Establishment, Deep State etc) for the criminals that control our government and our lives. But I descriptively name them as the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) which consists of the super wealthy who control corporations that in turn direct and bribe Congress.

I refer to the Federal Establishment, not government, because it does not have the legitimate powers of a government. The states are Sovereign governments.

The PSRRC uses every trick in the book such as Tax Free Foundations and Privately Owned Federal Reserve Bank to give them control for eternity. Contrary to the opinion of many they are not all Jews

People in the United States are suffering, infrastructure is crumbling, American Dream is dead, people are living in the streets and illegal invaders (subsidized by governments) in the millions kill and maim our people. WHILE GOVERNMENT SPENDS AN ESTIMATED 15% OF EXPENDITURES ON UNCONSTITUTIONAL FOREIGN AID AND TROOPS ON FOREIN SOIL WITHOUT A DECLARATION OF WAR.

The only reason for this unlawful and treasonous behavior by the PSRRC and a willing congress is for money and power regardless of the resulting death and destruction

OUR MILITARY SHOULD NOT BE ALLOWED .TO LEAVE THE UNITED STATES WITHOUT A DECLARATION OF WAR AND BECAUSE NO OTHER COUNTRY CAN INVADE US.

The overall solution is simple. All unlawful (unconstitutional) departments and functions of federal establishment must be terminated. Tariffs alone (as in the past) can then fund federal establishment with income tax terminated.

States can then fund their governments without control from DC. Since unlawful activities were never legal President Trump should be able to terminate them with a pen since they don’t exist legally.

I must reiterate that it is impossible to have a Constitutional Republic funded with Income Taxes or with Tariffs if Federal Establishment funds more than allowed by Enumerated Powers as is now the case.

I know not if President Trump sees the light, but I do know that he has the rare opportunity to save us. However, Trump’s actions with Israel are not in our best interest or in accordance with the Constitution. A significant part of the world detests Israel’s conduct and we are being painted with the same brush.

I will continue to write what I determine to be useful and lawful truth. If the FBI remains corrupt and comes after me, so be it. In the meantime please use my articles to inform your members of congress. Most members of congress will appreciate this information as much as the devil appreciates the Cross.

God Bless You and the Republic

© 2025 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Sidney Secular

April 22, 2025

When you hear the term, “investment”, you think of obtaining something for its anticipated rise in value in the future. There is another category of investment that may rise in value over time, but the principle purpose in purchasing it is not profit, but in acquiring valuable items that retain their value, so that when other investments fail, the investor will still have at least a portion of his wealth to fall back on.

When the tidings are for bad economic times, as they are now, the retention of wealth assumes far more significance. In almost every country now, personal wealth is threatened with increased taxation, devaluation of currencies, collapses in markets, and even confiscation of bank accounts and introduction of digital currencies, so the time to find the safest havens for your wealth is now.

At some point in the coming debacle, or “Great Unraveling”, we will reach the point when virtually the only “safe” investments will be precious metals and real estate. However, precious metals and real estate ownership will only be safe if they are located outside an endangered jurisdiction. It probably goes against your grain and what’s been ground into you to not own anything outside the US, but the gravest threat to your wealth has come and will continue to come from your own government. It is far more difficult for your “govmint” to destroy your wealth if you have “expropriated” it, since your government does not have free control of the laws and the government where you have deposited or acquired your items of wealth.

It would be hard for our government to grab your repatriated precious metals, but impossible for it to grab your overseas real estate. When you choose a candidate foreign country in which to place your precious metals and/or acquire real estate, you should choose a country that is not likely to be a candidate for a major decline in the coming economic collapse, is not likely to cave into the demands of a country(like the US) that is likely to itself collapse, and has laws that impose restrictions on foreign-owned investments.

The safest countries are those that do not tend to fall prey to dictatorships or dramatic changes in laws, in other words, those least likely to interfere with the ownership of your investment. Many governments around the world are now hopelessly in debt and on the verge of economic collapse. They will resort to desperate measures like grabbing their citizens’ wealth. It doesn’t matter if your wealth. is $5,000 or $500,000. If the former was in gold coins, you could be better off than if the latter was in paper money.

What countries should the investor consider? Several nations like Bahrain, Bermuda, Brunei, the Cayman Islands, Kuwait, Qatar, Oman, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates(UAE) have no income taxes. There are 16 nations with no property tax — they include Bahrain, the Cayman Islands, Croatia, the Cook islands, Dominica, Fiji, Israel, Kuwait, Liechtenstein, Malta, Monaco, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Turks and Caicos, and the UAE. The investor may also consider which of the above countries may additionally provide his investments with increased value.

You may not savor the perceived unsavory reputation of some of the aforesaid countries, but they could be your savior, providing safe places to park your assets or acquire real estate.

© 2025 Sid Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Cliff Kincaid

April 21, 2025

With the Supreme Court ruling 7-2 against the Trump Administration on deportation of foreign terrorists and gang members on American soil, the so-called “Supreme Court,” with two exceptions, has been exposed as the long arm of the Deep State. Deport the Seven. These are the real oligarchs.

The only two justices ruling for the Constitution, the law, and the president’s power to protect America, were Clarence Thomas and Samuel Alito.

The decision handed down on Saturday was an order or “memo” to the president to keep those murderers and rapists on American soil. J.B. Williams of the North American Law Center  explains the significance of this unconstitutional ruling on my Rumble channel, recorded on Saturday, April 19, the day the “order” from the Court was handed down. The ACLU brought the case quickly acted upon by the Court.

Even Trump’s nominees to the Court voted against him. And Justice Alito was not allowed to post his dissent along with the majority’s order. Instead, the Court said his “statement” would “follow” some time later.

The Court was acting like a judicial dictatorship or oligarchy.

Williams concludes only Thomas and Alito remain as constitutional conservatives on the Court.

Trump Administration lawyers, featured regularly on Fox News, got the president in this trap by insisting that the Supreme Court would rule in their favor.

Trump should now categorically reject the Court’s jurisdiction. He was acting based on the Alien Enemies Act, during a time of national emergency.

“The Government is directed not to remove any member of the putative class of detainees [terrorists and gang members] from the United States until further order of this Court,” said the arrogant seven, representing an inferior branch of government, unelected by the people. By contrast, Trump is the elected president.

Let’s understand how we got into this predicament.

The Biden administration successfully filled 235 federal court vacancies with hard-left ideologues and has three hard-core leftists on the Supreme Court. Some Republican-appointed justices on the high Court seem eager and willing to appease the left.

We expected the Biden and Obama nominees to rule against Trump, first with nationwide injunctions and now accommodating the George Soros-funded ACLU in the Alien Enemies case. We warned in our 2018 report, The Deep State Wears Black Robes, that the Court could not be trusted under “Republican” Chief Justice John Roberts.

In our Rumble broadcast  just a month ago, J.B. Williams of the North American Law Center (www.tnalc.org) examined how judges appointed by Obama and Biden, in coordination with John Roberts, were stacking the deck against the Trump Administration in the federal courts and why Attorney General Pam Bondi had made a critical mistake by not officially objecting in advance to their rulings that far exceed their constitutional jurisdiction.

Now, Bondi looks like a fool, and the rest of Trump’s lawyers have egg all over their faces. They failed to recognize the real problem – judicial supremacy.

J.B. Williams says Bondi should still take the lead and reject their atrocious rulings by exposing their “bad behavior” on the bench and calling on the Court to restrain and restrict their unconstitutional actions.

Our “Deep State” report on the courts had focused on the rise to prominence of Judge Brett Kavanaugh, the Washington insider who emerged as one of Trump’s Supreme Court nominees over far more conservative and pro-Constitution candidates. Kavanaugh had worked for President Bush, covered-up for the Clintons, and ruled for Barack Hussein Obama on matters involving Obamacare and the massive surveillance powers of the National Security Agency (NSA).

To understand the history of judicial tyranny, we recommended Phyllis Schlafly’s book, The Supremacists: The Tyranny of Judges and How to Stop It and John Stormer’s Betrayed by the Bench: How Judge-made Law Has Transformed America’s Constitution, Courts and Culture.

Originally published in 2004, the book by Schlafly, who passed away in 2016, offered a series of measures, including impeachment, to stop tyrannical judges.

But our elected representatives have failed to assert their authority. To cite another example, having found a “right” to engage in sodomy in the Constitution, when none exists, the Supreme Court imposed homosexual marriage on all 50 states. The Congress went along. Even Trump did not object.

To this day, the innocent unborn are not given due process, although the Supreme Court did return the matter to the states.

By contrast, foreign terrorists and gang members are given “due process” on American soil, even though they are here illegally.

A lawyer who wrote more than a dozen books, Phyllis Schlafly was a big backer of President Trump. He should read her book.

Stormer, who passed away in 2018, was a great Christian conservative who wrote the 1964 seven-million copy best seller, None Dare Call It Treason, which had a dramatic impact on Ronald Reagan personally and the movement that later elected him as president.

Back in 2017, I quoted J.B. Williams as saying that if Trump and his Cabinet were serious about draining the swamp, the left had to be stopped from using activist judges to thwart Trump’s attempts to secure the USA and enforce our laws. “Or else,” he wrote, “the notion of draining this swamp is a joke!”

The same advice applies to Trump’s second term, as the Supreme Court has intervened in an unconstitutional manner to protect the foreign terrorists and gang members on American soil.

We must recognize the nature of the real oligarchs who sit on the bench.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

Authored by Devvy Kidd not AI

April 21, 2025

“Is there anything more shameful than the man who lacks the courage to be a coward?” – Peter Blaunder

Last week my column covered our new “transparent government” and a former NSA long time (well over 30 years) employee; Technical Director considered a genius in his field who became a whistleblower:  Bill Binney.  If you missed it, take the time to at least watch the documentary embedded in my column, A Good American.  What you see in that documentary should be a wake-up call as to the lying and spying on domestic Americans and more treachery against We the People.

Former Congressman Curt Weldon is not unknown to old timers like me even though he’s been out of office for 20 years.  I know it’s hard to imagine any honest, courageous men and serving in Congress today, but there are some – just as Weldon was while a member of Congress.

Let me take a moment here to send my condolences to one of those honest members of Congress who loves this country:  Rep. Andy Biggs and his family.  Rep. Andy Biggs’ daughter dies at 37, April 18, 2025.  (A mother of 3 who lost her fight against cancer. Parents should never have to bury their child.)

Curt Weldon wasn’t one of those seat warmers who serve in CON-gress to get rich while in office and feed their egos on a daily basis:

Wayne Curtis Weldon (born July 22, 1947) served as a Republican member of the United States House of Representatives from 1987 to 2007, representing the 7th district of Pennsylvania.

“Beginning in 1987, when Mr. Weldon was first elected to the US Congress, he championed maritime and port security. During his tenure he served on the Merchant Marine Committee, the Coast Guard Committee and retired as Vice Chairman of the Armed Services Committee as well as Vice Chairman of the Homeland Security Committee.

“He also organized and Chaired the Congressional Fire/EMS/Disaster Caucus for 20 years serving as America’s Honorary Fire Chief. In this capacity he has been on the scene of every major disaster in the US and worldwide over the last 25 years, including Hurricanes Andrew, Hugo, Katrina, Earthquakes at Loma Prieta/Northridge, L’Aquila, Haiti, Indonesian Tsunami, Beslan School Attack, Exxon Valdez, Mid-West Floods, Western Wildland & Forest Fires, NYC Trade Center ’93 & ’01, among others.”

9/11.  24 years ago.  Ten million words probably written in columns and books including those by yours truly; archives here. I debunked some of the false conspiracy theories (click bait) as well as exposing Bush, Jr., a mental midget and liar:

“It has now been four years since America woke up to horror on an unprecedented scale. Despite tens of millions of dollars spent hunting down terrorists, not one single individual has been prosecuted for 9/11.

“Despite over $400 billion dollars and at a cost of one billion dollars per day unconstitutionally spent in Iraq, not one terrorist has been brought to trial.

“On September 13, 2001, Mr. Bush said, “The most important thing is for us to find Osama bin Laden. It is our number one priority and we will not rest until we find him.” (Liar.)

“Hundreds of billions of dollars later and countless lives lost, Bush had a change of heart on March 13, 2002:

“I don’t know where bin Laden is. I have no idea and really don’t care. It’s not that important. It’s not our priority.”  (Another lie.)

“Of course it’s not “our” priority. “Our” being the global banking cartel who call all the shots:

“…You know, by the time you become the leader of a country, someone else makes all the decisions.” August 1998, Bill Clinton speaking in Ireland. Rest at link I wrote in 2005.

The same year – out of my own pocket (I should say my late husband’s as he was our income) I went to Shanksville, PA.  $4400 but worth every penny to be on the ground where Flight 93 went into that field – a former strip-mining field and the interviews.  Asking Questions at the Flight 93 Crash Site – 4-part series including photos.

The crucial videos of the Pentagon and Flight 77 are still being withheld from We the People.  I believe I know where Flight 77 went down; I firmly believe it did not hit the Pentagon. I spent an enormous amount of time researching over the years.  If I had President Trump’s money I would have long ago paid for a search.  But, now with our new transparent government, all the videos must be released uncut, uncensored and don’t feed us that “national security” blanket BS.  I stood in front of the Pentagon a couple months after 9/11 as I was in DC to speak at the National Press Club.  The damage you saw on the propaganda box (TV) didn’t even come close to seeing the section hit.

Rep. Curt Weldon: It’s Time to Finally Tell the Truth About 9-11, April 14, 2025.  1,677,064 views on April 19, 2025.  Views on April 20, 2025: 1,735,739 – an increase of 68,675 people watching.  Americans want the truth as well as the families of individuals from other countries who were murdered that day who were in the Twin Towers either for tourism or business.

This is a 1:27:31 interview with former Congressman Weldon.  Tucker Carlson host. “After twenty years in congress, Curt Weldon was about to become chairman of the House Armed Services Committee when he publicly questioned the accuracy of the 9-11 report.

“In retaliation, the Bush administration sent federal agents to his daughter’s house and ended his political career. At 77, Weldon has decided to tell the truth about what actually happened on September 11, 2001.”

If you think Weldon is just some crazy old man, you’re either in denial, don’t care or support what the shadow government and their useful fools have been doing almost as long as I’ve been alive. Or, you simply haven’t accessed credible research about that horrific planned attack. This from my column, The Praetorian Guard, July 31, 2004

“America didn’t always engage in these endless “peacekeeping” missions or invading countries like Kosovo. Over the past six decades, the mind changers have been manipulating the American people through a constant barrage of propaganda and have done a fine job convincing Americans that we should give up our freedoms for the “common good” of the world. This has been done to get the American people to sacrifice their own lives and fortune for the benefit of the world masters orchestrating a one world government. It’s called slave making and the transformation is almost complete.

“In his book, (1999) The Praetorian Guard[1] by John Stockwell, Americans get a stark, raw accounting of exactly what we the people have been forced to fund, not only with money robbed from the people’s treasury, but with the blood of our precious military. Stockwell, Director of the CIA’s Angola Task force in the 1970s, is the highest-ranking officer ever to quit the agency and expose the truth of its operations to Congressional investigators. In his book, he addresses serious questions about a “new world order” that began emerging post-Cold War.

“Stockwell explains how and why he believes that the U.S. policy of supporting “secret wars” in every corner of the globe will continue, even as the alliance between the United States and the Soviet Union, inconceivable not so long ago, continues to merge. Did the tinder-box in the Persian Gulf give the U.S. military-intelligence complex a new lease on life? Is “national security” just a cynical cover for the brutal fact that the United States has become the worlds’ toughest cop, exporting military might to the highest bidder as liberty and prosperity disappear at home?” Read The Praetorian Guard.

This interview with Curt Weldon – like the documentary I cited in my last column (A Good American) is a MUST watch.  He’s now 77 years old and fired up, let me tell you.  A momma bear protecting her young is small time compared to Weldon’s mission to get to the truth about the 9/11 cover-up.  I hope you’ll take the time to watch it, listen and share everywhere.  Tucker Carlson interview with Weldon here.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2024 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Footnote:

[1] John Stockwell quotations excerpts from the book The Praetorian Guard by John Stockwell former CIA agent: “…the CIA [has] been running thousands of operations over the years. … there have been about 3,000 major covert operations and over 10,000 minor operations-all illegal, and all designed to disrupt, destabilize, or modify the activities of other countries…

“The major function of secrecy in Washington is to keep the U.S. people and U.S. Congress from knowing what the nation’s leaders are doing. Secrecy is power. Secrecy is license. Secrecy covers up mistakes. Secrecy covers up corruption.”

Related:

More Information on Push for NY Grand Jury over 9/11, Mine. November 22, 2004

Attorney William Pepper to OIG: “The Pursuit of NIST’s Fraudulent Reports Will be Relentless”, May 15, 2014

9/11 Pentagon Damage Immediate Aftermath High-Resolution Photos

Hijack ‘suspects’ alive and well, Sept. 23, 2001

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 21, 2025

This entire situation with the MS-13 illegal alien Kilmer Abrega Garcia stuns any rational, reasonable, and common sense American citizen. He violated our borders. He beat his wife numerous times. She took out restraining orders against him. He trafficked other illegals without a license. Two judges deemed him an MS-13 gang member. He is not a citizen. He has no rights to ‘due process’ under our Constitution. He belongs in prison in El Salvador.

And yet, we’ve got a U.S. Senator Van Hollen flying down to the prison to tell us that that Garcia is “traumatized.” But when one of his own constituents, Rachel Morin, mother of five, was killed and brutally raped by an illegal, Van Hollen said nothing. He did nothing. He’s a political farce! And yet, the liberal talking-heads are telling us that if Garcia can deported, we all can be deported. I must admit that the talking-heads on MSNBC, CNN, NPR, and other “fake news” outlets prove themselves journalistic idiots.

We’ve got a mental moron House Member Jasmine Crockett (D-TX) telling us that we’ve got a criminal in the White House worse than Garcia. We’ve got another mental moron being touted as the next democrat candidate for president of the USA—Alexandra Ocasio Cortez who doesn’t know her butt from a hole in the ground. She’s beyond stupid…she’s a walking, talking vacant-minded helium balloon. And yet, crowds gather to hear her speak her vacuous stupidities. She’s about as qualified to become president as a grasshopper.

When you look out across the American landscape, especially our cities, you see total chaos, crime and craziness going on weekly.

Let me give you my credentials. I started out teaching school in 1973. In the summers, I moved furniture for United Van Lines. I trucked through 48 states and Canada. In 1965, I watched Congress sign into law the Immigration Reform Act that blew open the flood gates to our country. We’ve added over 140 million people within 60 years. It’s the greatest population growth ever recorded in the history of the world in the shortest amount of time. I watched this country grow in 1970 from 200 million to our current 350 million plus another 20 plus million illegal aliens.

I watched our cities across America explode with cars, trucks, houses, skyscrapers, freeways, toxic air pollution, accidents, polluted rivers, trash along our highways, horrendous gridlock and road rage.

We’re simply a civilization that has grown too large, too many, too big, too complicated, too fast, too chemicalized, and too much to fix any of our problems.

This past weekend, 16 tornados cut through the heartland killing a half dozen people, and destroyed dozens of homes and buildings. Why? There’s just too many people taking up too much space. And, “IF” climate change causes the severity and accelerating numbers of tornados, rains and flooding—- adding more people with more carbon output creates more aberrant climatic destabilization. And yet, no one connects the dots.

Look what’s happening to California. They face drought, fires, windstorms and massive destruction with their 40 million people. Those fires ravaged thousands of homes. Have you visited LA or San Francisco? I have for the past three years. When I was trucking, it was a nightmare. Today, it’s a triple nightmare. They can’t solve their problems today as to horrible roads, potholes everywhere, severe poverty, incredible state-wide debt over $76 billion, massive homelessness of over 250,000, incredible 4.0 million illegal aliens camped out everywhere, skyrocketing taxes…yet, California continues to grow by 6,550 people, net gain, daily. Virtually all of it via legal and illegal immigration, plus their birthrates. How do you think that’s going to end up? How do they fix their problems or solve any of their growing nightmares? Answer: they can’t, they don’t, they won’t. Their problems will grow beyond solving. In the end, total breakdown of civil society. (Source: California growth facts: www.capsweb.org)

What about New York City with 8.3 million people stuck in a concrete, glass and metal jungle? They suffer over 100,000 illegal aliens with no solutions. People defecting and urinating on the streets, and criminals stealing everything from stores to knocking people dead on the streets. They cannot medically serve their own citizens let alone the overwhelming needs of the illegal migrants. Schools? No education for our kids! NYC features 3.0 million rats running all over the place. Filth, disease and sickening insanity! Can they solve the rat problem? NO!

Governor Kathy Hochul mandated a $9.00 fee for driving into the city, and it’s supposed to mitigate the massive traffic jams. I remember them well in my trucking years. NYC must be one of the worst cities in the world for traffic. And yet, demographers project NYC to reach 9.4 million people within 25 years. In other words, no solutions, no answers, no way in hell of bringing about any kind of quality of life to “The Big Apple.”

Let me tell you about trucking through Chicago, “The Windy City.” It’s a nightmare to roll off I-80 and then, north into Chicago. The 18-wheelers have worn the drive lane into four to five inch grooves. It’s scary for cars to navigate through the grooves. You can lose control of your steering wheel in a heartbeat and be thrown out of the lane.

Then, of course, if you travel into South Chicago, you could be one of the dozen, up to two dozen, who get shot every weekend. At 2.6 million in Chicago in 2025, look for 10.0 million within 25 years by 2050. How insane is that?

How about the beltways around Atlanta, Houston, Miami, Dallas, Fort Worth, Denver, Cleveland, Phoenix and Minneapolis? Total, unsolvable, and complete automobile insanity! And yet, each one of those cities stands to add another 3 to 5 million people. I trucked through every one of those cities. Just sheer insanity!

What did those trucking years with United Van Lines show me?

It showed me that legal and illegal immigration have destroyed America beyond anyone’s understanding. It showed me that those “rats” in Washington DC WANT America’s civilization to collapse. It showed me that they WANT the Cloward-Piven Strategy to succeed. What is that? Answer: simply overwhelm our entire society with so many immigrants that it eventually collapses into chaos and conflict.

Again, I didn’t just truck for 25 summers around 48 states. I visited six continents in the past 45 years filled with billions of people. I’ve seen the sickening aspects of cities like Mexico City with 22 million people. God awful toxic air with every breath. God help anyone living in Beijing, Shanghai, Rio, Sao Paulo, Toronto, Paris, Mumbai, Hong Kong and another 20 overpopulated cities. I saw China. I winced at what I witnessed. I traveled into the sickening depths of India to give me a whole new understanding of humanity’s arrogance and ignorance. We’re talking filthy water, filthy food, filthy living, filthy trash everywhere, and millions living in poverty and filth—with no solutions. Note: 60 percent of people in India do not have access to a toilet! Over 4.0 million are born in the streets, live on the streets, and never enjoy a home, shower or toilet. Look it up!

What makes me the sickest of all? Answer: we’re handing over to our kids the same nightmare being lived in China, India, Mexico City and all the rest of this overpopulated planet. Ask yourself: why are millions clamoring to live in Europe, Canada and America? Answer: their miseries bring their desperation. But they did it with their profligate fecundity in their own countries.

Well, once we add that next 100 million into the USA by 2050 that will render our civilization unsustainable—where do you think you and your kids are going to flee “for a better life?”

What do we need? We DESPERATELY need a national discussion/debate on the future of America. Can we sustain the numbers? If we can’t fix our problems today, how will we fix them in 25 years with THAT many added people?

I don’t think anyone in America is ready for what we face. Worse, most Americans don’t have a clue as to what’s coming.

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Rolaant McKenzie

April 20, 2025

In 1991, the German weekly newspaper, Die Zeit (The Time), published a June 13, 1936, photograph showing a large gathering of workers at the Blohm & Voss shipyard in Hamburg at the launching of Horst Wessel, a navy training ship named for a Nazi SA officer who was murdered in 1930. This event included a speech by Deputy Führer Rudolf Hess with Adolf Hitler at his side. In a sea of people enthusiastically raising their arms in the Nazi salute, there was one conspicuous exception, a man toward the back of the crowd resolutely standing with his arms crossed over his chest. This photograph generated great curiosity regarding his identity, and a request was made to the public for information about this brave man.

Four years later, another German newspaper, the Hamburger Abendblatt (Hamburg Evening Newspaper), published the photograph with an article entitled “1936 — Only One Left His Arm Down,” with the subtitle “Writer Looking for Contemporary Witnesses: Who Was the Man?” Shortly after this, the newspaper reported that the daughter of August Landmesser, Irene Eckler, identified the man in the photograph as her father.

August Landmesser (1910-1944) joined the Nazi party in 1931 hoping it would help him gain employment. He later received a job at the Blohm & Voss shipyard. Landmesser was expelled from the party in 1935 when they found out that he was engaged to be married to Irma Eckler, a Jewish woman. Their subsequent marriage registration was rejected because of the Nuremberg Laws recently enacted prohibiting marriages between Germans and Jews. Nonetheless, August and Irma loved each other very much and continued to live as husband and wife, and their first daughter, Ingrid, was born later that year.

Special courts were established by 1934 to penalize anyone who refused to perform the Nazi salute. The penalties varied from fines or intimidation to incarceration in detention camps. Knowing this, Landmesser still refused to do the salute even with the peer pressure of everyone around him doing it and in the presence of Hitler himself.

The repercussions of Landmesser’s courage were severe. He was eventually arrested and sentenced to two and a half years in the Börgermoor concentration camp in 1938. He was released to work as a foreman for the haulage company Püst in 1941. But in February 1944, Landmesser was conscripted into a penal combat unit, killed in action in Croatia six months later, and buried in a mass grave near the village of Hodilje.

Landmesser’s wife Irma, pregnant with their second daughter, was taken by the Gestapo and held at the Fuhlsbüttel prison in 1938, where she gave birth to Irene. She was separated from her children and transferred to several concentration camps, including the one at Ravensbrück. In the end, it is believed that she was taken to the Bernburg Euthanasia Centre, where she was murdered in 1942 along with more than 14,000 others.

Both Irene and her older sister, Ingrid, were separated and survived the war with kind foster parents. In 1951, the local government in Hamburg recognized the marriage of August and Irma. Ingrid took the surname Landmesser, while Irene continued to use her mother’s maiden name, Eckler.

Standing firm on righteous principles, especially against a tyrannical regime, does not always lead to honor and reward in this life. Too many times, it leads to cruel suffering and death, leaving the person to be vindicated in the justice of history. Kim Dae-jung (1924-2009), South Korean prisoner of conscience, statesman, and freedom advocate, alluded to this in his speech when he was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize on December 10, 2000, in Oslo, Norway:

“In 1980, I was sentenced to death by the military regime. For six months in prison, I awaited the execution day. Often, I shuddered with fear of death. But I would find calm in the fact of history that justice ultimately prevails. I was then, and am still, an avid reader of history. And I knew that in all ages, in all places, he who lives a righteous life dedicated to his people and humanity may not be victorious, may meet a gruesome end in his lifetime, but will be triumphant and honored in history; he who wins by injustice may dominate the present day, but history will always judge him to be a shameful loser. There can be no exception.”

Micaiah the prophet was confronted with a moment of decision during a state visit of King Jehoshaphat of Judah with King Ahab of Israel (1 Kings 22:1-40). Ahab was soliciting the aid of Jehoshaphat to wage war against the king of Aram to retake the city of Ramoth-gilead. But Jehoshaphat, being a good king who feared the Lord, wanted Ahab to seek His will first before deciding to go to war with Aram. So Ahab gathered about 400 “prophets” who benefited from their alignment with him as the king and would tell him what he wanted to hear, that is, the Lord will deliver the city into his hand.

But Jehoshaphat, apparently unimpressed by these sycophants for Ahab, wanted to hear from an authentic prophet of the Lord. Ahab reluctantly sent a messenger to summon Micaiah from prison, where he had placed him, someone he hated because he would not be swayed by his position of power. The messenger urged Micaiah to align his words with the other “prophets” so that all would go well with him, but he was determined to faithfully present what God wanted him to say.

Micaiah, once brought before the presence of Ahab, could have been intimidated by him and his hundreds of paid supposed men of God prophesying victory. He could have acquiesced to political power and the crowd following it in order to be released from prison. But he recognized that he had only an audience of One, that is, the Lord. It was to Him that Micaiah was most interested in being faithful, and so he told Ahab the truth that if he pursued his course, he would fall at Ramoth-gilead.

Ahab, angered that Micaiah would not echo the positive message of his “prophets,” sent him back to prison with meager rations until he returned from the battle in peace to presumably deal with him later. Of course, the truth of God’s word cannot fail, and Ahab fell in battle just as the prophet Micaiah said he would. But Scripture does not record whether or not Micaiah was ever released from prison when Ahab’s wicked son, Ahaziah, became king of Israel.

Ahab may have had power and prestige as king of Israel in his day, but he will always be remembered as a wicked ruler who led Israel astray and died ignominiously because he refused to obey the word of the Lord. Micaiah, in contrast, will always be remembered as a true prophet of God who stood alone among a sea of opposition and steadfastly told the truth, like those whose trust was in the Lord though they “experienced mockings and scourgings, yes, also chains and imprisonment” (Hebrews 11:35-38). Surely he will receive approval and reward from the Lord Jesus in His kingdom (Matthew 25:21; 1 Corinthians 3:11-15).

Throughout His earthly ministry, Jesus truly had an audience of One, His Father in heaven, whose will He came to accomplish:

“For I have come down from heaven, not to do My own will, but the will of Him who sent Me. This is the will of Him who sent Me, that of all that He has given Me I lose nothing, but raise it up on the last day. For this is the will of My Father, that everyone who beholds the Son and believes in Him will have eternal life, and I Myself will raise him up on the last day.” (John 6:37-40)

On the night that He was betrayed, Jesus’ concern was for us. Though He knew hours later He would be hanging on a cross, Jesus prayed to His Father that His disciples be sanctified in the truth of His word, and not only His disciples, but all who would believe in Him because of their testimony (John 17).

When He was arrested and separated from His disciples, Jesus was taken before Caiaphas, the high priest. There He stood alone and did not shrink from telling the truth of who He was, the Christ, the Son of God, though it would cause His condemnation (Matthew 26:57-68). When He stood alone before Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, He made the truthful testimony of His divine kingship (John 18:28-40).

Pontius Pilate was a powerful Roman governor of a conquered country, but he will ever be remembered in history as one who acquiesced to a bloodthirsty mob and knowingly condemned an innocent man to death. But Jesus will always be the Lamb of God, who out of love for us willingly went to the cross to die a bloody death and fully atone for our sins. His bodily resurrection from the dead on the third day demonstrates that all who trust in Him, He Himself will raise to everlasting life when He returns.

August Landmesser and the prophet Micaiah are examples of doing the right thing by standing firm against evil in the face of overwhelming pressure to do otherwise. While they can be inspirations to us today to do likewise in the challenges we face today, let us never forget what Jesus accomplished on behalf of sinners through His perfect life, death, and resurrection. Let this cause us not only to truly believe in Him but also to be faithful to Him when inevitable trials come our way.

In the end, we have an audience of One, Jesus Christ, and eternal reward comes from Him.

© 2025 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Rob Pue

April 20, 2025

There are many things, in our world today, that point to the imminent return of our Lord, Jesus Christ. Timothy tells us, “…This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, truce-breakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, traitors, heady, high-minded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God; having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof…”

Sure sounds like our world today, doesn’t it? Every day, we see examples of every single one of those things Timothy lists. The nations of the world are in peril. People are self-centered and self-indulgent and boast of their own accomplishments. Many jealously desire what others have. We’ve even come to a place now where “pride” is celebrated worldwide. And not just any “pride,” but pride in absolute sexual depravity.

Blasphemy is everywhere, as we tear down monuments of the Ten Commandments and in their place, we put statues of the demon Baphomet. Even so-called “Christian” churches now ordain sodomites as “pastors” and celebrate the sin of homosex and the mental illness of “transgenderism” because even those who claim to be “Christian” leaders are now without natural affection. These are “pretend churches,” having a form of Godliness, but denying the power thereof, and even denying the very commandments and covenant of the God they claim to serve.

Children today, raised with an entitlement mentality and immersed in the virtual world of technology and social media now have no relationship with — and no respect for — their own parents. And though we have been immensely blessed by God here in this nation, we remain unthankful, unholy and violent. We love the abundant comfort and ease and seek it fervently, when we should be honoring, reverencing and serving the Lord God.

Despisers of good? Yes, we have that as well. Good is now called “evil” and evil is called “good.” As for truce-breakers, I now know that you really can’t trust anyone or anything anymore. A man’s word is no longer worth a plug nickel. Then there are the traitors, the false accusers and the heady, high-minded — many of which can be found in the highest of political offices, making laws and decrees that we must obey, though they never will.

In Matthew 24, Jesus said this: “And ye shall hear of wars and rumors of wars: see that ye be not troubled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in diverse places. All these are the beginning of sorrows. Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted and shall kill you: and ye shall be hated of all nations for My name’s sake. And then shall many be offended, and shall betray one another, and shall hate one another.”

Today, our world is replete with wars and rumors of wars. Nations are rising against nations. We have famines. Even here in America, we’ve seen hundreds of food processing plants destroyed by mysterious fires, we’ve had millions of chickens and turkeys destroyed because of a supposedly “deadly bird flu,” we’re told. Strange how we’re not seeing flocks of wild birds dropping dead all around us. This “flu” only seems to affect the birds we depend on for meat and eggs.

We also have many “pestilences” — many of them man-made, cooked up in labs and turned loose on the populace to instill fear and obedience to the almighty world government. Not to mention the deliberate poisoning of our air, water and soil through the use of “geoengineering” or “chemtrails,” and the wicked science experiments where we, the people, are the guinea pigs as mosquitoes are bred to carry the mRNA injections, then set loose to infect us all. If you think I’m a crazy conspiracy theorist, go ahead and think that. But understand, I’ve warned you of many things that were labeled “false news” and “conspiracy theories” at the time, and have since been proven to be true.

We’ve also seen a marked increase in earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, fires and hurricanes in diverse places — places where they should not be happening. The beginning of sorrows. And once again, the words of Christ are absolutely true when we now have true Christ-followers being persecuted, imprisoned, killed and hated of all men. Lukewarm church-goers can rest easy, assured that the enemy will not bother with them, since they’re already unknowingly doing Satan’s work. But if you’re a true Christ-follower, understand that the very fact that you exist will offend many, and you’ll be betrayed by those you thought were your brothers and sisters in Christ. They will hate you.

I’ve experienced this hatred from professing “Christians” personally. So I know a little of what I’m talking about.

It seems like Bible prophecy is playing out right before our very eyes as we read the daily headlines and try to put the puzzle pieces together and make sense of it all. It would seem that the “end times” and the “last days” are here, and our Lord could return at any moment.

But you need to understand, all the things I’ve mentioned here, and quoted from Scripture have been going on since man’s fall in the Garden. Jesus’ own disciples expected Him to return at any moment too, from the time He ascended into heaven. But understand that Jesus also said, “take heed that no man deceive you.” He warned against many false prophets and many false christs, that would lure many away with their lies and deceptions. There have been many false prophets in my own lifetime. Many have set dates, and backed those dates up with Scriptures, twisted to fit their own false prophecies…and many followed those false teachers, some of them to their own deaths.

One could certainly make a case that could deceive even the “elect,” that the Lord’s return is now at hand. But Jesus Himself also warned us, “But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only.”

I don’t know about you, but I find it sad and disturbing that so many professing Christians today seem so eager for World War 3, the end of the world, Armageddon, the apocalypse. They’re chomping at the bit. They just can’t hardly seem to wait for bloodshed and that “great and terrible Day of the Lord.”

Being in the news media, I have a 24/7 news stream. It never stops. Many of my sources are from Christian organizations. And every day, I see the headlines from these so-called “news” outlets. They seem to be hungering, thirsting and craving for death, destruction and total annihilation. And those who feed off these stories are just as eager for mayhem as those who put the stories out. They crave destruction.

Let me give you a few examples of some of the headlines I’ve seen recently: “Breaking: Worldwide Disclosure Happening Now!” “2025: Proof We’re in the End Times!” “Alert: America Preparing for Major War!” “It Has Begun…They Don’t Want This Seen!” “Apocalyptic Weather Event Across the US.” “Global Economic Collapse Happening Now.” “Mysterious Event Worldwide in 2025.” “The End Times Are Here — Shocking Video.” And one more: “Something Biblical Coming April 2025!”

As if “something Biblical” has not been going on since the creation. I find it ironic and sad that whenever there’s a major disaster or world event, the press calls it “Biblical.” Or, “of Biblical proportions.” Then, God’s Word the Bible somehow suddenly takes on urgency and significance. But the rest of the time, the media mocks and ridicules the things of God, and our public schools relegate the Bible to the category of mythology, superstition and fiction.

Of course, as Christians, we look forward to our Lord’s return, when He will restore righteousness to the earth, judge the wicked and bring justice. But Christians, stop salivating at the thought of that “great and terrible Day of the Lord.” Stop looking forward to it so eagerly. Because it will be both great and terrible. You may feel confident, and perhaps rightly so, that you’ll simply be welcomed into the loving arms of Jesus. If you know Him, confess Him, have been washed, renewed and sanctified by Him in this life, been baptized in His name and, importantly, have invested your life in serving Him and following the Father’s commandments, it truly will be a great day for you.

But Revelation 20:12 tells us this: “And I saw the dead, the great and the small, standing before the throne, and books were opened; and another book was opened, which is the book of life; and the dead were judged from the things which were written in the books, according to their deeds.”

This should give us all a great sense of urgency to get our lives right with God, in alignment with His will. We should search our hearts to see if we’re truly putting Him first; and our lives to see if we’re really, truly occupying until He returns. If we are not about our Father’s business daily, we’re no better than the one who buried his “talents” and was called a “wicked servant.”

We are not saved by our works, but when those “books” are opened, they’ll present all the evidence before the Almighty righteous Judge, of everything we did and every word we spoke in this life. Our lives here in this world are a “proving ground,” and all will see the evidence of our lives on this earth — all the things we did, either good or evil, and then judgment will be pronounced.

In Matthew 7, we read the words of our Lord: “Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them. Not everyone that saith unto Me, ‘Lord, Lord,’ shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of my Father which is in heaven. Many will say to Me in that day, ‘Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Thy name? And in Thy name have cast out devils? And in Thy name done many wonderful works?’ And then will I profess unto them, ‘I never knew you: depart from Me, ye that work iniquity.’”

This is serious stuff, folks. I urge you to examine your lives, and if you are not serving the King of kings, if you’re not occupying ‘til He returns, if you’re simply going to church and then going home again, you better start taking your professed faith more seriously. The Lord is not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance.

Following repentance comes a lifetime of sanctification. And understand that you were saved to serve. To minister. To witness. You need to be more eager to lay down your life for the sake of Christ, if that should be required of you, than you are to simply spend your time on earth in comfort, luxury and ease while you await your heavenly “reward.” Because you may not get the “reward” you’re expecting. If you’re ashamed of your Savior in the presence of men, He will be ashamed of you in the presence of His Father.

Revelation 21:8, “But the cowardly, unbelieving, abominable, murderers, sexually immoral, sorcerers, idolaters, and all liars shall have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone, which is the second death.”

Notice something about this verse of Scripture. The cowardly are just as wicked for being cowardly — too fearful and ashamed to openly serve Christ — as are unbelievers, murderers and the sexually immoral. In fact, it’s the cowardly who go first into the lake of fire!

Take heed, and remember John 9:4 when Jesus said, “I must work the works of Him that sent Me, while it is day: the night cometh, when no man can work.” And remember this from Ephesians 5, “See then that ye walk circumspectly, not as fools, but as wise, redeeming the time, because the days are evil.” They always have been. So, stop looking for the rapture under every rock and behind every tree. Dedicate your time in this life to serving and obeying the commands of Christ, unashamedly and courageously. Be about His work, so that when that day comes, you can enter in to the joy of thy Lord.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

April 20, 2025

~ In celebration of Easter ~

It was not just a stone that was rolled away from the door of Jesus’ tomb. The darkness of the triumph of evil was also rolled away. The resurrection of Jesus created the victory of eternal love over the despair of death.

Jesus entered a world of cruelty with a message that all humans had souls that were directly connected to God, to love, and to a life that was designed to be eternal. We were not just intelligent animals clawing our way over the unimportant bodies of our neighbors. No, all of us, including our enemies, were more.

Although love was present in many human hearts (for love can never be entirely extinguished), life at the time of Jesus was far closer to Hell than to Heaven. Hell, after all, is the realm where love is absent, where individuals are not regarded as sacred and precious incarnations of the God who embraces all of us. Instead, in Hell, feelings and actions are divorced from God, and the human heart is lost—broken and withered by the pain of life, with no awareness of the light flickering in each despairing soul.

Where does the knowledge of love come from? How did we step forward in our ascent from the darkness of caves, from the casual brutality of a world that had no knowledge of the transcendent beauty of a Heavenly world of spirit?

Humans cannot easily perceive realities beyond the boundaries of their current levels of awareness. We can imagine and seek and question, but the illumination of a soul is a blessing that comes from above, a gift that ultimately comes from God.

Jesus was the most extraordinary of gifts to the human race—a man who demonstrated a quality of love and an awareness of the intimacy of God that was so revolutionary that millions of souls have moved beyond the world of separation from God into a realm of sacred and transformative love.

The blessing of the awareness of God’s love for each of us is a gift that is available to all of us at any time. Jesus eliminated the boundaries of class, of race, of wealth, of slavery. All humans, without exception, were—and are—loved equally. Jesus vividly demonstrated that God was eager to embrace and love every single person.

All that was required was the one thing that God could not do alone—open each person’s heart. Still, God designed the human heart and the free will that too often kept it closed with the simplest of methods that can open anyone’s heart to the love of God. In Jesus’ words from the Sermon on the Mount, in Matthew 7:7-8, he gave us the key:

“7 Ask, and it will be given you; seek, and you will find; knock, and it will be opened to you. 8 For every one who asks receives, and he who seeks finds, and to him who knocks it will be opened.”

The divine gift of God’s personal, unchanging, and eternal love is available to all of us. Depending on our circumstance, or our own internal level of maturity or growth, we might have to ask more than once. We might have to study how to ask, with humility, with determination, and a childlike innocence and simplicity. But ask we should, for as many times as it takes, for the doorway will indeed open.

The life and resurrection of Jesus were gifts to the world that revealed how powerful God’s love was for humanity. They were messages to every one of God’s children that even though the world was often hellish and unbearable, we all belonged to God, we all were qualified to receive God’s love, and we all could live with God for eternity. The death of our bodies was shown to be a trivial matter, for our souls continued forever.

Those gifts produced a faith and a love, renewed every Easter for the last two thousand years, that have transformed the world. In spite of the flaws of many individuals who struggled to live up to the transcendent love of God and Jesus, the victory of the eternal love of the resurrection has never been lost.

It can never be lost or forgotten because the presence of God in every human life will never change. As Paul wrote in Romans 11:29:

“For the gifts and the call of God are irrevocable.”

© 2025 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

By Dennis Kelly

April 19, 2025

We had dinner last night at a local Mexican Restaurant. Most of the wait staff are of Mexican descent. As our waiter Roberto was taking our order I asked if the restaurant was planning a big celebration for the upcoming Cinco de Mayo. This guy was pretty savvy and sort of rolled his eyes and asked why would we do that? Knowing the truth myself I kidded him and I said, “You Know” for the big Mexican Independence Day celebration. Roberto gave us a quick history lesson about this charade telling us

Mexico celebrates its Independence Day on September 16th where they gained Independence from Spain in 1821. Then what is Cinco de Mayo one might ask? Historically, Mexico claimed victory at the Battle of Puebla over the French on May 5th, 1862 during a complicated struggle called The Reformed War and has nothing to do with Mexico’s Independence Day.

In truth Cinco de Mayo began as a form of resistance by the “Chicano Movement” around the 1970’s pointed exclusively at the United States for the Mexican-American War 1846-1848 where the U.S. annexed Texas and ultimately acquired the New Mexico and California territories.

So how did it become a pseudo–American Holiday? Money of course. By the 1980’s, companies, mainly beer companies began commercializing the May 5th date as Mexican Party Day or perhaps “Corona Day!” Actually, it has morphed into “Hispanic Day” with parades in major cities across the nation.

Now I don’t begrudge those Americans of Mexican descent their pride and nationality, just as I have of my Irish heritage. And like St. Patrick’s Day it appears to me that it has grown into another marketing scheme by a bunch of beer companies turning an obscure Mexican battle into national Corona – XX Dos Equis bash. How long before our congress critters figure out, we need to declare Cinco de Mayo a Federal Holiday to garner the support of our Hispanic brethren, here legally or not? Is that a stretch? I mean let’s take Juneteenth for instance, which after waiting 160 years, became a Federal Holiday in 2021 commemorating the end of slavery on June 19th 1865.

Prior to that or still to this day, I bet not one in one hundred or maybe a thousand, black or white could tell you anything about Juneteenth or what it actually represents. In fact, I remember asking my postal clerk after it became a federal holiday if they knew what Juneteenth represented. They said, I don’t know but I’m glad I have the day off. Do you see how important these holidays are to the general public? Doesn’t it warm your heart?

So don’t be surprised with a nation recently over run with 15 million illegals from south of the border that we see an effort to make May 5th, an ostensibly anti U.S. Chicano Movement, turned from national party time into a federal holiday. Is it still okay to Remember the Alamo? At least we still have Columbus Day.

© 2025 Dennis Kelly – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Kelly: denniskelly@charter.net

By Andrew Wallace

April 19, 2025

It is usually difficult for the average person to find the time to collect the information required and format it to give his or her orders to their elected representatives. I have attempted to do the work for you in a simple format that allows you to add or subtract items as you desire. See the suggestions below. Then all you do is mail or email to your elected members of Congress. I will attempt to answer any questions you have by email to me at www.natlmktg@gte.net. But for more comprehensive information, refer to my articles at www.newswithviews.com.

Dear (elected representative),

Listed below are my requests for your actions in Congress. If you will not comply, please explain why you refuse. Remember that you work for the people, and if you don’t respond in a proper manner that indicates that you are not representing my interests and values, I will no longer vote for you.

(Signed)

(your e-mail or street address)

———————————————————————-

Examples of my desired actions by Congress are listed below:

1. Terminate the Income tax. It is impossible to have a Constitutional Republic with it. Use tariffs to finance the government after its return to only Constitutional functions (government was financed with tariffs/excise taxes until 1913) and can continue to perform them after trimming unconstitutional departments and functions..

2. Terminate all unconstitutional functions not authorized by Enumerated Powers. (I estimate more than 50% of the government is a criminal enterprise without Constitutional backing).

3. Terminate the unlawful Privately- Owned Federal Reserve Bank.

4. Return to Constitutional money (Gold & Silver) ending wars for profit, inflation and skulduggery.

5. Terminate all unconstitutional Foreign Aid, which is bribery and kickbacks.

6. Terminate unconstitutional FEMA and all federal payments to the states.(Without income tax, states can finance themselves).

7. Terminate Tax-Free Foundations (mostly a scam for eternal control)

8. Terminate all state and federal payments to illegal invaders. (The Constitution says it is treason!) Prosecute employers of illegals. Deport all illegal invaders as fast as possible, regardless of cost, or we will suffer destruction like Europe.

9. Terminate all welfare to the able- bodied. Fathers and mothers should support their children, not citizens.

10. Terminate 50% of Federal Judges and require judicial decisions affecting the country to only be effective with Supreme Court approval.

11. Return all 250,000 of our military from all foreign countries. Leave NATO.

12. Our country can’t be invaded; it can only be defeated in nuclear war or from within. ( Democrats brought in more than 10 million, mostly military- aged illegal invaders as a Communist army and to control elections.)

13. A Declaration of War is required to attack a country, and none has been declared for any wars in the last 80 years . (We lost all of them, and it cost over 105,000 military dead, all for profit and bribes, not for national security!)

14. FBI is responsible for total corruption of the government because they were complicit in crimes and refused to prosecute crooked officials. Terminate the FBI if they don’t prosecute corrupt officials and replace them with the Militia of the Several States as dictated by the Constitution.

15. Take away CIA’s budget and authority to interfere in foreign governments, or disband it. (We don’t need the hatred of America they cause).

16. Return elections to the citizens by outlawing all contributions from Big Money (corporations and wealthy individuals). Donations limited to $1,000, and then only if the donor can vote for the recipient.

17. Refuse to continue voting for unconstitutional laws, which are any “laws” not authorized by the Enumerated Powers in the Constitution.

18. Failure to comply with many of my requests without justification is a violation of my trust and your solemn Oath of Office. Know that your breach of Oath disqualifies you from holding that office.

© 2025 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Paul Engel

April 18, 2025

• Will you give up your privacy for a promise of safety?
• Do Automatic License Plate Readers violate the Fourth Amendment?
• Should police be allowed to search a license plate database without a warrant?

There will always be tension between our desires for privacy and safety. We’re all for privacy, until we find that an invasion of said privacy could have stopped some terrible event. But are we willing to trade our privacy for safety? As Benjamin Franklin said:

“They who would give up an essential liberty for temporary security, deserve neither liberty or security.” —Benjamin Franklin

In the case of Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police the privacy question revolves around automatic license place readers (ALPRs) and what makes a search reasonable.

Background

While the term “Automatic License Plate Readers” is pretty self-explanatory, how the case came to be is very important.

Six years ago, United States Postal Service worker Tamara Clayton was fatally shot on the I-57 highway. “This unfortunate expressway shooting sparked a movement within the community, Illinois State Police (ISP), Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT), local police agencies, and the Governor’s office.” … On January 1, 2020, Illinois enacted the Tamara Clayton Expressway Camera Act to fund the installation of approximately 300 cameras—known as “automated license plate readers” or “ALPRs”—across Cook County expressways. … Two years later, Illinois passed a statute appropriating additional funds and extending the program to twenty other counties. … To date, the Illinois State Police has installed 344 cameras in Cook County, 78 in St. Clair County, and 44 across 17 other counties.

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

As with so many cases, the road to hell is paved with good intentions. I feel for Ms. Clayton’s family, and recognize the desire to be safe. But does our desire to be safe trump our rights or the rights of others? On the other hand, does our right to privacy trump the rights of others to be safe? Maybe there’s something in the details that can help us navigate this conundrum.

This surveillance program works in two steps. Installed on the side of a road, ALPRs photograph (or “detect”) the license plates of vehicles driving by. The system then uploads the photo to the Law Enforcement Archival Reporting Network (“LEARN”) database. This national database compiles and stores billions of license plate photos taken by ALPRs in Illinois and elsewhere.

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

OK, that sounds terrifying. Billions of license plate photos, stored in a national database, that can be used to track where you go. Unfortunately, it gets worse.

Law enforcement agencies across the country flag “hot plates” of vehicles that are targets of investigation—for instance, if the car is reported stolen, is used as the getaway vehicle in a bank robbery, or has expired registration. License plate photos sit idle in the database until there is a “hit”—when an ALPR “detects” a hot plate. When police receive notification of the hit, they can enter the LEARN database to retrieve the license plate photo and associated metadata of when and where the photo was taken. This information allows police to “see what cars passed by that area at the relevant time and to whom those vehicles are registered.” Last month, ALPRs in Illinois recorded 200,161,762 detections and 5,747,483 hits.

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

So all law enforcement needs for the system to start searching this database for plates is to ‘flag’ them? Yes, there are plenty of reasons for law enforcement to legitimately search for a license plate, but there are plenty of legitimate reasons for them to search for anything. However, in this country, those searches must be reasonable. That usually means the government must get a warrant, not for searching the “LEARN” database.

Under the Expressway Camera Act, an Illinois State Police officer may retrieve a license plate photo from the database to investigate “any offenses involving vehicular hijacking, aggravated vehicular hijacking, terrorism, motor vehicle theft, or any forcible felony, including, but not limited to, offenses involving the use of a firearm[.]” … They may also retrieve a photo “to detect expressway hazards and highway conditions; and to facilitate highway safety and incident management.” By statute, “[a]ll images from the cameras shall be deleted” from the LEARN database “within 120 days, unless the images are relevant to an ongoing investigation or pending criminal trial.”

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

Again, if law enforcement has probable cause to search the database, why not get a warrant? Probably because a warrant would limit the scope of law enforcement’s search to the data relevant to the case they were investigating.

Plaintiffs in this case challenge the Expressway Camera Act and Illinois’s warrantless use of ALPRs, claiming they violate the Fourth Amendment’s protections against unreasonable searches and warrant requirements. They asked the court for a preliminary injunction, preventing respondents from accessing ALPR data without a warrant. Defendants moved for dismissal due to a lack of jurisdiction.

Standing

In order for a case to be heard in federal court, the plaintiffs or petitioners have to have “standing.” The court explained this in their decision.

Article III “confines” federal jurisdiction “to ‘Cases’ and ‘Controversies.’” … One aspect of the Case or Controversy requirement is the doctrine known as “standing.” Standing requires a plaintiff to “have a ‘personal stake’ in the case.” … This “irreducible constitutional minimum . . . contains three elements.” … Those elements are an “injury in fact, a causal connection between the injury and the defendant’s conduct, and likely redressability through a favorable decision.” … “The party invoking federal jurisdiction bears the burden of establishing these elements.”

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

While this is the standard the court has established, it’s not established by the Constitution. In fact, the very idea that I must actually suffer harm before I can seek redress of a bad law, violates the First Amendment.

Congress shall make no law … abridging … the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

When a government entity passes a law that violates the rights of the people, is that not a sufficient grievance? Should I not seek to redress before I jeopardize my future with an encounter with law enforcement?

Privacy

The first request made by the plaintiffs is to prevent the use of ALPRs.

First, plaintiffs seek to enjoin the warrantless use of ALPRs to photograph motorists’ license plates. As alleged, plaintiffs “regularly drive[] on the expressways in Cook County and the surrounding area, almost always using the same personal vehicle, including commuting from [their] home[s] in Cook County to work in the Chicago suburbs, as well as regular other trips by car in areas covered by Illinois’ ALPR system.” … With “some 300 ALPR cameras across every expressway in Cook County,” …, one can reasonably infer that those cameras will photograph plaintiffs’ license plates.

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

The problem with this argument is that when you are in public you have no reasonable expectation of privacy, but that does not mean that the government has a right to collect data about you.

Indeed, courts routinely hold that the subjects of government surveillance have standing to challenge that surveillance. …. “Whether or not such claims prevail on the merits, [plaintiffs] surely have standing to allege injury from the collection, and maintenance in a government database, of records relating to them.”

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

So, while courts have recognized your right not to be surveilled on your own property, that does not extend to being in public. If that were true, not only would all security cameras, including the one you may have on your doorbell, would be illegal. That would also preclude you from taking a picture or capturing video in public as well, but that doesn’t mean there isn’t a problem with ALPRs.

Unreasonable Searches

Yes, you can be recorded in public, with or without your permission. What about searching those records though?

Second, plaintiffs seek to enjoin the warrantless use of the LEARN database.

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

After all, the Fourth Amendment is supposed to protect us from unreasonable searches. What is the reasonable justification for an exception to the warrant requirement? Is it just because law enforcement has already collected this data? Once again, the courts place the desires of law enforcement above the rights of the people.

However, the complaint does not allege any facts indicating a “substantial risk” that police will soon retrieve plaintiffs’ license plate information from the database.

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

So it’s OK if the police infringe on your rights, as long as there were no facts presented that there was a substantial risk they’d do so beforehand? I don’t know if the judge was simply obtuse or outright biased, but her explanation of his “substantial risk” is laughable.

Indeed, plaintiffs do not allege that they will soon commit (or be victims of) any of the offenses enumerated in the Expressway Camera Act—namely, “vehicular hijacking, aggravated vehicular hijacking, terrorism, motor vehicle theft, or any forcible felony[.]”

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

The purpose of the warrant requirement is NOT to justify a reasonable search, but to prevent an unreasonable one. I’m sure if the plaintiffs were victims of a hijacking or vehicle theft, they would find it reasonable to search the ALPR database for their vehicle. But what about searches for other reasons? Say an abusive husband or boyfriend trying to track down their victim? Or an officer, on a hunch or vendetta, that wants to surveil a suspect, but cannot get a warrant? Couldn’t they use the ALPR database to grab pictures wherever the suspect’s vehicle travels? After all, couldn’t an officer simply list them as a “hot plate” without any probable cause?

The court went on to make a rather interesting argument about searches.

“The Supreme Court has developed two distinct paths to identify a search[.]” United States v. Tuggle, … First, “[u]nder the property-based approach, a search occurs when an officer enters a constitutionally protected area . . . for the purpose of gathering evidence against the property owner.” … “Alternatively, under the privacy-based approach, courts ask whether a person has a legitimate expectation of privacy in a given situation.” … Because plaintiffs do not argue that the ALPR program involves a physical intrusion on their property, the court will examine their Fourth Amendment challenge under the privacy-based approach.

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

The court, apparently in an attempt to justify this violation of your rights, points out that since ALPRs do not physically intrude on your vehicle, you have no expectation of privacy, as defined by the courts. They seem to ignore the fact that, when an officer enters a “hot plate” into the database, the government is searching for the effects of a private individual for the sole purpose of determining where this person might logically be.

Mass Surveillance

And what about this mass collection of data?

As alleged, defendants are “holding onto . . . mass surveillance data in case one day some police officer decides to target Plaintiffs for specific investigation.”

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

Should the government be allowed to surveil the public without any reasonable suspicion, then hold onto that data in case they want to use it in the future?

While “one day” need not be today or tomorrow, it must be some ascertainable time. See Lujan, 504 U.S. at 565 (explaining that “‘some day’ intentions—without any description of concrete plans, or indeed even any specification of when the some day will be—do not support a finding of the ‘actual or imminent’ injury that our cases require”). Because their alleged constitutional injuries are not sufficiently imminent, plaintiffs lack standing to enjoin the warrantless use of the LEARN database.

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

What about evidence from the past? The entire purpose of ALPRs is to collect data in case the police need it “some day.” To say that the fact you cannot point to a specific instance in the future when this might happen to a specific person when there is clear evidence that it is happening to people everyday, is as childish as blaming the cat for wetting the bed. Evidence in this very case shows that almost 6,000,000 “hits” were recorded in a single month in the State of Illinois. While a specific individual may be searched “some day,” this case shows that on average someone is flagged almost 200,000 times a day.

Sovereign Immunity

In their defense, the defendants claim they have “sovereign immunity.”

Next, defendants move to dismiss plaintiffs’ claims on sovereign immunity grounds. Sovereign immunity “bars actions in federal court against a state, state agencies, or state officials acting in their official capacities” … Suits against state officials in their official capacity amount to suits against the state itself.

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

Except the entire idea of “sovereign immunity” is antithetical to a nation of laws, not men. People are fond of the idea that no one is above the law, but that is exactly what sovereign immunity claims.

Sovereign immunity is a judicial doctrine that prevents the government or its political subdivisions, departments, and agencies from being sued without its consent. The doctrine stems from the ancient English principle that the monarch can do no wrong.

Sovereign Immunity – The Free Legal Dictionary

If the sovereign, in this argument the government, can do no wrong, then they are above the law. This not only abrogates the concept of a limited government, but violates the Constitution as well.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land;

Supremacy Clause, U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

Since the Constitution is the supreme law of the land, not the government of Illinois, they cannot claim to be the sovereign.

SOVEREIGN. A ruler supreme power; one possessing sovereignty. (q.v.) It is also applied to a king or other magistrate with limited powers.
2. In the United States the sovereignty resides in the body of the people.

Sovereign – The Free Legal Dictionary

Since in this country sovereignty resides in We the People, not the government, neither the state nor any of its agents can claim sovereign immunity.

Conclusion

Sadly, it appears once again the courts have placed the desires of the government above the rights of the people.

Defendants’ motion to dismiss, is granted. Because plaintiffs fail to state a claim, they have not demonstrated that they are likely to succeed on the merits. … Thus, plaintiff’s motion for a preliminary injunction, is denied.

Scholl and Bednarz v. Illinois State Police

The only reason the court believes the plaintiffs won’t win is because they have placed their thumbs on the scales of justice by requiring they prove they have already been harmed by this illegal practice.

I agree with the court that vehicle owners have no reasonable expectation of privacy while on public roads, and therefore the license plate readers themselves do not violate the Fourth Amendment. However, allowing the police to search through the effects, arguably the property of those license plates they have captured without a warrant, makes that an unreasonable search. The fact that the court cannot conceive that the police would conduct illegal searches points to the myopic view so many judges have of their fellow government employees.

Personally, I think judge Pacold should be ashamed of herself. While she may have based her decision on the flawed and unconstitutional decisions of her predecessors, she alone is responsible for this violation of justice and basic human rights. I think it’s about time we hire presidents who appoint judges based on their fidelity to their oath to support the Constitution than their political predilections.

© 2025 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Amil Imani

April 17, 2025

As of April 2025, a troubling pattern has emerged across Europe and beyond, casting a shadow over the principles of democratic governance. The suppression of political opposition, exemplified by recent events involving figures like Marine Le Pen in France and the ongoing efforts to ban Germany’s Alternative für Deutschland (AfD) party, suggests that democracy—once a cornerstone of European identity—may be in its final throes. Coupled with demographic shifts and the rising influence of Islamic ideology, there is a growing concern that the continent is on the brink of profound transformation.

The silencing of opposition leaders across multiple nations has emerged as a disturbing trend. In France, Marine Le Pen, the leader of the National Rally, has received a prison sentence and has been barred from office, a move widely criticized as politically motivated. Similarly, Germany’s attempts to outlaw the AfD, a right-wing party gaining traction, are ongoing, with the country’s Constitutional Court deliberating the case amid accusations of censorship. These actions resonate with earlier instances, such as the banning of opposition leaders in Romania and Brazil, as well as the suspension of elections in Ukraine, as highlighted in recent social media analyses.

This crackdown extends beyond Europe. In Turkey, the detention of Istanbul’s mayor, a prominent opposition figure, and the house arrest of South Sudan’s vice president highlight a global trend of authoritarian overreach under the guise of protecting democracy. Critics argue that such measures—arrests during protests in Georgia, charges of plotting in Mali, and imprisonments following peaceful demonstrations in Cameroon—expose a coordinated effort to stifle dissent, eroding the very democratic ideals that these governments claim to uphold.
Story continues below advertisement

Despite significant efforts, the failure to ban Donald Trump in the United States is a rare exception, suggesting that democratic resilience may persist in some areas. However, Europe’s trajectory appears markedly different, with institutions increasingly prioritizing control over freedom. One commentator noted, “If this is what democracy looks like, perhaps it’s time to admit it no longer exists. “

Alongside this political erosion, Europe is experiencing a demographic transformation that some analysts attribute to a possible rise in Islamic influence. Migration patterns, particularly since the 2015 refugee crisis, have significantly altered the religious and cultural landscape. According to a report by the Gatestone Institute (2024), the Muslim population in Europe is projected to reach 15-20% by 2030, driven by both immigration and higher birth rates within Muslim communities. This shift is especially evident in countries like France, where suburbs are increasingly influenced by Islamic cultural practices, and Sweden, where debates over Sharia law have intensified.

The integration of these communities has been uneven, with some arguing that parallel societies are emerging, resistant to secular democratic values. A study by the Center for European Policy Analysis highlights the growth of Islamist movements that exploit democratic freedoms to advocate for theocratic governance. In the Netherlands, the rise of the Denk party, rooted in Turkish and Moroccan immigrant communities, has sparked concerns about the erosion of liberal values. Similarly, in Belgium, the influence of Islamic councils in local governance has raised questions about the future of secularism.

The convergence of political suppression and demographic change hints at a calculated strategy by certain European elites to retain power by aligning with or yielding to Islamic influence. The banning of right-wing parties such as AfD, which have openly opposed immigration, may inadvertently surrender ground to Islamist agendas. As highlighted by Middle East Forum analyst Daniel Pipes, “The suppression of nationalist voices creates a vacuum that radical ideologies are eager to fill.” This vacuum is already apparent in cities like Malmö, Sweden, where reports of Sharia patrols and honor-based violence have risen.

Additionally, the European Union’s hesitance to directly tackle these issues, along with its endorsement of progressive policies that favor multiculturalism over assimilation, could hasten this transition. A recent policy brief from the Hudson Institute (2025) cautions that, without robust advocacy for democratic values and cultural unity, Europe may slowly move toward a post-democratic, potentially Islamic-dominated regime within a generation.

The evidence is clear: democracy in Europe is under siege, undermined by the very institutions intended to protect it. The banning, jailing, and silencing of opposition leaders signal a shift toward authoritarianism, while demographic trends suggest a cultural transformation that could lead to Islamic influence reshaping the continent. Whether this shift is inevitable or avoidable remains a topic of intense debate. What is certain, however, is that Europe stands at a crossroads. Restoring democratic integrity will require reevaluating current policies, committing to free speech, and adopting a balanced approach to immigration that preserves cultural identity.

As the continent faces these challenges, the international community must observe closely. The decline of democracy in Europe will not only change the global balance of power but also serve as a cautionary tale for nations worldwide. The time to act is now, before the ideals of liberty and self-governance are lost to history.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 17, 2025

Part 2: It takes years to tear a country down. But once you move over the failsafe point, the decline accelerates.

As you can imagine, some very compelling letters arrived after “How to Destroy America” published this week. The one that grabbed my attention arrived from the Middle East. Yes, an American living in the heart of the beast. He gave me full permission to share his thoughts.

“I read your article today on how to destroy America, and I wanted to comment,” he said. “Below is a Paul Harvey clip from 1965 that illuminates the problem and illustrates how helplessly we have followed the path to destruction. The base problem confronting the West is the same problem that every dominant civilization has confronted throughout human history: success. It has been shown that hard times breed strong men, good times breed weak men, weak men bring bad times, and bad times breed strong men. No civilization so far has found a way around this fundamental truth. This inevitable process can occasionally be disrupted and slowed but never stopped entirely.”

Today, we see guys pretending to be girls. They’re giving psychologists headaches trying to figure out what kind of mental illness to categorize them. We’ve got “gays” parading around like crazy people wearing absurd outfits and performing sickening acts of decadence. Morality, children, ethics and rational behavior be damned! Anyone want them in uniform defending our country?

“America stayed pretty close to the soil for more than 150 years because the land was so huge and the taming of that territory required guts, determination, and persistence,” he said. “Starting in the early 20th Century, the US began to become predominantly urban, and the degeneration accelerated. Jefferson said

“When we get piled upon one another in large cities, as in Europe, we shall become as corrupt as Europe.” When a population ceases to work with their hands and works only with their intellect, they become soft. This is why I have profound mistrust of intellectuals, defined as people who produce nothing but ideas and pay no price if they are wrong.”

As we watch the national scene, we’re no longer close to the earth in our work or play. We live in concrete jungles with steel, glass and pavement. We’re separated from our roots. Look at the use of drugs, cell phones and social media to distract our young.

“I have been in this part of the world for 43 years,” he said. “I have done a lot of business with Europe, and my main observation is that Europeans are almost universally cowards. After the privations of WWII, all they wanted was to be taken care of. They do not have a tradition of personal independence and personal responsibility. Centuries of monarchs have reduced them to subjects. I was at lunch recently with my brother-in-law, who is a Brit, and a close friend who is Turkish. In our discussion, I mentioned that the Founders’ concept that ultimate sovereignty resided in the individual and not the government was reflected in the Constitution, which governs us (or at least should).

“The Constitution reflects a deep distrust of government and was a sincere effort to limit government to the extent that it would not be an interference in the lives of citizens, as the King’s dictates had been for so long. Unfortunately, over time, the lack of public vigilance has allowed the government in America to grow and possess enormous power. It is my hope that Trump can succeed in the destruction of the deep state and the entrenched bureaucracy. I am encouraged so far, but it is not enough.”

As his term advances, I would like to see..

♦ Outlawing ALL public sector unions. Collective bargaining has no place in the public sector. One works as a public servant for some altruistic reasons. If the compensation is not sufficient, go to the private sector. Trump is making some moves on this at the Federal level, but it needs to be universal.

♦ Trump must insist on term limits. This will be a struggle but he should explore the possibility of not letting Congress recess until legislation is passed requiring term limits and denying any sitting member of the legislature from receiving a pay raise that they voted on.

♦ The administration, in cooperation with the Supreme Court, should have an open and honest reappraisal of the Enumerated Powers outlined in the Constitution, and move to reverse all Federal involvement in areas beyond those powers.

♦ The administration should bring perjury charges against all sitting and past members of the legislature who voted for acts of Congress in excess of these powers.

♦ The administration should investigate and prosecute all members of the legislature who profited due to inside information or conflict of interest. Musk says he will address this issue.

♦ Laws must be passed stripping the Civil Service of ALL career opportunities. We do not need a professional bureaucracy. It has proven to be very dangerous and uncontrollable.

♦ The administration needs to repeal the 16th and 17th Amendments and the Federal Reserve Act. Wipe 1913 (a year that lives in infamy) out of our history. Before income tax, the government did not possess huge funds to pass out flagrantly. Look at all the nonsense DOGE has uncovered. How did the federal government get itself involved in huge grants to private universities??? Obviously that whole issue needs to be studied carefully, but if some form of income tax is still needed once all of this waste is permanently stricken, a flat tax system could be instituted and the IRS dissolved.

♦ Trump should withdraw the US from the UN and deport all UN Personnel. There are better uses for the UN Building than sedition against the US.

“The problem of Islam is a difficult one,” he said. “Western populations clutch their pearls at any attempt to interfere with religious freedom. They do this mostly because they are abysmally ignorant of history. Christianity has been at war with Islam for centuries. Because Islam has been backward for the last 300 years, we have been able to subdue them and dominate. What people are so ignorant about is that the Quran instructs the faithful that when they are in a weak position, they should be meek and subservient until they achieve an advantage, at which time they should strike aggressively to conquer the infidel. If you inform people about this, they will not believe what it said. It is too frightening and if believed would require action, which in turn requires courage which does not exist.

“At some point the West must recognize the fact that Islam is not really a religion, it is a fascist ideology, and it must be confronted with that in mind. I live in a Muslim country. My family are secular Muslims, but they know less about Islam than I do. They also refuse to face the truth about Islam and refuse to even address fundamental issues in the Quran such as abrogation. I have discussed the problem with family and friends many time and they know that the good guys within Islam are losing the battle with the Islamists, but they are completely helpless.

“The reason that they are helpless is that in the strict reading of the Quran, the Islamists are in the right. The Quran really does instruct the faithful to spread the word by the sword and slaughter all opposition. That is why it is suicidal for Islamists to be accepted in the West. Europe is approaching a saturation point and unimaginable violence is on the horizon. And yet, they are still too cowardly to face the bald fact. They are too lazy to have kids, and too spoiled to work hard, so they have become dependent on the Islamic workers for labor. God help them. In my view, eventually we will either exclude practicing Muslims or be faced with the same problem.”

This quote says it all: “Islam isn’t in America to be equal to any other faith, but to become dominant. The Quran should be the highest authority in America. And Islam the only religion on earth.” Omar Ahmad, Director of Council on American Islam Relations.

And THAT fellow American shows you what we face as a culture, language and freedom-loving way of life. When it comes to Islam, they only work with absolutes. “Convert or kill all non-believers.” Once their numbers begin to dominate, they enclave their power and their Sharia Law. It’s happening in Detroit, Minneapolis, NYC, Miami, LA, and many other cities. Just to give you an idea of their advancing power, in 1990, only 300 mosques in America! Today, 2,769 mosques dot the American landscape.

At the same time, Americans have become secular, but they’re not protecting their U.S. Constitution. Few have read it, and most don’t care. It harkens back to what Ben Franklin said when they asked him what kind of a government did the founding fathers create. He said, “A Constitutional Republic; if you can keep it.”

With Islam growing in numbers and power in Canada, Europe and America, they mean business; they mean Sharia Law; they mean the business of Allah. America’s decline and destruction creep ever closer to reality.

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Ronald Stein, P.E.

April 16, 2025

All the parts and components to generate electricity are made from oil derivatives manufactured from oil.

Lifestyles are driven by the materialistic and transportation fuel demands of society, of which so-called wind and solar are incapable of fulfilling.

All the climate change alarmists blame emissions from fossil fuels, but they have yet to identify a back-up plan for “something” that will support the demand for products and fuels of current lifestyles in wealthier countries and that of developing economies.

Today, “Net Zero” policymakers setting “green” policies are oblivious to the reality that so-called “renewables”, ONLY generate electricity but CANNOT make anything. In addition, everything that NEEDS Electricity, like iPhone and computers, are made with petrochemicals manufactured from crude oil, coal, or natural gas.

• Electricity came AFTER oil, as ALL electrical generation methods from hydro, coal, natural gas, nuclear, wind, and solar are ALL built with the products, components, and equipment that are made from oil derivatives manufactured from crude oil,
• All EV’s, solar panels, and wind turbines are also built with the products, components, and equipment that are made from the oil derivatives manufactured from crude oil.
• All transportation fuels for cars, trucks, merchant ships, aircraft, and military are manufactured from raw crude oil.
• Getting rid of crude oil would eliminate electricity, and the more than 6,000 products in demand by hospitals, airports, communications, and the 8 billion on this planet, and would paralyze virtually all transportation!

The ruling class in wealthy countries are not cognizant that the planet populated, after oil,  from  1 to 8 billion, over the last 200 years.

Lifestyles before the 1800’s were drastically different as the world did NOT have any of the following infrastructures that were all made from the products and components made from the oil derivatives manufactured from raw crude oil.

• Transportation
• Hospitals
• Medical equipment
• Appliances
• Electronics
• Telecommunications
• Communications systems
• Space programs
• Heating and ventilating
• Military

In addition, all the above infrastructures need electricity, the same electricity that is based upon wire, insulation, etc., that are made from the same oil derivatives manufactured from raw crude oil.

Today, we have more than 50,000 merchant ships, more than 20,000 commercial aircraft  and more than  50,000 military aircraft that use the fuels manufactured from crude oil.  The fuels to move the heavy-weight and long-range needs of jets moving people and products, and the merchant ships for global trade flows, and the military and space programs, are also dependent on what can be manufactured from crude oil.

We’ve had more than 200 years to “clone” oil to support the supply chain of products demanded by society and have been unsuccessful.

Most likely the 80% of the 8 billion on this planet living on less than $10/day would like to live the materialistic lifestyles of those in the wealthier developed countries.

Today, wealthier countries HAVE ALL the ABOVE infrastructures and have greater longevity than the other 80% on planet earth.

Yet, Net Zero policymakers around the world remain oblivious that Electricity came AFTER oil. Today, Net Zero and decarbonization pledges are a dime a dozen.

• Australian Public Service has targeted Net Zero by 2030.
• The German government has a target of net zero emissions by 2045.
• California has an aggressive decarbonization scheme. It is committed to a “just and equitable transition to carbon neutrality by 2045.
• The UK’s net zero target is 2050.
• Canada plans to hit net zero by 2050.
• EU, Japan, and South Korea are targeting net zero by 2050.
• The Biden administration — remember them? — pledged that the US would achieve net zero “no later than 2050.
• India targeting net zero by 2070.
• China claiming it will hit net zero “before 2060.”
• According to the Clean Energy States Alliance, 24 states, Puerto Rico, and the District of Columbia, have “100% clean energy goals.”

Shockingly, all the above worldwide Net Zero policies to rid the use of fossil fuels would eliminate electricity, and the more than 6,000 products supporting the 8 billion on this planet, and ground all transportation dependent on the fuels made from crude oil!

There’s a huge and growing gap between these worldwide decarbonization pledges and the ever-increasing global demand for the products and fuels from hydrocarbons.

According to the International Energy Agency’s Global Energy Review, hydrocarbon growth exceeded the growth in renewables last year. The report also shows that oil, natural gas, and coal provide more than five times as much primary electricity to the global economy as the political darlings of the moment, those so-called renewables

According to the IEA, oil consumption and natural gas continue to increase. While oil and gas are pivotal fuels, the global climate story continues to be defined by coal. Last year, global coal use increased, as well as power generation from coal plants. The IEA’s reports show that soaring coal use and electricity demand in China (population: 1.4 billion) and India (population: 1.4 billion) is swamping all the climate policies and decarbonization efforts in the US, Canada, Europe, Japan, and South Korea.

Before the decarbonization pledges go into effect and significantly reduces the availability of the products and fuels made from oil that are supporting the humanity on Earth, all the worlds’ Net Zero plans NEED to be amended to identify the “replacement” to fossil fuels that can support the growing materialistic demands and the increasing demand for transportation fuels for the 8 billion on this planet.

Please share this information with teachers, students, and friends to encourage Energy Literacy conversations at the family dinner table. 

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein

© 2025 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net

By Bradlee Dean

April 16, 2025

“Was John Calvin crucified for you? How about John Wesley, John Knox, or Martin Luther? Then why the contentions?”

When you look at Godly men such as John Calvin (Calvinism-Presbyterians), John Wesley (Wesleyans), John Smyth (Baptists), Martin Luther (Lutherans), etc. do you think that within themselves that these men wanted a denomination that would take up their names? Absolutely not!

These men were magnifying the revelations given unto them by the Spirit of God, concerning their calls (Ephesians 4 :11), and as they continued to follow Christ, the One name under Heaven, whereby men might be saved (John 14:6; Acts 4:12!) carnal men failed to understand. They, in their carnalities, began to follow the men rather than the Christ that was crucified on their behalf that these men were preaching. What could be the result, you got it, division and contentions! Read 1 Corinthians 3:1-3.

No wonder we have over 45,000 denominations around the world and why, because man had failed to understand that Christ and Christ alone is He who was crucified for the sins of the world (1 John 2:2), not their favorite preachers.

Scripture tells us,

“Now I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same thing, and that there be no divisions among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.

For it hath been declared unto me of you, my brethren, by them which are of the house of Chloe, that there are contentions among you.

Now this I say, that every one of you saith, I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ.

Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were ye baptized in the name of Paul?

I thank God that I baptized none of you, but Crispus and Gaius; Lest any should say that I had baptized in mine own name.

And I baptized also the household of Stephanas: besides, I know not whether I baptized any other.” – 1 Corinthians 1:10-16

In fact, if your favorite preachers truly follow Christ, he is not going to want you following him in the sense of contending over who gets the credit for their salvation.  That is, not if they are faithfully preaching Christ crucified and Him alone (1 Corinthians 1:23-30).

Let’s end this short exposition by going over to Ephesians 4:3-7 and see what it says to us.

“Endeavouring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace.  There is one body, and one Spirit, even as ye are called in one hope of your calling; One Lord, one faith, one baptism, One God and Father of all, who is above all, and through all, and in you all.”

© 2025 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Lex Greene

April 15, 2025

Americans have become accustomed to “going-along to get-along,” but there are some things that we just can’t move-on from without confronting the issue and fixing what was broken. In a nation focused on precedence rather than the rule of law, we cannot allow bad precedence to stand.

Our Founders knew this day would come… “all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed;” – Declaration of Independence, 1776

The MoveOn.org domain name was registered on September 18, 1998, following the September 11, 1998 release of the Independent Counsel Starr Report. The organization founders were computer entrepreneurs Joan Blades and Wes Boyd, the married co-founders of Berkeley Systems, an entertainment software company based in San Francisco.

It was originally created to oppose the impeachment of then President Bill Clinton, who had been caught sexually abusing a young intern in a room off the Oval Office, lying about it to the American people, and under oath. Clinton was indeed impeached by the House and even convicted by the Senate. But he was not removed from office due to a massive grassroots campaign led by the DNC and folks at MoveOn.org.

Today, that operation is a full-blown extreme left community organizing operation under the new domain front.moveon.org. Along with the DNC ACT BLUE international money laundering scheme, BLM, ANTIFA, the WEF, WHO, Davos Group and UN, and hundreds of Soros NGOs and “non-profits” scattered all over the globe, this is the Obama “community organizing” machine responsible for the ongoing efforts to “fundamentally transform America” into a 3^rd world Marxist toilet. It’s also the money machine for every anti-American protest and riot on American soil.

Today, treason from within is as common as the sunrise and despite a lot of political chatter about it, nobody ever seems to face treason charges. It all emanates from these organizations and is deeply embedded throughout the U.S. government, all in the democrat party and some in the republican party, often referred to as “the deep state” or “shadow government” actually running things in America.

Americans need to face the reality that our country is under siege, swamped with immoral and unethical anti-American Marxists and dumbed-down fruitcakes, hanging from the proverbial cliff by our fingernails, and the fight would already be over had we not stopped another stolen election last November.

To be clear, the newly minted Trump administration should have already frozen all related funds pending the outcome of criminal investigations into the anti-American actions of these groups. I don’t know why they haven’t, but it likely has something to do with the following…

At the epicenter of it all in the USA is one Barack Hussein Obama, the American leader of the “cultural revolution” not unlike the revolution that destroyed China many years ago. His entire history is one great big fat fraud.

The utter destruction of the USA since 2009 has been massive. Citizens who remember what America was like before can barely recognize the country today, and they fear for their children and grandchildren’s future.

Obama’s unlawful occupation of our Oval Office isn’t just the biggest fraud ever perpetrated on the American people…it is an overt act of treason.

• 2381. Treason

“Whoever, owing allegiance to the United States, levies war against them or adheres to their enemies, giving them aid and comfort within the United States or elsewhere;”

This is not something we can “move-on” from.

Treason from within the highest levels of government cannot be tolerated, because it cannot be survived.

Honestly, every person who sets out to undermine, subvert, or overthrow the U.S. Constitution is guilty of treason. Everyone who attempts to overthrow our republican form of government in concert with anti-American powers here and abroad, is guilty of treason, whether they are smart enough to know it or not.

In my opinion, the entire democrat party is anti-American today. Many in the republican party are too. Politicians get away with it because the people are either just as corrupt, too dumbed-down to know, or too cowardly to hold them fully accountable for their anti-American actions.

No nation can survive treason from within. Until the Obama fraud and treason is dealt with, the nation cannot be saved.

We can’t “MoveOn” until this evil is corrected.

Step One in defeating the enemies within requires cutting off the money supply to the operation. This requires the Department of Justice to freeze and seize all global assets of Act Blue and every Soros related organization, along with that of operations like front.moveon.org and numerous others.

To win this war, we have to either take the fight out of the enemy or take the enemy out of the fight!

Someone has to do something, and that someone is YOU and ME! There isn’t anyone else!

© 2025 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By Cliff Kincaid

April 15, 2025

In the “trade wars” underway, President Trump is not only facing off against Red China but the global Big Banks headquartered in New York which underwrote the communist Chinese rise to power economically and militarily. As a result, even Maria Bartiromo of Fox News catered to Jamie Dimon of JPMorgan Chase, asking for comments on her show that forced Trump to “pause” some tariffs. Trump acknowledged he watched Dimon’s comments and reacted accordingly.

How did the CEO of JPMorgan Chase get such power? 

Bartiromo understands Dimon’s role. Her broadcast series, “Uncovering Wall Street’s Role in China’s Power Play,” is designed to highlight the role of the Big Banks.

Antony Sutton’s 1974 book, Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution, documents a link between U.S. banking interests and the Bolshevik cause, the subsequent rise of Communist China, and the invasions of South Korea and South Vietnam, resulting in 100 million dead. In addition, tens of thousands of American military personnel died attempting to stop the advance of international communism.

The 23 million people on the island of Free China on Taiwan are now in immediate danger.

In China’s case, it was Henry Kissinger who insisted that China had abandoned communism, and was no longer a threat. ​

On the business channels, we are being treated to an endless series of doomsday forecasts, such as Ray Dalio, the American billionaire and hedge fund manager who founded Bridgewater Associates, warning of a recession or worse if the tariffs against China remain. He is a figure in the National Committee on United States-China Relations, which “promotes understanding and cooperation between the United States and Greater China in the belief that sound and productive Sino-American relations serve vital American and world interests.”

To understand the current dilemma, consider V.I. Lenin’s Imperialism: The Highest Stage of Capitalism, where he writes about how the export of capital by the banks and corporate monopolies has replaced the “old capitalism” of free competition.

The Soviet revolutionary expanded on the Communist Manifesto to predict the rise of the international banks as the “highest stage of capitalism” emerged. We must understand the Marxist “game plan” for the world.

“Today,” says the JPMorgan Chase website, “we serve Chinese and international corporations, financial institutions and government agencies through our network in Beijing, Shanghai, Tianjin, Guangzhou, Chengdu, Suzhou and Shenzhen.” They are proud of what they have done.

We are in this position because of more than 30 years of what the United Nations called “trade liberalization,” defined in glowing terms as the reduction of trade barriers between nations. Some conservatives fell for the bait because they thought that “free trade” ran counter to the notion of big government.

However, “free trade” as envisioned by the U.N. always involved giving international bureaucracies the power to manage trade relations between states, as Big Banks financed the rise of the rest of the world, including Red China. Hence, free trade was really managed trade under the supervision of the U.N. and came to define globalization financed by capitalists, leading to the rise of Red China.

Back in 1974, Richard Gardner, a deputy assistant secretary of state for International Organization Affairs in the Kennedy and Johnson administrations, wrote a very revealing article entitled “The Hard Road to World Order” in the Council on Foreign Relations journal Foreign Affairs. Gardner predicted that new General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) arrangements and procedures would amount to “an end run around national sovereignty, eroding it piece by piece, [which] will accomplish much more than the old-fashioned frontal assault.”

GATT was replaced by the World Trade Organization (WTO).

The Red Chinese were never punished for using their own tariffs to protect their own industries. Meanwhile, the communists looted the economy of the United States for their own military purposes, shipped chemicals to Mexican cartels to make fentanyl to kill Americans, and then unleashed COVID, a bioweapon, on the world, costing millions of lives and trillions of dollars.

Researchers began using the phrase “Deaths of despair” to refer to what was happening in America under “free trade.” Shannon Monnat, an assistant professor and research associate at Penn State University, published a study, “Deaths of Despair and Support for Trump in the 2016 Presidential Election,” which found a strong vote for Trump in Rust Belt states with higher drug, alcohol, and suicide mortality rates. The Trump support, she notes, was heavy in what her study called America’s new post-industrial “heroin beltway.”

The deteriorating conditions in mostly white communities were described in the book Hillbilly Elegy by J.D. Vance, now the vice-president, who had recognized the Trump appeal that earned him a seat in the U.S. Senate from Ohio before being selected as Trump’s running mate in 2024.

Interestingly, the Washington Post admitted in a major article that the Obama administration recognized the problem but failed to declare a public health emergency, against the pleas of national health experts. The paper described fentanyl as “the deadliest drug to ever hit U.S. streets.”

Trump has recognized the nature of the problem, describing it as an emergency that required using tariffs and other measures in response. But the Big Banks want him to back away, to save their investments in China.

America’s communities are still suffering “deaths of despair,” as local health departments now routinely offer free overdose response training, overdose prevention education, Narcan, fentanyl test strips, and xylazine test strips.

To expose and explain to the America people how this happened, the Republican Congress can subpoena the institutional funders, including corporations and private foundations, as well as leading business and professional firms, behind the National Committee on United States-China Relations.

Their lust for profits and ignorance of true communist aims, as defined in the Communist Manifesto, brought us to this point.

The famous quotation attributed to Lenin, “The Capitalists will sell us the rope with which we will hang them,” may be true in the sense that the Chinese communists and not the Bolsheviks are buying the rope and the capitalists have financed it.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Paul Engel

April 14, 2025

• When laws need an update, who’s responsible for making the changes?
• Can ATF simply rewrite the law because they think it needs an update?
• Why would the same Supreme Court that said agencies could not rewrite law last term, tell the ATF they could today?

I don’t know which of the three branches of government does the most to infringe on your rights. Take, for example, the recent Supreme Court decision in the case Bondi v. Vanderstok, where Mr. Vanderstok challenged the recent regulation from the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives redefining weapons parts kits as firearms. It seems the Supreme Court has a hard time reading either the law or the Constitution.

Background

While this lawsuit questions the actions of ATF, the events actually starts back in 1968.

The Gun Control Act of 1968 (GCA) requires those engaged in importing, manufacturing, or dealing in firearms to obtain federal licenses, keep sales records, conduct background checks, and mark their products with serial numbers.

Bondi, Attorney General, et al. v. Vanderstok et al.

While the case was filed in 2023, it really begins with The Gun Control Act of 1968. However, what Justice Gorsuch stated in the opinion about the law, is not exactly correct.

(a) It shall be unlawful—

(1) for any person—

(A) except a licensed importer, licensed manufacturer, or licensed dealer, to engage in the business of importing, manufacturing, or dealing in firearms, or in the course of such business to ship, transport, or receive any firearm in interstate or foreign commerce; or

(B) except a licensed importer or licensed manufacturer, to engage in the business of importing or manufacturing ammunition, or in the course of such business, to ship, transport, or receive any ammunition in interstate or foreign commerce;

18 USC §922

You see, the Gun Control Act only prohibits a person participating in certain forms of interstate and foreign commerce. As defined in the GCA:

(2) The term “interstate or foreign commerce” includes commerce between any place in a State and any place outside of that State, or within any possession of the United States (not including the Canal Zone) or the District of Columbia, but such term does not include commerce between places within the same State but through any place outside of that State. The term “State” includes the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the possessions of the United States (not including the Canal Zone).

18 USC §921(a)(2)

This is allowed because Congress has the authority:

To regulate Commerce with foreign Nations, and among the several States, and with the Indian Tribes;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 3

The act also defines a firearm as:

(3) The term “firearm” means (A) any weapon (including a starter gun) which will or is designed to or may readily be converted to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive; (B) the frame or receiver of any such weapon; (C) any firearm muffler or firearm silencer; or (D) any destructive device. Such term does not include an antique firearm.

18 USC §921(3)

Why did Congress pass this legislation?

Shortly after the assassinations of Senator Robert F. Kennedy and Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. stunned the Nation, Congress adopted the Gun Control Act of 1968 (GCA). … Existing gun control measures, Congress found, allowed criminals to acquire largely untraceable guns too easily.

Bondi, Attorney General, et al. v. Vanderstok et al.

Once again, Congress exceeds its Constitutional authority because it saw a “need” and thought it knew better than the Founding Fathers.

In response, Congress adopted a number of new mandates. As a result, many of those now engaged in importing, manufacturing, or dealing in firearms must obtain federal licenses, keep records of their sales, and conduct background checks before transferring firearms to private buyers. 18 U. S. C. §§922(t), 923(a), (g)(1)(A). The Act also requires importers and manufacturers to mark their firearms with serial numbers.

Bondi, Attorney General, et al. v. Vanderstok et al.

Again, the Supreme Court reads into the law language that does not exist. Because that language of the law only impacts “any firearm in interstate or foreign commerce”.

These mandates serve at least two ends. The background-check requirement seeks to keep “guns out of the hands of criminals.”

Bondi, Attorney General, et al. v. Vanderstok et al.

The problem is, just because Congress thinks keeping guns out of the hands of criminals is a good thing, which I tend to agree with, that doesn’t mean they can break the law to do so.

The Gun Control Act

In this midst of this, the ATF promulgated a new regulation.

In 2022, the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) adopted a rule interpreting the Act to cover weapon parts kits that are “designed to or may readily be converted to expel a projectile,” 27 CFR §478.11, and “partially complete, disassembled, or nonfunctional” frames or receivers, §478.12(c).

Bondi, Attorney General, et al. v. Vanderstok et al.

This is the core of the issue in this case. Do executive agencies have the legal authority to effectively rewrite federal law? As the court points out:

The GCA’s mandates apply to “firearm[s].” … And the law defines that key term broadly. … Thanks to this generous definition, the GCA has long been understood to reach everything from run-of-the-mill rifles to novelty umbrella guns.

Bondi, Attorney General, et al. v. Vanderstok et al.

The GCA may have been understood to reach a lot of different weapons, but only when they are in interstate or foreign commerce. The fact that so many people keep forgetting this has led to more and more infringements.

Recent years, however, have witnessed profound changes in how guns are made and sold. When Congress adopted the GCA in 1968, “the milling equipment, materials needed, and designs were far too expensive for individuals to make firearms practically or reliably on their own.” … With the introduction of new technologies like 3D printing and reinforced polymers, that is no longer true. Today, companies are able to make and sell weapon parts kits that individuals can assemble into functional firearms in their own homes.

Bondi, Attorney General, et al. v. Vanderstok et al.

Yes, things change over time. But who is responsible for making sure the laws keep up with the times, the agencies or Congress? Because it certainly not the courts. Once again, the Supreme Court wants to justify rewriting the rules.

Some manufacturers and dealers take the position that weapon parts kits do not qualify as “firearms” subject to the GCA. As a result, they say, they are free to sell their products without obtaining a federal license, conducting background checks, maintaining sales records, or marking components with serial numbers.

Bondi, Attorney General, et al. v. Vanderstok et al.

To be fair, that is what the law says.

(3) The term “firearm” means (A) any weapon (including a starter gun) which will or is designed to or may readily be converted to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive; (B) the frame or receiver of any such weapon; (C) any firearm muffler or firearm silencer; or (D) any destructive device. Such term does not include an antique firearm.

18 USC §921

The law says nothing about firearm components. The law also says that the prohibitions are against firearms in interstate or foreign commerce. This is where the ATF decided to step in and muck things up.

The New ATF Rule

Since Congress was unable to pass legislation to include gun parts kits, it seems the ATF would step in.

In 2022, the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives adopted a new rule designed to combat the proliferation of ghost guns. so, the agency invoked authority Congress granted it to prescribe “rules and regulations as are necessary to carry out” the GCA. 18 U. S. C. §926(a).

Bondi, Attorney General, et al. v. Vanderstok et al.

Except that is NOT what 18 U. S. C. §926(a) actually says:

(a) The Attorney General may prescribe only such rules and regulations as are necessary to carry out the provisions of this chapter,

18 USC §926(a)

Not only does §926 not give the ATF the authority to write rules and regulation, it gives the Attorney General that power. Furthermore, the power is to put into effect the provisions of that chapter of the law, not to rewrite that law.

The GCA embraces, and thus permits ATF to regulate, some weapon parts kits and unfinished frames or receivers, including those we have discussed. Because the court of appeals held otherwise, its judgment is reversed, and the case is remanded for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.

Bondi, Attorney General, et al. v. Vanderstok et al.

Except the GCA says not such thing and the fact that the court thinks it does shows points to how badly the judiciary has been compromised. At least in this case, not all of the justices are blind.

The Dissents

Justice Thomas disagreed with the court. He summarized his dissent in his opening paragraph, and again in his closing paragraph.

The Government asked this Court just last Term to “ ‘rewrite’ ” statutory text so that it could regulate semiautomatic weapons as machineguns. Garland v. Cargill, 602 U. S. 406, 428 (2024). We declined to do so. The Government now asks us to rewrite statutory text so that it can regulate weapon-parts kits. This time, the Court obliges. I would not. The statutory terms “frame” and “receiver” do not cover the unfinished frames and receivers contained in weapon-parts kits, and weapon-parts kits themselves do not meet the statutory definition of “firearm.” That should end the case. The majority instead blesses the Government’s overreach based on a series of errors regarding both the standard of review and the interpretation of the statute. I respectfully dissent.

Bondi, Attorney General, et al. v. Vanderstok et al.

Justice Thomas points out that, just last term, the court declined to allow the ATF to rewrite the law, then this term they do. The mere fact that the ATF regulations redefines that word “firearm” should end the case. Instead, the court blesses the ATFs overreach, and I’m not entirely sure why. As Justice Thomas stated in his closing paragraph.

Congress could have authorized ATF to regulate any part of a firearm or any object readily convertible into one. But, it did not. I would adhere to the words Congress enacted. Employing its novel “artifact noun” methodology, the majority charts a different course that invites unforeseeable consequences and offers no limiting principle. I respectfully dissent.

Bondi, Attorney General, et al. v. Vanderstok et al.

As Justice Thomas pointed out, Congress could have authorized the ATF to regulate any part of a firearm, but they didn’t. By ignoring the law, the Supreme Court has opened up a myriad of unintended consequences, most of which we won’t know until it is too late.

Justice Alito also wrote a dissent, but for mostly technical reasons.

Conclusion

Once again, it appears the justices of the Supreme Court has substituted their opinions for the law. As the court said in the case Marbury v. Madison:

It is emphatically the province and duty of the judicial department to say what the law is. Those who apply the rule to particular cases, must of necessity expound and interpret that rule.

Marbury v. Madison

Except, in this case, the court didn’t expound on the law, but apparently couldn’t even be bothered to read the law. For example, the law clearly states its prohibited actions regard “any firearm in interstate or foreign commerce,” the law grants the Attorney General, not the ATF, the power to write regulations to fulfill the law, and nowhere that I’m aware of, does the law grant others the right to redefine terms defined in the law.

Then there’s the point made by Justice Thomas. The court that seems so concerned with precedent ignored the precedent it had established in Garland v. Cargill in the previous term, a precedent to follow the law as written by Congress, and now decides it’s perfectly fine for unelected bureaucrats to rewrite federal law. Not only has the court gotten it wrong when it decided this case, it completely inverted the legal structure of the federal government. According to this court, the Congress can overrule the Constitution of the United States, executive regulations supersede U.S. law, and the whims of the court supersede all. Is it any wonder that people don’t trust our so-called justice system? This is why I say we do not have a justice system, but “just a system,” and this court just helped prove me right.

© 2025 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Authored by Devvy Kidd not AI

April 14, 2025

A new dawn seemed to open up for America when Donald Trump was announced reelected by tens and tens of millions of Americans last November.  Who knows the exact count because there were voting problems both human and likely machines. Not enough this time around to stop the overwhelming support for Trump. But, hey, let’s try a couple of assassination attempts to get rid of him!

BREAKING: Tulsi Gabbard Drops Bomb on Voting Machines — Says Evidence Shows Voting Machines Can Be Tampered With to Steal Elections, April 10, 2025

Well, imagine that from “former” Democrat, newly minted Director of National Intelligence (who endorsed mentally absent, life-long criminal Joe Biden) as if it’s something new. Tulsi became a Republican in October less than a month before Trump’s reelection. Timing is everything. Gabbard plays “tough girl” when it suits her. Yes, she is a military veteran and thank you for your service.

Gabbard was selected as a WEF Young Leader in 2015.[1] Council on Foreign Relations Briefing Hosted by Rep. Tulsi Gabbard – “Congresswoman Tulsi Gabbard is also a member of the Council on Foreign Relations, which is a nonpartisan membership organization, publisher, and the premiere foreign policy think tank in the country.” [2] Gabbard member of the CFR

However, if you watched her testimony, and I did [3] regarding the alleged “war plans” phone chat that recently dominated the Internet and cable networks, I’m sorry, but all I saw was someone in over her head.  Perhaps she was just nervous.

Sorry, getting side tracked here but there’s only a few of Trump’s picks I have faith in getting the job done:  Kash Patel, Dan Bongino, Ratcliffe and a few others; very few.  It’s unfortunate former Congressman Devin Nunes isn’t part of the intelligence agencies.

I began writing about election fraud – machines and scanners – back in the early 1990’s.  In 1998, I wrote my second little booklet (44-pgs) titled Blind Loyalty and sold 700,000 copies at cost.  Page after page of provable vote fraud using electronic voting machines; experts warning about how easy it is to program and rig them. Explaining in great detail just how easy it was and why they should not be used in our elections.

Few seemed interested and the prostitute media, of course, labeled anyone questioning the outcome of an election as conspiracy nuts. If it was a Democrat favorite, the election was rigged. If a Republican candidate/incumbent questioned the outcome of an election, the rabid whores on the propaganda box (TV) news channels (and eventually cable networks), repeated ad nauseum candidates were sore losers or “election deniers”.  Our elections are safe, honest, blah, blah, blah.

I’ve written so many columns on this over the decades.  Many have written detailed books on the issue.  We all saw what happened in 2020. So, Tulsi, you’re just now getting around to telling us electronic voting machines can be rigged?

Well, I guess you could call that being “transparent”.  Let’s have another committee investigation that will end up collecting dust, OUR dead forgotten – except by their loved ones and friends.  Like Extortion 17 and Benghazi.  It sickens me right to my soul how both of those “incidents” were covered up and remain so today.  Those responsible suffered no accountability, lost their job or held legally responsible.

Many, many Americans are asking the same question:

Gen. Mike Flynn Joins Chorus of Trump Allies Demanding Answers from Pam Bondi and Kash Patel on When Are We Going to See Arrests, April 12, 2025

“’Retired Lt. Gen. Michael Flynn, President Trump’s former National Security Advisor and a central figure in the Obama-era Crossfire Hurricane scandal, is once again turning up the heat on key players in the conservative movement, publicly demanding answers from Trump allies Pam Bondi and Kash Patel about long-promised justice.

“In a post on X Thursday, Flynn shared a clip from his must-watch documentary movie FLYNN—Deliver the Truth, Whatever the Cost, calling on the American public to watch the film and understand the depth of corruption he endured at the hands of a “rigged system.”

Oh yes, he did as well as his family.  What was done to Gen. Flynn, a truly great American should NEVER have happened in these united States of America. Some of these cabinet members were only confirmed a short time ago.  Kash Patel, Feb. 2025.  A great addition as Deputy, Dan Bongino, March 17, 2025.  The incredible mess and fraud some of these cabinet members inherited have only been on the job a couple of months.  It’s almost beyond words and we can thank Musk and DOGE for exposing a ton of it, not to mention trillions in wasted taxpayer’s earnings; the tax man a’coming.  Not to mention disloyal federal employees who hate Trump.

I fully understand the frustration as someone whose been writing about cover-ups, lies and fraud for decades with no one ever held accountable.  Sub-committee and full committee hearings that are never ending and, in the end, Hillary Clinton, illegitimate president Hussein Obama and so many more are still free and living the high life.  Luxury lifestyles while the victims of political coverups – especially whistleblowers – their lives and livelihoods ruined. Reputations destroyed.

Yes, it does take time to put together a criminal indictment case but here we’re talking about cover-ups where more than sufficient evidence already exists to empanel a federal grand jury which I can’t imagine them not coming back with indictments – unless the cases are held in DC.  Then trials.  Serving all the defendants, response time.  High-paid law firms drowning the courts in motions to get cases dismissed.  We’ve seen it all with the “lawfare” against President Trump purely for political reasons for nearly a decade.

Personally, I want to see a very long list of players rot at Super Max Federal Penitentiary in Colorado if convicted by a jury. Locked down 23 hours a day until carted out in a pine box. Likely, career criminal Joe Biden will get away with his crimes because I believe he’s in the first stage of Altzheimer’s.

Which brings me to a man named Bill Binney.  Not a household name like Einstein who was considered a genius.  Nikola Tesla is also better known and without doubt a true genius way ahead of his time.  But what was done by the NSA and CIA against Bill Binney, his family and other whistleblower colleagues of his MUST become a major investigation. The guilty and we already know some of their names, need to be indicted.

Bill Binney is a genius. This is from the Government Accountability Project and whistleblowers:

“William Binney and J. Kirk Wiebe are clients of GAP and National Security Agency (NSA) whistleblowers who worked at the agency in excess of 36 years. As Technical Director, Binney developed a revolutionary information processing system called ThinThread that, arguably, could have detected and prevented the 9/11 terrorist attacks, but NSA officials ignored the program in favor of Trailblazer, a program that not only ended in total failure, but cost taxpayers billions of dollars.”

Please do take the time to read the rest. Not long but will give you an accurate over view of just how serious this is and MUST be shut down.  We know who the guilty are, now it’s just a matter of the Dept. of Justice to deliver on all the promises about transparency.  Don’t let the clock run out on statutes, Ms. Bondi.

Trump has already taken a big first step:  President Trump Fires NSA US Cyber Command and NSA Top Boss Timothy Haugh and His Deputy Director, April 4, 2025. (That’s very good, but he really should put Bill Binney in charge, alto’ even if Binney agreed, I doubt he could get confirmed by the Senate.  He knows too much.)  In the video interview below hosted by Bill Still, Binney briefly covers his current effort to bring all of this to President Trump.  We shall see.

Elon Musk: This is where you can also make a huge contribution not only for transparency, but exposing the rot and corruption inside the NSA.  You are an American who values free speech and freedom and I guarantee you, the documentary I’m going to mention below will sicken you.  9/11 could very likely been stopped.  Think the spying has stopped? Don’t bet the farm.

Elon: Think the NSA isn’t spying on you with their toys? Your phone conversations?  Discussions about your future plans, investments and more?  If I were you, I would arrange a meeting with Bill Binney. You are considered a genius and all that high tech stuff is a common factor with you and Bill Binney.

Which brings me to one of the most important documentaries Americans must watch and share until millions see it: A Good American.  It’s 1hr 40 minutes.  Take the time to watch it when it’s quiet so you get the full impact and what it means:

“A Good American” is a gripping docu-thriller about a groundbreaking surveillance program, the brilliant mastermind behind it and how a perfect alternative to mass surveillance was killed by NSA-management for money – three weeks prior to 9/11.

“Bill Binney was a brilliant cryptologist and long-time National Security Agency (NSA) analyst, since 1997 serving as Technical Director. Binney developed a sophisticated program named ThinThread for gathering data capable of providing clues, in real-time, of potential terrorist threats. Built-in safeguards would have prevented the massive surveillance methods later exposed by Edward Snowden. Why was this program killed off? And who was behind that? Friedrich Moser’s eye-opening and deeply disturbing documentary tells the complete story of Bill Binney and those, both inside the NSA and out, who backed ThinThread.”

His house was raided, his son shoved aside by federals with guns, his wife terrorized; Binney was confronted in the shower with guns pointed at him. His colleagues have fared no better regarding their careers. Binney had the brain power to do what he did for the safety of our country.  YOUR safety and YOUR family.  Is this America or China or No. Korea?

A Good American.  Watch it with friends, send the link to X, to your email lists, all social media.  It’s that important. We the People have been used, lied to and deceived long enough. The evil must be crushed and the only way that’s going to happen is enough Americans demand justice and the full truth.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2024 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] Tulsi saying thank you

[2] Gabbard, interview states she was a term member of the CFR. (Hmm. No clump of white in her hair.)

[3] You can watch here; Gabbard begins at 16:00 after the usual political ads

Related:

Conservative Watchdog Judicial Watch Sues Trump’s DOJ for Withholding Jeffrey Epstein Files in Alleged FOIA Violation, April 13, 2025

A 36-year NSA veteran, William Binney resigned from the agency and became a whistleblower after discovering that elements of a data-monitoring program he had helped develop — nicknamed ThinThread — were being used to spy on Americans. Binney spoke with FRONTLINE’s Jim Gilmore on Dec. 13, 2013.

Bill Binney – How To Fix Government Crime – Video interview. Still’s web site.  (There’s a typo on the date; it’s 2025 not 2026)

NSA Whistleblower William Binney : “The Future of FREEDOM”, November 27, 2018:  “The ultimate goal of the NSA is total population control. The NSA’s vision statement is: keep the problem going so the money keeps flowing. Data is not intelligence.”

Gabbard is not the right running mate for Trump

Treasonous agenda of the Council on Foreign Relations, June 17, 2005 –“Lou Dobbs, CNN Anchor: Good evening, everybody. Tonight, an astonishing proposal to expand our borders to incorporate Mexico and Canada and simultaneously further diminish U.S. sovereignty. Have our political elites gone mad? We’ll have a special report. Blood … Now, incredibly, a panel sponsored by the Council on Foreign Relations wants the United States to focus not on the defense of our own borders, but rather create what effectively would be a common border that includes Mexico and Canada.”

“Christine Romans, CNN Correspondent (voice-over): On Capitol Hill, testimony calling for Americans to start thinking like citizens of North America and treat the U.S., Mexico and Canada like one big country.”

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 14, 2025

Over 20 years ago in 2003, Colorado Governor Richard D. Lamm gave a speech in Washington, DC on how to destroy America.  He titled the speech, “The Eight Ways to Destroy America.”  I sat in the crowd, dumbfounded at his brilliant/sobering points on how to take down our country.  At the end, no one applauded because they were pretty stunned at his thesis—and for the most part, the actions of our U.S. Congress with mass immigration—were facilitating our destruction at breakneck speed.

Here we stand in 2025 watching our cities disintegrate into massive crime, homelessness, drug deaths into the hundreds of thousands, American students who cannot read, write or perform simple math, obesity, diabetes, millions of fatherless children, and a host of inner-city violence.  We’ve got foreign students dictating to us at our major universities as to exterminating Jewish students.  We’ve got men identifying as women—as they beat the crap out of our female athletes in sports. We’ve got over 30 million illegal aliens lurking in the shadows while many of them as terrorists are planning their next 9/11, whether big or small.

At the time in 2003, Victor Davis Hanson gave his own speech based on his book, MEXIFORNIA.  It showed a complete “takeover” of Mexicans of southern California.  Another book published in the past five years as to the phenomenon of Europe being “Muslimized” by mass immigration out of Africa and the Middle East.  Douglas Murray titled the book: THE STRANGE DEATH OF EUROPE.  I witnessed both southern California and all of Europe.  It’s a nightmare come true for them, and for us.

Recently, Victor Davis Hanson talked about “How You Can Destroy America” in a podcast.

First of all, what makes our civilization work?  Hanson said, “Their borders, finances, unity, fuel, and food.  If you had an agenda to hurt the United States, Joe Biden couldn’t have done a better job of destroying the viability of America in the past four years.”

The best way to destabilize America would be to do what Biden did, completely dismantle and dissolve America’s borders. Just let anyone come across illegally, without warrant, and invite any number of terrorists who would like to repeat another 9/11 on a larger or smaller scale.

What about those 12 to 15 million border violators? They cost you, the American taxpayer, over $150 billion annually to care for them.  It cost your kids in failing schools.  It cost you in failing medical systems. It cost you in over 800,000 homeless Americans who cannot find a job or rent an apartment.

How else would you destroy America?  Easy, print more money. Increase inflation. Increase the $36 trillion federal debt to $40 trillion—which is where it’s headed.  You’re already paying $3 billion in interest every single day of the year!

How about killing America’s nuclear energy, coal power, hydro power and more?

What about sewing disunity?  Right, in Dallas, Texas, our legal and illegal Muslim immigrants are repeating what happened to Detroit, Michigan by creating a separate 400 acre Islamic City for Muslims only. It will feature mosques, a wall around it, shopping centers and homes—all built to enclave Sharia Law.  If you tried to do that in any Islamic country, you would be decapitated, shot or soaked in a vat of oil according the dictates of the Quran.   Please understand that such enclaves are nothing less than Islamic Fortresses meant to take over territory.  We did it to the Native Americans, and now, the Muslims are doing it to us—at our invitation, or should I say, The Swamp in Washington DC?!

Another aspect of disunity would be creating D.E.I. or Affirmative Action to promote individuals on the color of their skin or their ethnic group as to quotas rather than merit, education or excellence.  Such disunity undercuts the quality of excellence in America’s standards. In fact, it dissolvers our excellence into mediocrity, illiteracy and poverty.

Then, we could predicate higher education based on quotas for race, or color, or skin pigment rather than intellectual excellence.

You keep doing that long enough, and you degrade a first world country into a degraded third world country.

Hanson continued, “After 7,000 years of civilizations, we change two sexes into three sexes.”

Let’s allow biological men to compete in women’s sports to create enormous tension, disunity, confusion, anger, frustration and sheer resentment as to the unfairness of all of it.  This transgenderism is destroying women’s lives at a prodigious rate of speed.

Hanson said, “If you wanted to do all these destructive things, you couldn’t have done a better job than what happened under Biden/Harris from 2021-2024.”

Much like in Governor Richard D. Lamm’s speech in 2003 in Washington DC, Victor David Hanson adds other consequences we never faced back then.

And, the Grand Daddy of our immigration crisis stems from the fact that demographers predict no less than 60 million more people added, net gain, by 2050.  That’s the low estimate.  The middle estimate stands at 75 million. The top estimate runs us up over 100 million more people, net gain.  Any way you cut it, the numbers prove ugly, unmanageable, unsustainable and totally will turn our quality of life into a quagmire of life for all Americans. Those numbers are going to degrade everything in this country of ours.

When you toss in all those 430 different languages, you’ve got trouble.  When you toss in those millions of Muslims, you’ve got a growing nightmare of a religion that arrives to subvert our way of life and turn it into Sharia Law. When you realize we endure 80 million foreign born legal and illegal refugees already here, you’ve got one devil of a problem.  When you realize the conflicting cultures, religions and world views we’re importing, it will become impossible for America to survive as a viable civilization.

So, what do we do?  Answer: we start demanding a 10 to 20 year pause for all legal and illegal immigration.  It’s that simple, that smart, and THAT sensible.

Why?  Because there is no way we can ever solve the 800,000 homeless Americans by piling more of the world’s poverty-stricken and illiterate refugees onto ourselves.  There’s no way to solve our educational failures by tossing more refugee children into our classrooms.  There is no way to solve our gridlocked cities by adding millions more cars and trucks.  There is no way to solve our air pollution by DOUBLING the populations of our 35 most populated cities.  There’s no way to solve our water shortages by adding millions more people using water.

Eleanor Roosevelt said it best, “We must prevent human tragedy rather than run around trying to save ourselves after an event has already occurred.  Unfortunately, history clearly shows that we arrive at catastrophe by failing to act when we should have acted.  The opportunity passes us by and the next disaster is always more difficult and compounded than the last one.”

How can America be destroyed?  Answer: it’s being done very effectively by our own leaders in The Swamp of Washington DC.

VDHanson video:  

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Late Roy Masters

April 13, 2025

The masses become more corrupt, perverse, confused. They are ever more robotized, subject to insidious forces that lead them. They worship shrewd, cunning leaders who parade them straight into the calamity just around the bend.

Basic human anxiety has evolved through different stages: first there is natural self-consciousness, and later comes guilt, fear, confusion, and so on. In this text, we are focusing on two of these symptoms: self-consciousness and guilt.

As shown before, the first stage of anxiety usually revolves around self-consciousness, observed as we mature physically. The second phase is more of the same, embel­lished by the foolish things we do to escape seeing the first.

Think of this as the one graduating to become the other. As we exert more effort to escape, suppress or otherwise evade the self-consciousness, we then have more to feel self-conscious about.

Unable or unwilling to understand the reason for your first anxiety, you add sin to sin by striving to make your present nature acceptable. The more you accept your present fallen state, the more corrupt you become, as you solicit and get support for it.

“The more you accept your present fallen state, the more corrupt you become”

Self-consciousness, conflict, guilt, fear, anxiety, confu­sion, insanity and oblivion are the order of decay in the mental march away from the Truth of each present moment.

It’s safe to say that you have spent your whole existence trying to make yourself confident, comfortable and accept­able. You have rationalized, excused, repressed and explained away your embarrassment with a myriad of scientific rationale.

A particularly outstanding example of “scientific” ra­tionale is the attempt to prove we have descended from the same common ancestor as the ape. If we swallow this line, then we don’t have to feel guilt for our dark desires.

When people get the proof they need, they go “ape” and make a religion out of it! Basing their behavior on this philosophy, they revert back to a lower existence instead of moving forward to the higher one, devolving instead of evolving.

So, in actual practice, the theory disproves itself. If you didn’t love yourself so much as you are, you would see, outlined by the light of principle, who it was that gave you that apelike inheritance and who it is that is presently making a jackass of you by accepting you just as you are.

Evil often seems good and beautiful to us because it supports us in the same ways it originally formed us.

© FHU.com/ Contact

By Rob Pue

April 13, 2025

This month marks another anniversary of the sinking of the Titanic. For generations, this tragic story has captivated hearts and minds. The loss of the Titanic left a shaken world in disbelief and made people stop and think. I, personally, became deeply intrigued by the Titanic from the moment I learned of the story as a young child.

I believe this is one of those rare, historic events that provides a myriad of timeless lessons. The most obvious is the sinfulness of human pride and arrogance…clearly present in almost every aspect of the story.

Titanic took 12,000 men more than two years to construct. The people of the day wanted luxury, and to say that’s what they found in Titanic would be an understatement. Not only was Titanic the largest man-made moving object ever built, it was also the most luxurious ship the world had ever known. It was a floating palace loaded with fine amenities; a five-star hotel on the sea. Never before had anyone seen anything like it. First class suites even included private promenade decks, sitting rooms and lavatories. It boasted the first on-board swimming pool, and the dining rooms were decked out in fine linen, crystal glassware and fine china.

She was truly impressive, but Titanic’s owners failed to remember Psalm 127:1: “Unless the Lord build the house, they labor in vain that build it.”

Throughout the Bible are accounts of proud men who refused to humble themselves and acknowledge God, who built monuments to themselves and their achievements, trusting in their own abilities, possessions and self-efforts, rather than acknowledging the Lord. All inevitably came to a tragic end. In 1 Peter 5:5 we read, “…God resists the proud, but gives grace to the humble…”

The Titanic was a symbol of everything man could achieve, and she was truly beautiful. But the people forgot God and even taunted God’s awesome power, boasting that: “God Himself could not sink this ship!” With all the latest innovations in ship-building technology, including 15 watertight doors, it was accepted as fact that Titanic really was unsinkable.

As we all know, God Himself could sink the Titanic, but no big storm or major “act of God” was needed. Once again, the arrogance of man was adequate to facilitate his undoing.

Titanic was brand new, shiny and strong, and this was her maiden voyage. Passengers enjoyed a tranquil crossing the first few days on their way to New York and, in fact, crew members remarked they had never seen the Atlantic more calm, the night tragedy struck.

On Sunday, April 14, 1912, Titanic was making excellent speed and most of the passengers spent the day indoors because the weather had turned suddenly cold. Captain Smith held church services that morning, which would have normally been followed by a lifeboat drill for passengers and crew, but on this day, there was no drill…after all, the ship was “unsinkable.”

As for the lifeboats, Titanic’s owners were so certain that the ship would never need them, they only included enough for less than half those on board, to make for a better looking, less crowded boat deck.

Iceberg warnings came in all day and evening but were generally ignored and Titanic pressed forward, speeding even faster toward disaster.

Perhaps what makes the story of the Titanic so sad and heart-rending is that the people involved were really no different than we are today. We can easily identify with them. If we were on a ship that was said to be “unsinkable,” would we feel it necessary to hold a lifeboat drill, or would we call it off if it was too cold outside?

Would we heed iceberg warnings if we “knew” our ship was unsinkable, or continue on with the party we were enjoying? Wealth, comfort and luxury can make people complacent, lulled into a false sense of security. We can become so full of ourselves that we feel we’re invincible. We can think all is well, when disaster is just around the corner. As First Thessalonians tells us, “When they shall say, ‘Peace and safety,’ then sudden destruction cometh upon them…and they shall not escape.”

In much the same way the people of Noah’s day were warned, and just as Sodom and Gomorrah were warned, and just as those on the Titanic were warned about the icebergs, we are warned about the consequences of complacency and indifference to sin — sin in the world and sin in our lives. We’re warned of the cost of living apart from God and without the salvation of Christ. But do we heed the warnings? Or do we continue on in comfort, luxury and ease, doing our own thing, ignoring God?

Disaster struck the Titanic at 11:40 pm, April 14, 1912, as she collided with the iceberg. Two hours later, she slipped beneath the sea, and has rested in a watery grave ever since…slowly disintegrating and disappearing into rust and dust.

When the unthinkable became obvious, Captain Smith ordered the crew to ready the lifeboats. But passengers were reluctant to leave the comfort of the gigantic ship for a 70-foot drop down to the dark ocean in a small, wooden boat. Even though there were only lifeboats enough for less than half those aboard, most left the ship more than half empty.

The rule was “women and children first,” but many of the ladies refused to leave without their husbands, and had to be forcibly picked up and placed in the boats. Families were torn apart, as women and children bid farewell to their husbands and fathers, who were not allowed into the lifeboats. Many of the wealthy on board refused to leave without their valuables and went back to collect their belongings from their staterooms — and in so doing, lost their only chance at survival. They didn’t realize the danger, and preferred to remain with their earthly “treasures.”

By the time the bow of the ship began to disappear beneath the surface of the water, it was too late for most.

Many of the third class passengers remained trapped below decks, separated from the rest of the ship by locked gates. When some of these finally made it to the boat decks, most of the lifeboats were gone — again, most launched more than half-empty — as hundreds remained on the ship with no hope for survival. Captain Smith, who was set to enjoy retirement after this last voyage, went down with the ship.

There are hundreds of inspiring and heartbreaking stories that are told of Titanic’s last moments…the band that kept playing until the end, to help calm the passengers and avoid a panic. The wealthy Mrs. Isador Strauss, who chose to stay and die with her husband, rather than leave without him. The hundreds who were left on board with all the lifeboats gone and no way to be rescued — women, young children and families alike.

1,517 people died that night in the frigid waters of the North Atlantic. Only 706 survived. Survivors in the boats were haunted by the screams of dying people in the water — now beyond salvation — for the rest of their lives. The screams slowly faded away, leaving only the sounds of sobbing widows and crying, now fatherless babies. When the sun rose the next morning, the survivors in the lifeboats had their first look at the harsh reality — hundreds upon hundreds of corpses, still wearing their life jackets, frozen to death or drowned. They were surrounded by icebergs, some more than 200 feet high. And Titanic, that symbol of man’s greatest achievement, was GONE.

A great many awe-inspiring artifacts have been brought up from the site of the wreck…things that help to tell the story, and remind us of what happened that night. We’ve seen pieces of the ship, personal belongings, even letters, menus, deck chairs and tickets. But can we grasp the real story here?

What can we learn from all this? We can learn to not trust in our wealth or the attractive things of this world…they’re only temporary. Trusting in worldly possessions is futile. After all, what does it profit a man if he gains the whole world and loses his own soul? The consequences of pride and arrogance are always destruction.

As Christians, charged with the great commission, we are the “Captains” here. For the sake of our “passengers” — those we’re called to witness to, we can’t skip the lifeboat drills. We need to actively teach people there is a lifeboat (Jesus Christ) and lead them to it (by teaching the Gospel, and equipping them, as “crew members” for the work of the ministry). We must also reach out to the lost — those drowning in sin — and pull them into our boat.

And we need to heed the iceberg warnings, and keep our ship on a safe course. We need to be sensitive to the “icebergs” of temptation and unrepentance, because our eternal lives, and those of our passengers are at stake.

Satan would have us believe we’re “unsinkable,” and that there’s no need for a lifeboat. This is one of his greatest lies…not that there is no such thing as a lifeboat (God), but that there’s no rush, no sense of urgency. And that it’s much safer and more comfortable to stay aboard the ship of our own sinful desires, where we’re in “control.” It’s not just inconvenient — it’s scary — to put yourself in someone else’s hands and be lowered into a lifeboat that doesn’t look at all comfortable — or safe. But it really depends on Whose hands you’re talking about, doesn’t it?

Even though we’re hopelessly lost, with no way to save ourselves from eternal death, the Lord provided each and every one of us with a Lifeboat. The ship is going down, no question… “…it is appointed unto man once to die, and after this, the judgment.” (Hebrews 9:27).

But like those on the Titanic, people are still reluctant to get into the lifeboat. They feel much more comfortable where they are. They don’t realize they’re on a sinking ship, and the lifeboat is the only way to be saved…it’s very simple: “He that believeth on the Son hath everlasting life, and he that believeth not the Son shall not see life…” (John 3:36). There are only two choices: Get in the boat and live, or don’t get in the boat and die. It’s not complicated.

In THIS lifeboat there are enough seats for all of us, yet it remains more than half empty. And the boat is open to all — no third-class passengers trapped below decks…at the cross, Christ unlocked the gates and brought freedom and salvation to all who will seek Him. And this isn’t just for women and children! “For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved.” (Romans 10:13).

In 1985, explorer Bob Ballard discovered the wreck of the Titanic, more than 12,000 feet beneath the ocean surface. Since then, exhibits of the ship’s remains have been available for the public to view. As a Titanic “fanatic,” I’ve been to many of those exhibits. I was even blessed to be present many years ago, when, at one of those museums, they sounded one of the ship’s sirens, recovered from the wreck — and thousands heard the sound of Titanic for the first time since 1912. In 1912, that very same whistle blew as she left port, in jubilance and celebration. Just a few days later, it blew as a dire warning of impending doom. Few heeded that warning then, and few heed God’s gracious and merciful call to mankind today.

The Lord isn’t willing that any should perish. God’s Lifeboat awaits you, but few there will be that find it. Today is the day of salvation. It’s time you got in the boat!

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066. Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com and ask for message number 426.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

By Pastor Glynn Adams

April 13, 2025

Over the years, many, many pastors have attempted to wake up the dead religious churches in our nation by constantly reminding the church-goers they are to be obedient to the LORD Jesus Christ. These pretenders in our churches do not have good soil for the Kingdom of God and have no fruit so they have become a breeding place for religion, demons, demonic strongholds, deception, love of the world, and many church-goers show no fruit of being born from above. It is evident the religious in America do not like to talk about demons and the demonic spiritual world overtaking this nation. Religious people turn a blind eye to such Scriptures that command us to resist the evil in this nation. Most church-goers in America have no idea that one-third of the ministry of Jesus Christ on this earth was dealing with demons, demonic sickness, and demonic destruction of the human body. So in Matthew 12:26, Jesus is dealing with the religious leaders of His day after they accuse Him of having a demon so it is no great surprise that out of the mouth of Jesus came these words, “If Satan cast out Satan, he is divided against himself. How then will his kingdom stand?”

The reason the religious leaders in Jesus’ day did not deal with demons nor cast out demons is because they were a part of the religious kingdom of Satan. The reason most of our churches in America ignore Satan and refuse to deal with demons and cast out demons is because most of America’s churches are part of Satan’s religious kingdom. Jesus told the religious leaders in Matthew 12:28, “But if I cast out demons by the Spirit of God, surely the Kingdom of God has come upon you. Most churches in America are not part of the Kingdom of God but will work to expand the religious Kingdom of Satan in America.

It is clear that the fruit of the American Church is from the Kingdom of Satan and not the Kingdom of God. Because someone says they are a Christian does not mean they are Christians. “You will know them by their fruit.” The fruit of our religious institutions that man has built in America is hell and the ways of hell. This explains why the religious church in America is so silent. Our American churches do not cast out Satan because Satan does not cast out Satan. America now has more false religious churches, evil spirits, demons, demonic strongholds, rulers, spiritual forces of wickedness, high places, and false prophets than any nation in this world by far. America’s false religion is causing our nation to reap a nightmare harvest of religious hell and Satanic ways.

Most of you say Jesus is your LORD but your actions do not prove that. Your in-action correctly tell of your falling away from the living God and that He is not your Lord! For years now the American Church has been tolerating evil and has remained silent when the demonic systems of this world invaded our nation. The Christian Community was warned in 1963 that Communists/Marxists agents from the Frankfurt School in New York had declared war on Christianity in America, our morality, our family structure, our children, and the American Church totally ignored the warnings. But don’t take my word!!! Look at the church in America today as the enemies of Christ exalt themselves against the Word of God and so-called Christians are silent and remain in their safe zones. When the enemies of God said that God was not Creator and that man evolved, the church in America was silent and did not practice the Lordship of Christ in our nation. When the enemies of God assaulted our Christian values and our moral compass, Christians in America remained silent and did not practice the Lordship of Christ in our nation.

In recent years, when the enemies of Christ begin to change the meaning of our language, the false church in America did not respond with the truth of God’s Word. When the enemies of God began to assault the gender of men and women, and thousands of people, young and old, were mutilated by evil surgeons and the American Church did not proclaim the Word of God that God created male and female. No! Our actions proved that so-called Christians were church-goers and not Christians at all. We fell away from the living God and were silent. We were silent during the homosexual revolution, the sexual revolution, and when the enemies of God took the Bible, His laws, and prayer out of our culture, the demonic church of Satan in America remained silent and would not fight to get them back. Why not? – Satan does not cast out Satan!!! Jesus said, “You will know them by their fruit.”

Even at this hour the American Church is silent when the enemies of God go on the internet, social media, television, movies, and late night talk shows and rail assaults against our Christian morality, the Word of God, and God Himself and the American Church is silent and remain in their safe zones. No, those who claim to be Christians, your actions do not line up with the Word of God. Jesus said those who hear the Word of God but do not act on it, build their houses on the sand and today, the storms of life are destroying home after home in this nation. Jesus said, “You will know them by their fruit.” So-called Christians in America, God has your number. You fool a lot of people but you don’t fool God!!! God knows who your real father is!!!!! If you were of Jesus, you would be doing the deeds of Jesus!!! Jesus said to the religious in Mathew 12:30, “He who is not with Me is against Me, and he who does not gather with Me scatters abroad.”

There is a reason it is so important that Christians who make Jesus their LORD and resist the evil before them. In the 1600s when the Puritans and Pilgrims were coming to America to escape severe religious persecution in England while at the same time Sir Francis Bacon, a demonic occultist and Satan worshipper was working in secret bringing occultist to America promising them that America would be the New Atlantis, an occult utopia. When the Christians found out about this secret evil plan, they “aggressively resisted the Sir Bacon forces of evil” while influencing the Founding Fathers to give them a Constitution with inalienable rights from God to protect the citizens against ruthless governments. This story has been lost in history until Paul McGuire recently discovered it in his research. What a contrast between the Christians in 1600 and so-called Christians today in America!! Without Christians resisting the evil before them in 1600, America would not have our Constitution and our rights from God. Because so-called Christians are not resisting the evil in this nation today, we are losing our Constitution and rights from God. The moral of this story is simple – those who resist evil are Christians and those who do not are lost.

The time for playing religious games in our churches in America is over. If you say Jesus is your LORD, you must bring forth fruit that shows it. To be a pretender, is mocking God. God is not mocked; whatsoever you sow that shall you reap. We have tried to fool God long enough. Judgment is for those who claim to be a Christian but their life and fruit show something else. Yes, the time of church pretenders are over. “Those who hate the LORD would pretend obedience to Him and their time of punishment would be forever!” (Psalm 81:15)

Every day, every minute, every second, something is telling me to quit, to back off, chill out, ease up – things will get better. Even now God is shaking everything that can be shaken. No things will not get better until Christians change their thinking and get back to obedience to our LORD Jesus Christ. In America, with all our freedoms, Christians do just about anything we please. We wrap it in our religion and the Name of Jesus but it has gotten us into one big spiritual mess. Only Jesus and our obedience to Him will get us out of this spiritual mess. You can believe that and become part of the solution – or we may perish as a nation. God bless I remain His warrior servant and watchman, Glynn Adams

© 2025 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

By: Amil Imani

April 12, 2025

Texas, the Lone Star State, a bastion of freedom, faith, and rugged individualism, is facing a threat that chills the blood of every patriot who calls this land home. Reports are mounting – whispers turning into roars – that Islamic influence is creeping into our state, not through open conquest, but through an insidious, calculated expansion that threatens the very soul of Texas. The latest flashpoint? The East Plano Islamic Center (EPIC) and its sprawling 402-acre “EPIC City” project in Collin County are now under investigation by the Texas State Securities Board for potential fraud and violations of state law. This isn’t just about one development – it’s a wake-up call to a broader, more sinister agenda that demands our attention and fury.

Story continues below advertisement

Governor Greg Abbott didn’t mince words when he declared on February 24, 2025, “Sharia law is not allowed in Texas. Nor are Sharia cities. Nor are ‘no-go zones,’ which this project seems to imply.” Damn right, Governor! The EPIC City plan – a massive compound complete with a mosque, Islamic school, and residential community – has raised red flags across the state. Critics, including the fearless Amy Mek of the RAIR Foundation, have sounded the alarm, calling it a “walled-off Islamic community built around Sharia, not American values.” Now, with the Texas State Securities Board investigating allegations of investor fraud, the stench of deception is impossible to ignore. Are they fleecing Texans to fund this enclave? We demand answers!

But this isn’t an isolated incident; it’s part of a pattern – a slow, deliberate push to plant Islamic roots deep in Texas soil. Look at the facts: Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton announced on March 25, 2025, that his office is probing EPIC for potential violations of consumer protection laws. Just a day later, the Texas Funeral Service Commission slapped EPIC with a cease-and-desist order for running unlicensed funeral operations. Twelve state agencies are now circling this project, sniffing out illegal activity tied to what Abbott calls a “controversial Islamic housing development.” This isn’t a neighborhood; it’s a fortress, a self-contained bubble that critics fear could operate outside Texas law, thumbing its nose at our Constitution.

And it’s not just Plano. In Frisco, the Islamic Center of Quad Cities (ICQC) is flexing its muscle, snapping up 5.7 acres at a prime intersection and raising $2.4 million in mere months to build a mega-mosque. Construction’s already underway, with keynote speakers like Mohamad Baajour from EPIC stoking the flames at fundraisers. RAIR Foundation warns this is part of a nationwide “Hijrah” strategy – migration to establish Islamic dominance in non-Muslim lands. Sound far-fetched? Tell that to the folks in Josephine, Texas, where EPIC’s Yasir Qadhi envisions “EPIC Ranches,” peddling a utopian Muslim community with clinics, stores, and maybe even a university – all financed by “Islamic loans.” Who’s footing the bill for this takeover? Texans deserve to know!

The numbers don’t lie. Texas is home to nearly 500,000 Muslims – 1.7% of our population – and this number is growing rapidly. Dallas has been dubbed the “Medina of America” by some Islamic leaders, a reference to the Prophet Muhammad’s stronghold. Over 60 Sunni and five Shia mosques are spread across the Dallas-Fort Worth metroplex alone, with organizations like the Islamic Association of North Texas and the Muslim Legal Fund of America establishing their presence in Richardson. Houston boasts over 209 mosques, making it the area with the largest Muslim population in the South. This isn’t assimilation – it’s colonization, plain and simple.

Now, let’s be clear: every Muslim in Texas is under suspicion unless they openly, loudly, and unequivocally denounce these schemes to plant Sharia roots in our state. Silence isn’t enough – loyalty to Texas and its values must be proven, not assumed.

When projects like EPIC City flaunt Sharia vibes and dodge state laws, it is a slap in the face to every Texan who cherishes our way of life. Governor Abbott is right – “All entities in Texas must follow state law, not Sharia law.” Yet the EPIC crowd claims it’s a “diverse community open to all.” Spare us the platitudes! If it’s so innocent, why the secrecy, the fraud probes, the funeral violations? Why the whispers of “no-go zones” where American values might not apply?

This is a fight for Texas’ soul. Our state’s history is forged in blood and defiance – think San Jacinto, think the Texas Rangers. We don’t bow to foreign creeds or let our laws be trampled. The left will cry “Islamophobia,” but this isn’t about hate – it’s about survival. When Islamic centers skirt regulations, hoard land, and push for a parallel society, it’s not bigotry to call it out – it’s patriotism. X posts are buzzing with outrage, with users like KamVTV thanking Paxton for stepping up and warning of “Islamic compounds” led by those who “don’t like the West.” They’re not wrong to worry.

We can’t allow Texas to become a testing ground for Sharia. Our leaders – Abbott, Paxton, and every red-blooded lawmaker – must combat this stealth invasion with every tool available to them. Investigations are a starting point, but we need action: shut down these projects, enforce our laws, and send a message that Texas will never bend the knee. This is our land, our heritage, our fight.

Rise up, Texans – before it’s too late!

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

April 12, 2025

In Volume 1 of my Conspiracy series, Cecil Rhodes is on the cover. He founded the secret Society of the Elect in 1891 to take over the world. The ultimate goal was to have Rhodes Scholar Bill Clinton as president. Did you ever wonder why Southern Baptist Clinton from Arkansas would go to a Jesuit university like Georgetown? It is because Secretary of State John Foster Dulles’ son Avery (a Catholilc Cardinal) was there, and Bill Clinton’s mentor Prof. Carroll Quigley who wrote Tragedy and Hope was also there. The “tragedy” was that average American was in charge of the government. Quigley’s “hope” was that elite would control government as the philosopher kings in Plato’s Republic. Greek philosopher Solon had gone to the priests at the temple of Isis in Sais, Egypt, who told him about Atlantis (see the MacGyver movie The Lost Treasure of Atlantis). Plato mentored Socrates who mentored Aristotle who tutored Alexander the Great.

Alexander went marauding eastward from Macedonia, but he was also looking for the “secret knowledge” of the survivors of Atlantis (as did Heinrich Himmler). When he got to the wall surrounding India he met a superior army which repulsed Alexander, who was wounded and taken back to Macedonia. Rudyard Kipling was a member of the Rhodes Trust and spent a lot of time in India and wrote The Man Who Would Be King. The movie by that title starred Sean Connery and Michael Caine. (Kipling’s book in the 1890s had left angle Hindu swastikas on them). When the head of the monks (who were descended from the the original Aryans who were the only survivors of Atlantis) saw Connery and Caine, he was going to kill them until he saw a medallion around Connery’s neck and said it was just like the medallion Alexander the Great had given them thousands of years earlier.

Hitler reversed the swastika to right angles and there is an ornate rug in a Christian chapel in the U.S. with 44 small swastikas (22 left angle and 22 right angle) on it.

Hitler’s name was Adolph Schicklgruber, and in the 1890s his parents placed him in a Benedictine monastery that had left angle swastikas all over it. There, he met a weird Cistercian monk who introduced him to the Thule (another name for Aryan) Society which taught him to mesmerize large crowds of people saying, “Deutschland Uber Alles” (German over All).

The Power Elite’s plan to take over the world about 200 years ago used a dialectical process. America was a young independent Republic (not a Democracy). The antithesis of America would be Communism, so they created Karl Marx’s Manifesto. The synthesis would be a World Socialist Government, but before that could happen, each nation would first have to become Socialist, and that is what the word Nazi means (National Socialist Worker’s Party). So they created Hitler’s rule. Today we have both the Secret Nazi Plan (taking over the world) and the Secret Communist Plan (taking over the world’s culture) including art, music, dance and sex – that’s why in Aldous Huzley’s 1930’s Brave New World there was a sex pill called “soma,” and why today there’s a lot of explicit and implicit sex in movies and on TV.

© 2025 Dennis Cuddy – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

Co-authored by Ronald Stein, Dr. Robert Jeffrey and Olivia Vaughan

April 11, 2025

Today, policymakers setting “green” policies are oblivious to the reality that so-called “renewables”, ONLY generate electricity but CANNOT make anything.

Oil, coal, and gas are foundation to the global economy, contributing to thousands of products—estimated at over 6,000—that underpin modern living standards. These fossil fuels drive economic activity by providing energy and raw materials for industries, transportation, and manufacturing, while their derivatives permeate everyday life, from plastics to medicines.

• Electricity came AFTER oil, as ALL electrical generation methods from hydro, coal, natural gas, nuclear, wind, and solar are ALL built with the products, components, and equipment that are made from the oil derivatives manufactured from crude oil,
• All EV’s, solar panels, and wind turbines are also built with the products, components, and equipment that are made from the oil derivatives manufactured from crude oil.
• All transportation fuels for cars, trucks, merchant ships, aircraft, and military are made from refined crude oil.
• Getting rid of crude oil would eliminate electricity, and all the products that need electricity to operate, and ground all transportation!

Today, we have more than 50,000 merchant ships, more than 20,000 commercial aircraft and more than 50,000 military aircraft that use the fuels manufactured from crude oil. The fuels to move the heavy-weight and long-range needs of jets moving people and products, and the merchant ships for global trade flows, and the military and space programs, are also dependent on what can be manufactured from crude oil.

The IEA Oil Market Report – March 2025 forecasts global oil demand reaching 103.9 million barrels per day (mb/d) in 2025, up 1 mb/d from 2024, with non-combusted uses (e.g., plastics, chemicals) growing from 15 mb/d in 2022 to 20 mb/d by 2050 (BP).

US Energy Secretary Chris Wright affirmed that Africa must be free to harness its vast energy resources without interference. NJ Ayuk, Executive Chairman of the African Energy Chamber says Secretary Wright’s message is a long-overdue recognition that Africa needs investment, not interference. “Africa’s energy future must be decided in Africa, not dictated by foreign governments pushing policies that undermine our economic potential. The AEC welcomes this shift in U.S. policy and calls on African leaders to capitalize on this moment by accelerating oil and gas development, creating jobs and driving industrialization.”

Contributions to Living Standards

These products profoundly enhance living standards by powering modern infrastructure, mobility, and health. Transportation fuels the logistics that deliver EVERYTHING that people need to live productive and prosperous lives. The IEA Oil Market Report – March 2025 notes Asia, led by China, accounts for 60% of 2025 demand growth, driven by petrochemical feedstocks critical for plastics and fertilizers.

Plastics improve food preservation and healthcare affordability (e.g., medical devices 30-50% cheaper than alternatives), while gas-derived fertilizers boost crop yields by 50%, feeding half the world’s population. Coal’s role in steel and cement supports urban housing for 4 billion people, and synthetic fabrics (oil-based) cut clothing costs by 20-30%, benefiting billions. Pharmaceuticals from petrochemicals have historically extended life expectancy, and lubricants enhance industrial efficiency, stabilizing supply chains.

Since 1900, fossil fuel products have doubled living standards by enabling industrialization and access to goods.

South Africa’s Energy Mix

The green factions are becoming louder in South Africa as their funding dries up from sources such as USAID and the JET. China is laughing all the way to the bank, building 95 GW of new coal and manufacturing subsidized renewables using products made from oil and ethically questionable rare earth minerals.

This while President Donald Trump has vowed to reboot the US coal industry to counter the economic advantage China has gained: “After years of being held captive by Environmental Extremists, Lunatics, Radicals, and Thugs, allowing other Countries, in particular China, to gain tremendous Economic advantage over us by opening up hundreds of all Coal Fire Power Plants, I am authorizing my Administration to immediately begin producing Energy with BEAUTIFUL, CLEAN COAL,” President Trump wrote on social media platform Truth Social.

Equally concerning is the refining capability and gas cliff situation in South Africa, as Sasol projects the LNG supply from Mozambique to run dry by 2027. Sasol’s CTL process exemplifies coal’s added value, producing synthetic fuels and chemicals, contributing over $10 billion yearly to South Africa’s economy and supporting 30,000 jobs. Why would the country not exploit the opportunity to make use of its rich coal supplies, and further reduce its reliance on imported refined products.

Local petrol, diesel, jet fuel and gas (LNG) prices are exacerbated by USD/ZAR exchange volatility and drastic price increases in refined fuel products will immediately put inflationary pressure on consumers. South Africa currently only has two operating refineries left, Astron in the Western Cape and Natref in Gauteng (Interior). The rest have been mothballed or shut.

The South African State owned utility, Eskom with its coal fleet, earned the Best Power Company in the world in 2001, but has since been hollowed out by failed policies, corruption and mismanagement. Coal still provides over 80% of South Africa’s energy supply, but it has been under extreme pressure from the EU and other pro-renewables organizations to transition to purely renewables that can only generate electricity but CANNOT make any products or fuels. This is simply not an option for South Africa. It will lead to the continuation of the rolling blackouts that the country has been facing, despite 14 years of an extensive Renewable Independent Power Producer program that has cost billions of dollars.

The so-called “renewables”, ONLY generate electricity but CANNOT make anything. Thus, the country needs all the Products and Transportation fuels that Renewables CANNOT provide, along with Nuclear Power stations. This is the only viable option that will lead to a fair and equitable chance to prosperity for the 62 million in South Africa, and the 1.2 billion people living in Sub-Saharan Africa who rely on essential goods and services.

Please share this information with teachers, students, and friends to encourage Energy Literacy conversations at the family dinner table.

Click this Link to Sign up for Energy Literacy from Ronald Stein

© 2025 Ronald Stein – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ronald Stein: Ronald.Stein@EnergyLiteracy.net

By Kathleen Marquardt

April 11, 2025

First, the story and then I have added background so you might understand why, what, and whom all this came from. The story, straight from the victim’s mouth will be in italics.

Just because a group calls itself environmental does not mean that it is wise, or even knowledgeable about how to conserve land. This story is about how the environmentalists got it wrong, and, to make things worse, unjustly bankrupted and deliberately punished an honest and dedicated conservationist. It gives new meaning to the term eco-terrorism.

The environmental group Scenic Hudson professes to have a lofty goal – protecting the Hudson River Valley from development. However, the tactics they are using aren’t so lofty. In fact, their approach is that of a bully or predator.

An innocent and well-meaning retired widow in upstate New York may be the latest – but not the only – victim. Her case demonstrates just how litigious, unreasonable, and poorly informed Scenic Hudson bureaucrats are, and it raises questions about Scenic Hudson’s agenda and ultimate goal.

Anne Hohenstein’s family settled on the Hudson River south of Albany, NY, four generations (~100 years) ago. Anne’s grandmother and Anne’s infant daughter are buried in the small family graveyard on the property, near an old farmhouse and barn, where Hohenstein and her family kept horses and goats. A former environmental lawyer, Anne was taught by her grandmother to revere the land and the beautiful Hudson River.

Maintaining the land in its native state is important to Anne as is continuing to farm the fields near the forest. She enjoys country life and finds it peaceful and inspiring.

In 2012 Scenic Hudson purchased an easement – an easement, not the land – to her family property on the Hudson River in New Baltimore, New York, from Anne and her siblings for $258,850. The property is a collection of parcels – pieces of a historic fruit farm – composed of forests and agricultural fields mostly held by family trusts.

The easement protects undeveloped property from future development. It requires the landowner to protect the Hudson River Valley, with its native species, and bans mechanical vehicles except on existing farm roads. Trying to do just that is what got Anne in trouble with the environmentalists.

Scenic Hudson repeatedly urged landowners to work as partners with Scenic Hudson, the easement holder, to protect the open spaces along the Hudson River. Everyone started out as just that, partners, because the landowners wanted the same thing. Soon, however, the landowners became the vassals and Scenic Hudson the despot.

Anne fully embraced her ancestors’ desire to preserve the land. Her grandmother, a biologist who attended Russell Sage, knew decades ago that open space in the Hudson River Valley would soon be at a premium, especially on the west side of the river. She specifically asked her granddaughter to protect her legacy by protecting the land from development and by promoting agriculture and science. Anne made that promise, and the easement requires her to do just that – preserve Hudson Valley land in its natural state.

Anne said, “Scenic Hudson disagrees with our interpretation (of the easement). They are seeking to crush me, punitively, without acknowledging the science of the situation, which is that the forest is healthier now, except for damage by Scenic Hudson after the cut.”

In an effort to comply with this goal in the best way possible, Anne asked the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (DEC) to develop a forest management plan. A DEC forester visited the property and advised her that the forest of mostly native hardwoods was long overdue for a protective cut.

He said there were dead and dying trees, some invasive species, some trees that were preventing the regrowth of younger, healthier trees, and trees that could pose a danger to people enjoying using the forest (hunters, birdwatchers, hikers, etc.). A protective cut culls dead, dying, and dangerous trees in order to permit regrowth of native trees.

When the landowner approached Scenic Hudson about the issue, an easement manager (not a professional forester) said the cut could not be done because the easement did not permit it. However, the easement document does not specifically prohibit a protective cut. What it does prohibit is new building, new roads, or any kind of development.

The landowner took the issue to the conservation manager’s bosses. One returned her call to say that Scenic Hudson would like to help but acknowledged that the group no longer had a professional forester on staff.

Who to believe – DEC or Scenic Hudson’s conservation manager? The landowner hired a professional forester recommended by the DEC to help her decide. He concurred with the DEC analysis. The landowner then hired a local reputable logger forester. The project took several months in order to do it carefully, without causing collateral damage.

Just as the logger’s work was finishing, a stop work order was posted, and Scenic Hudson sued the family trust and the landowner, both as the trustee and personally, for “damage” to the forest and violation of the easement.

Scenic Hudson is seeking restoration, planting of new trees, legal fees, payment for the value of the trees removed, and other damages. The lawsuit seeks more than half a million dollars in damages. This amount is significantly more than the value of the property.

The retired landowner hired an attorney and a professional forester, and together they provided ample technical evidence that the forest is now much healthier than it was before the cut. Scenic Hudson claims to have done its own post-cut “restoration” work, which was performed poorly and at excessive cost. The retired landowner said that she would undertake the restoration work. Scenic Hudson refused.

Scenic Hudson claims costs well over $650,000 and wants the landowner to pay for it but has provided no backup or evidence to support the purported work. The landowner has already incurred more than $100,000 of her own money in legal fees trying to resolve this dispute, and the bill is growing. On the advice of counsel, Anne was finally forced to file bankruptcy.

A trial on Scenic Hudson’s suit was set to begin July 17, 2023, but was postponed until April 2025. Scenic Hudson and the landowner have had some settlement conferences, but the “offer” was for Anne to pay hundreds of thousands of dollars (which she does not have.) is not a genuine attempt to settle.

Basically, Scenic Hudson forced Anne into bankruptcy and now seeks to gain control of her land – all because Anne was trying to be a caretaker for the land and to follow expert guidance. She wasn’t developing the land; she was preserving it.

Scenic Hudson clearly is a bully, an eco-terrorist, and is trying to force this landowner and her family to give up all of their rights while masquerading behind a façade of do-gooder environmentalism. Anne is not the only landowner to suffer from the group’s aggressive and punitive actions. Her elderly next door neighbor, who, like Anne’s family, has been farming and protecting his family’s land for generations, has also been a target.

He is suffering from a brain tumor, but the same Scenic Hudson conservation easement manager, acting unprofessionally; harassed, disrespected, and ignored him. For minor alleged easement violations, he was pursued by Scenic Hudson. It turned out the landowner was right and Scenic Hudson was wrong, yet Scenic Hudson made him pay its legal fees.

This neighbor may be reluctant to talk to the press because he is afraid of Scenic Hudson and the arbitrary use of its power. These are not wealthy landowners. They are hard-working, ordinary people trying to preserve land from development, not profit from it.
Their land is still farmed, and they work hard to maintain their land.

Is the Scenic Hudson goal to protect the land or to force the landowners to give up their family land? Is this conservation or retaliation? This is conservation gone wrong. This looks like eco-terrorism.

It not only looks like eco-terrorism, it is.

Background (thanks to Robert Powell)

– 1892 – Departments in Univ. of Chicago, Columbia Univ., Univ. of Wisconsin with E.A. Ross who has career full of Socio-communist relations. Ross’s book “Social Control” (1901) is the textbook teaching how a few can gain control over Society. Albin W. Small, first Chair, taught Sociology as History, Economics, and Political Science. This Department and Albin W. Small were funded by Rockefeller Foundation.

– 1908 – Philanthropic Foundations entered, along with the Federal Reserve. Creating false economics and third-party funding of subversive activities, via social cover. Alger Hiss was President of Carnegie Foundation. Rockefeller Foundation funded Sociology Chair Albin W. Small at Univ. of Chicago. The idea is: There is crime in the Slums, therefore slums cause crime-eliminate Slums, eliminate crime. Guilt by Association.

– 1913 – Roscoe Pound, Saint-Simon. Socialized Law substitutes appointed Administrators for judicial Law. This to adjust social interests over the individual rights. Supreme Court Justice Frankfurter spoke about “throughgoing overturning” of society. It must be done from the outside and translated by those in office.

– 1913 – Or, as the old Red dictum goes, “Communism must be built with non-Communist hands.” To engage the non-Communist dupes in these endeavors, though, requires rhetorical camouflage and deception. A prime example of this rhetorical treachery can be found in the judicial revolution launched in 1913 with the Conference on Legal and Social Philosophy organized by Fabian Socialists Harold Laski, John Dewey, Morris Cohen, and Roscoe Pound. Cohen’s son, Felix, later boasted that it is from this conference that “much of the social and philosophical consciousness of modern American jurisprudence derives.” Felix Cohen openly proclaimed; It is impossible to attempt overthrow of Capitalism as an economic system without at the same time attacking the substance of capitalist law. As well, the Federal Reserve pushed it through Congress. In order to carry this out, Taft had to be defeated. Rockefeller & Morgan bought up 159 News Corporations, while J.P. Morgan financed the Roosevelt “Bull Moose” vote splitting campaign.

– 1916 – Dewey & Education 1916 – Socialist Leader John Dewey’s Textbook still used today, Dewey said dependency is a power, individuality an illness. There-upon the sane are insane, the dependent is sane, as he needs the community. The collective is the norm. In 1934 ( L.I.D. ) League for Industrial Democracy had student groups in 150 colleges.

Most information came from: The Great Deceit – AUTH: Dobbs

Some via research Clift Notes by LT Robert K. Powell

Some from: Creature From Jekyll Island: Griffin

Some from: Lost Illusions: Freda Utley

© 2025 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

By Amil Imani

April 10, 2025

Hon. Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton,

On behalf of the fiercely loyal Texas voters who have elected you three times—drawn to your unblemished record, relentless service, and ironclad conservative principles—I extend my heartfelt congratulations and unwavering support as you launch your campaign for the U.S. Senate. Texas doesn’t just need another senator; we need a warrior, and you, General Paxton, are the most qualified leader to answer that call.

Your career is a testament to honor, courage, and an unshakable commitment to the Lone Star State. It takes guts to confront our enemies—whether they’re radical leftists or spineless so-called “allies” within our own ranks. You’ve repeatedly proven that you’ll fight for what’s right, no matter who comes at you. We’ve seen this alongside Senator Ted Cruz and President Trump, both battered by the Deep State for daring to defy the swamp. You’ve stood tall with them, fearlessly confronting Biden’s tyrannical abuse of power and the illegal imposition of same-sex marriage against the will of Texans.

Politics is a brutal game, and your enemies—emboldened by jealousy and desperation—would love nothing more than to see you torn apart. Yet, your tireless campaign and crystal-clear vision have rallied the electorate around you. Texans know you’re not just the best person for the Attorney General’s office—you’re the only one we can trust to combat Washington’s corruption as our next senator. We will not let you face this defining battle alone.

America is under siege, not just from foreign threats but from a calculated, treasonous takeover within our own borders. The public is being manipulated through market rigging, monopolistic mergers, and the suffocating grip of Big Tech’s information cartels. This isn’t just greed—it’s sedition. You’ve already demonstrated your resolve by wielding antitrust laws to dismantle these schemes and protect our sovereignty. Texas needs that same ferocity in the Senate.

General Paxton, your legacy is forged in the fire of conservative conviction. You’ve addressed voter fraud head-on when others cowered, shielded Texas from the federal government’s suffocating overreach, and defended the bedrock of our Republic against all odds. Meanwhile, John Cornyn—our current senator—has proven himself utterly ineffective. He’s a globalist sellout who’s spent years idly watching, doing nothing for Texas while cozying up to the D.C. elite. Cornyn has failed us miserably, and it’s time to send him packing.

As President Trump has warned, “They’re not after me; they’re after you. I’m just in the way.” The same applies to you, General Paxton. The radical Democrats and their RINO enablers fear you because you stand in their path. Texas demands a senator who will fight, not fold—and John Cornyn has folded every chance he’s had.

I wish you strength and victory on this critical journey to defend America, our Constitution, and the values that make Texas great. You’re not just running to replace Cornyn—you’re running to bury his failed tenure and restore authentic leadership to the Senate. Texans stand with you, ready to unseat that ineffective relic and send our strongest conservative champion to Washington.

Sincerely,

Amil Imani

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

April 10, 2025

John F. Kennedy tried to warn us.  It cost him his life.  Watch.

Eisenhower did too…on his way out of the door.  Here.

But the Bible was the first one to warn us that “evil men have crept in unawares and changed the Truth of God into a lie.”

America HAS been invaded.  Evil men HAVE crept in and now occupy some of the most powerful seats of once-Christian America.  A quick review of The Scriptures will find multiple references to the SPIRIT WAR that has now moved into the natural realm.

The Book of Ephesians warns us “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.”

Would it be safe to say that we are seeing the manifestation of evil like no time in recorded history?  Are we foolish enough to believe that this is simply a POLITICAL battle?  Do we not understand that this is a SPIRITUAL manifestation of the Bible into the natural world?  The heart of man is the target, and individual souls are the prize.

When will the American Church wake the hell up?

Psalm 2 tells us:  The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together, against the Lord, and against his anointed, saying, Let us break their bands asunder, and cast away their cords from us.

It is the ultimate conspiracy…but far more than a theory…the EARTHY KINGS (leaders) are working together to overthrow the Kingdom of God.  It is the job of the CHURCH (Body of Christ) to establish HIS rule HERE on Earth.

Remember the Lord’s prayer you learned as a young child…THY KINGDOM COME…THY WILL BE DONE…ON EARTH!   “Occupy til I come…” that is His Command.  Why are God’s people so unwilling to “earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered to the Saints” Jude?

The American church has become so Heavenly conscious that we are no earthly good!

In 1947 the SCOTUS issued the first of many wicked decisions in Everson V Board when the terrorists-in-Black-Robes declared that Jesus was no longer King over America. Over 200 years of Christian tradition was jettisoned to the backseat of the American bus as the foundation of ALL American Government was uprooted and replace with the religion of Humanism.

Evil men had crept in…and no one noticed.  Today we fight against the un-Godley forces of darkness.

Currently, in the middle of the ever-expanding information age, it is possible for an American child to complete 13 years of public indoctrination and never hear a word about the central figure of Western Civilization…the man by whom ALL time is measured…around the world…every country…every religion…every nation.

Anyyone who signs a paycheck, writes a check, or keeps a journal DAILY, records that this is year 2025.  Why 2025?  2025 years from what?  AD…anno Domini…Latin for “the year of our Lord.”  BC…before Christ.  All time measured by the acknowledgement of the arrival of Jesus Christ.

You are more likely to hear the history of Genghis Khan in your public-school history book than you are the life and impact of the King of Kings…the Man by whom all time is measured.

The Kings referenced in Psalm 2 have infiltrated and taken control of the schools…the family…the government…and now the churches….

Today, we stand at the crossroads and history will record what we did in this critical moment in Western Civilization.  Did we stand and fight, or did we cower in the corner as the Kings of the Earth herded us into the safety of our churches, wearing a mask of course, where we hid from the enemy…afraid to obey the command of the Bible…

“Have nothing to do with the unfruitful works of darkness but rather expose them…”   We are the light of the world.  The job of light is to expose what is happening in the darkness.  Cowering in the safety of our stained-glassed fortresses is not what our Savior had in mind.

I don’t know where we stand in Bible eschatology.  Neither do you.  But we do know that Jesus told us to Occupy…not hide…until He comes.  We are least like our Savior when we are afraid.  The KING doesn’t think highly of the cowardly.

“But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.”

“The wicked walk on every side, when the vilest men are exalted.”  Is there really a difference between the two political parties?  Where are the men of God?

Infiltration…not invasion.   It happened on OUR watch.  For God’s sake, Christian.  Stand up and speak up.

“For the earnest expectation of the creature waiteth for the manifestation of the sons of God.” Romans 8.

Will we answer the call?  The world is waiting on us.

© 2025 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 10, 2025

“I’m tripping into the vicinity of being an old man.”

Instead of raging against all the bad news in April of 2025, how about each of us contemplating our own struggles while living in America, especially us baby boomers. We’ve lived through some pretty amazing moments since WWII. I don’t have to name them because you all know them from living through them.

Today, I skied at 12,000 feet over Parsenn’s Bowl at Winter Park, Colorado. Across from the Panoramic Ski Lift when I jumped off at the top, a bluebird sky revealed the grandeur of the Continental Divide with 13,292 foot Parry’s Peak piercing the frigid air right in front of me. I sucked fresh, clean, energizing mountain breezes into my lungs before I cut left for a glide down that pristine mountain that I’ve skied for 50 years.

For my fellow 1965 high school classmates, this is not about ‘me, me, me’ or ‘ego’ or any of that stuff. I’m TOO old to worry about conceit or self-absorption. This is just about recounting moments of my life, because I know the adventure is soon coming to an end. If you find this account amusing, you might write one of your own. I’d like to hear every story of every high school graduate. What did you do with your life? Obviously, we boomers lived some amazing moments on this planet before what Charles Lindbergh called, ”Death, the last great adventure.” I wish you well in 2025. This is Frosty ruminating about old age. Oh, I’ve got another 10 years in me!

This winter, I stepped into my 78th birthday, same day as Paul Newman’s. My wife Sandi and I took a hike at 9,000 feet in a dazzling snowstorm on Genesee Mountain near our house. Snow covered everything with a magical white blanket. We ate a quiet dinner by our fireplace that ended with a cupcake with a candle poked into the top of it…to make it easier to blow out and make a simple wish. “Please God, grant us good health in the coming years and health to all our friends and family.”

As it is, I pray each day for world peace, health for everyone, tranquility for America, and I wish every human being the very best in his or her own journey. After these 78 years of world travel, I know most human beings try to live as decently as possible. For the ugly humans in the world, I wish them commensurate Karma.

Because of a life lived with extensive adventures, I never suffered a mid-life crisis. Every time I hit 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, and 70th year birthdays, I traveled in some for-off lands such as Antarctica or cycling across the Outback, or exploring India, or standing on the Wall of China. Each decade brought astounding moments whether scuba diving off the Galapagos Islands or the Great Barrier Reef or riding my bicycle across some continent or around it.

During those years, I became an U.S. Army officer, teacher, United Van Lines truck driver, magazine-writer-photographer, dance teacher, bartender, cardiac catheterization medical tech, safety director, personal trainer, ski instructor, heavy equipment trainer, house painter and roofer. I raced in 81 triathlons. Ski bummed for two years. Backpacked into big wilderness regions of Alaska, South America and the Himalayas. How about 15 bicycle adventures coast to coast across America? That bicycle trip from Nord Kapp, Norway to Athens, Greece stands tall in my memory. All those jobs and adventures created 17 published books, and more to come.

Yes, I know delicate work and mostly, I know hard work. In the end, it was that brutally hard labor of moving furniture for United Van Lines at 90 to 100 hours per week that launched me toward my world travels. And you know what, I am thankful for that opportunity.

With those last five decades, it’s been a blast, but now, I’m tripping into the vicinity of being an old man. It’s an age where nothing works, and everything hurts. Darnedest feeling to cut loose from the powers of youth where I enjoyed boundless energy, a spirited body and the next high adventure somewhere on this planet!

In my front room, I enjoy a large cabinet with a “Memory Shelf” of 55 years of adventures across six continents. Pictures and little things collected along the way. Water collected from the snows of Antarctica. Indian vases. Chinese dolls. Japanese cup. Argentine bolo balls. Bicycling in the Amazon Rainforest. Pacific-Atlantic water bottles from bike trips across the USA coast to coast. Statue from Greece. Sandi and Frosty sailing. Backpacking the Grand Canyon. Boomerang from Australia. Shell from Galapagos Islands. Needles in a packet from 2,500 year old redwood. Bamboo walking stick from Nepal Trekking. Leaning Tower of Pizza. Bicycling by the Coliseum in Rome. Standing on the Parthenon, Greece.

Jack London said it best, “I would rather be ashes than dust! I would rather that my spark should burn out in a brilliant blaze than it should be stifled by dry-rot. I would rather be a superb meteor, every atom of me in magnificent glow, than a sleepy and permanent planet. The function of man/woman is to live, not to exist. I shall not waste my days trying to prolong them. I shall use my time.”

That quote is pegged to my cork-board and I read it every day to infuse my being with its energy. Several others inspire me, too. I read them often to keep my mind right. Poet Jack Gilbert said, we all face “the ruthless furnace of this world.” You can either navigate the generated heat or you can allow yourself to be cooked. I chose to work hard, play hard, honor all life and maintain optimal integrity in the “ruthless furnace of this world.” So far, so good.

On the sobering side of old age, from my high school graduating class in 1965, over 20 have died for various reasons: Vietnam War in the 60’s, heart attacks, cancer, diabetes, suicides, drug prescription reactions, car accidents and other reasons. Our class president Billy Canon and his wife Jill died in their 60’s. I miss them. The Student Council president Judy died of ovarian cancer in her 40’s. Our top basketball athlete Scott McLennan died of lung cancer from smoking. How is it that they died so young and the rest of us keep living? Where’s the fairness? Answer: in this life, there is no fairness. Mostly, it’s the luck of the draw. You can be here today and gone tomorrow…in a blink!

As I look back on my life, I am thankful I didn’t get killed, maimed, poisoned by Agent Orange or incinerated by napalmed in the Vietnam War. The most thankful day of my life remains my honorable discharge date out of the U.S. Army on June 13, 1971. I had seen so much death and mutilated bodies…it was constant depression for me. When I visit the Vietnam Memorial Wall in Washington DC, I rub my hands over the names of four of my old friends and weep uncontrollably. They never got to enjoy school, romance, wife, kids, family or fishing on the lake. Their lives were cut short by politicians, the Military Industrial Complex, liars and bankers. May LBJ, Nixon and Westmoreland rot in Hades.

Of course, I married right out of college to a fabulous lady who possessed a totally different lifestyle than me. So, after three quick years of mutual frustration for both of us, we shook hands and pursued our chosen lives. She loved elegant hotels and clothes. I loved tents, sleeping bags and campfires. Thankfully, we avoided children, so we went our own ways without burdens. I am happy to say that she lived a highly creative life as a successful artist and art teacher at a college. She finally married the perfect guy for her lifestyle. I am thankful because everyone deserves to live a happy life.

Late in life, I met and married Sandi, who loves to camp, dance, ski and laugh. A-men! Everyone deserves to find their best mate. I hope we humans get serious about our home planet, it’s sacredness and beauty. I’m looking forward to bicycling the Lewis & Clark Trail from St. Charles, Missouri to Astoria, Oregon some 4,100 miles. Sandi will ride with me along with a few friends. As long as I can pedal, I can enjoy great adventures on my bicycle.

And what about you at whatever your age? Are you enjoying a good time? Are you happy with your work? Are you interested in your life? Are you happy with your fitness and your body? What is important to you? Are you enjoying a life worth remembering? Because if you’re not, you can change it by choice.

I hope you’re having a blast. This life offers incredible opportunities for those of us living in free societies. I am hoping you have discovered your dream, are chasing your dream, have caught your dream, and are living your dream.

Captain Jean Luc Picard of the Starship Enterprise said, “Someone once told me that “time” stalks us all our lives. I’d rather believe that “time” is a companion that goes with us on a journey. It reminds us to cherish each moment, because it will never come again. What we leave behind is not as important as how we have lived.”

And, my own thoughts—Spirit of Adventure

“If the roar of a wave crashes beyond your campsite, you might call that adventure. When coyotes howl outside your tent–that may be adventure. While you’re sweating like a horse in a climb over a 12,000-foot pass, that’s adventure. When a howling headwind presses your lips against your teeth, you’re facing a mighty adventure. If you’re pushing through a howling rainstorm, you’re soaked in adventure. But that’s not what makes an adventure. It’s your willingness to struggle through it, to present yourself at the doorstep of Nature. That creates the experience. No greater joy can come from life than to live inside the ‘moment’ of an adventure. It may be a momentary ‘high’, a stranger that changes your life, an animal that delights you or frightens you, a struggle where you triumphed, or even failed, yet you braved the challenge. Those moments present you uncommon experiences that give your life eternal expectation. That’s adventure!” Frosty Wooldridge

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Cliff Kincaid

April 9, 2025

In the rhetorical battle between Peter Navarro and Elon Musk, I choose Navarro. The influential Trump adviser produced the great film, Death By China: How America Lost Its Manufacturing Base, back in 2012, when Musk was making cars in China and currying favor with the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). Musk is a smart man but he is a Johnny-come-lately regarding the communist threat. He came to acknowledge the threat of Cultural Marxism when one of his own children was captured by the trans movement. He came from South Africa but only realized it went communist after he was out of the country and saw it implementing communist policies at home and abroad.

By contrast, Navarro emerged in Trump’s first and second terms as a spokesman for the established fact that Red China was looting our economy to achieve world domination. Navarro, formerly a professor of economics and public policy at the Paul Merage School of Business at the University of California, Irvine, understood the national security implications when Elon Musk was supporting Barack Obama in 2008 and 2012 and Hillary Clinton in 2016.

Like typical communists, the CCP lied, cheated, and stole from our people and their businesses. Just recently, they stole my medical records from the Frederick Health medical group. They also infiltrated our nuclear weapons labs so they can use our technology to build their own weapons pointed at us.

Yet, on the national business channels we see a steady stream of stooges of the financial elite attacking President Trump for fighting back.

I long for the day when the great Lou Dobbs was on Fox Business and writing such books as The Trump Century (2020), a defense of his pro-American economic policies. He passed away last year and is not here to see President Trump, in his second term, taking on the CCP.

I am old enough to remember when CNN was a respectable network and had Lou Dobbs as an anchor, where he tackled such issues as a proposed globalist “North American Union,” integrating Mexico and Canada with the Unted States, with me as a guest. Lou sounded the alarm about bad trade deals such as NAFTA and the prospect of regional and world government. He was a breath of fresh air in a corrupt corporate media culture.

This is a war for our national survival, and Navarro is on the right side of history. Having been proven right and going to prison because of his loyalty to Trump, Navarro has Trump’s ear on trade, resulting in the 104 percent tariffs on the communist giant now going into effect. Trump is making good on his promise to make China pay for stealing our jobs and technology and inflicting the deadly China virus on America and the world.

Musk should stick to DOGE. He has no expertise on the China threat.

Most of the talking heads on the business channels and financial shows never describe China as “communist” in any way and act horrified that America has a president who wants to save America from the CCP. On CNBC, for example, host Scott Wapner calls the tariffs a “self-inflicted crisis” by President Trump, ignoring how so-called “free trade” has been a communist Chinese weapon for decades.

Wapner and his associates seem not to understand that when they advocate “global free trade,” they are taking the side of Karl Marx, the father of communism and a global free trader. This is an untold story.

So-called “free trade” is supposed to be “free,” and freedom is associated with capitalism. What many do not realize is that Marx believed that total communist control at the global level was supposed to be achieved through stages of economic development, with global capitalism and global free trade being necessary for socialism and then communism to emerge as triumphant.

The role of the Marxists is to accelerate this process of development, through the exploitation of class and now sexual and other differences. Such a role helps explain the conflict and turmoil we see across the globe, including in the U.S.

If you are perplexed by big corporations making deals with China, it makes sense to Marxists. These are prime examples of what the Marxists call the highest stage of capitalism. It means old-fashioned capitalism is finished and is being replaced by monopoly capitalism and the power of what is called “finance capital,” the hedge funds and big banks, and the top 10 percent of Americans who own 88 percent of the stock market.

When the global capitalists looked at China, they didn’t see an adversary; they saw a market and cheap labor.

In effect, major engines of corporate capitalism have become prime movers of the historical process of moving a country from capitalism into socialism.

Marx declared his support for free trade while giving a lecture on England’s corn laws, a set of tariffs and restrictions on the import and export of grain in Great Britain. Marx explained that “The system of free trade is destructive. It dissolves the old nationality and drives towards extreme antagonism between the bourgeoisie and the proletariat. In a word the system of free trade hastens social revolution.” He called free trade a “revolutionary” force in human history.

In 2022, Trump recognized that communism didn’t end with the fall of the Berlin Wall and said in a speech, “…we will fight the onslaught of radicalism, socialism, and indeed it all leads to communism once and for all.” That is the plan.

As I note in The Sword of Revolution and The Communist Apocalypse, the Marxists see the U.S. as a society based on slavery which has since become the leading capitalist nation and must therefore be “transformed” into socialism on the road to communism. Looking at this through Marxist eyes, the U.S. developed beyond an economic system based on slavery to be in the current stage between capitalism and socialism, what is called the highest stage of capitalism.

What has changed over time, as the World Revolution continues gobbling up country after country, is that China has become the leader of the world communist movement, replacing the Soviet Union/Russia. Eventually, according to the Marxist theory of history, America will become a communist state and then be integrated into the China-dominated New World Order.

Trump and his top aide Peter Navarro are standing in the way of this development. They deserve our thanks and praise.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Lex Greene

April 9, 2025

Aside from the constitutional fact that the United States isn’t actually a pure “democracy,” but rather a Constitutional Representative Republic, which guarantees every citizen and member state “a republican form of government” in Article IV – Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution, today’s constitutional illiterates claim to be “saving democracy” when in fact, they are the greatest threat to democracy in the USA.

Article IV – Section 4 – “The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a Republican Form of Government, and shall protect each of them against Invasion;”

To be fair, a “republic” is a specific type of “democracy.”

• The power of government is held by the people.
• The people give power to leaders they elect to represent them and serve their interests.
• The representatives are responsible for helping all the people in the country, not just a few people.

In the case of the USA, the Constitution does not create of government by “mob rule,” wherein any simple majority is free to dictate to the rest of the people without any limitations.

Our government must represent the will of the majority, while not infringing upon the equal rights of any minority. To accomplish this, our republican form of government is very limited in its authority via the terms and conditions in the contract or compact known as the Constitution. Our government is further limited by the Bill of Rights, a document enumerating several specific prohibitions of government authority.

Political activists are characterized by their stated belief structure and political ideals. Today’s “democrats” hold the following beliefs.

• No basic Right to Life
• No Right to Individual Liberty, but rather “collectivism” via mob rule
• No national sovereignty
• No national security
• No Constitution or Bill of Rights
• No economic freedom, for the “greater good” of taxpayer dependents
• No of, by, or for the people at large, but rather for special interest groups
• No sanity, common decency, or Rule of Law
• No “free speech”
• No protection of personal or public property
• No Right to keep what you earn
• No legal citizenship, or even who can and cannot legally seek public office
• No Right to real Justice, just a focus on so-called “social justice”
• No racial equality, just endless racial divisions

You get the point, right?

We are talking about a group of people who cast aside their duly nominated Presidential candidate and voted for the undemocratically installed candidate last year, Kamala Harris. Is it even possible to be more undemocratic than that?

They want you to believe that they simply “hate Trump” (and Musk too now), when in reality, they hate YOU and ME, and everything about our country. They want you to think they only hate Trump, when in fact, they hate all 77,302,416 Americans who voted for Trump to Make America Great Again.

The “Hands Off” astroturf rallies over the weekend prove that this group of people represent only the most ill-informed segment of our population. Video after video shows how these individuals have been Pavlov trained to do the street bidding of their anti-American politicians and real Nazis like George Soros and the WEF. These folks are not intelligent enough to realize they are mere pawns for their political kings and queens, sent into the streets armed with nothing but real fears based upon a constant diet of outright lies.

Let’s be generous and say that the “hands off” Soros/DNC astroturf operation put a million Americans in the streets last Saturday… that’s a tiny fraction of the 77.3-million that voted for President Trump three times in a row. Why do they think they have a right to dictate policies they don’t even understand, to the whole country?

But let’s get very real for a moment!

What good did you think could ever come from a society wherein a majority of voters believe in an alleged right to murder their own children for mere social convenience?

Did you really think that people who refuse to protect their own children would ever vote to protect you or your children from evil?

Do you really believe that people who voted for undemocratically installed candidates last year, give a damn about “democracy?”

Do you believe for even a second, that people who don’t care about the lives of rights of their own children, give a damn about yours or mine?

If you do, then you’re as foolish as they are!

These people do not just hate Trump and Musk, they hate YOU! They hate everything you stand for. They couldn’t care less that you “democratically elected” Trump, or that the only authentic way to “save democracy” is to root out all crime, corruption, and waste in our government.

They want the only unelected branch of government to rule over the “democratically elected” President, because that is the only place they have power now, while crying “nobody elected Musk.” Well, nobody ever elected a single federal judge either!

Face it, this group is too stupid and evil to properly rule over their own lives, but they demand the power to rule over yours.

They do not care how they get that power. They are every bit as evil and corrupt as their leaders.

This isn’t just about what we do at election time. It’s about what we can accomplish between elections, to secure our own country and root out evil everywhere we find it.

All it takes for evil to prevail, is for good people to do nothing!

© 2025 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com

By Bradlee Dean

April 9, 2025

“The wicked shall be turned into hell, and all the nations that forget God.” Psalm 9:17

What is it that people do not hear, or what is it that the people do not see (Jeremiah 5:21)?

The Lord clearly said, “And it shall come to pass, that as the LORD rejoiced over you to do you good, and to multiply you; so the LORD will rejoice over you to destroy you, and to bring you to nought; and ye shall be plucked from off the land whither thou goest to possess it.”

In vs. 43 The Lord warned that “The stranger that is within thee shall get up above thee very high; and thou shalt come down very low…”

In vs. 49-51 He said, “The LORD shall bring a nation against thee from far, from the end of the earth, as swift as the eagle flieth; a nation whose tongue thou shalt not understand; A nation of fierce countenance, which shall not regard the person of the old, nor shew favour to the young: And he shall eat the fruit of thy cattle, and the fruit of thy land, until thou be destroyed: which also shall not leave thee either corn, wine, or oil, or the increase of thy kine, or flocks of thy sheep, until he have destroyed thee.”

He also warned that our enemies would “besiege thee in all thy gates, until thy high and fenced walls come down, wherein thou trustedst, throughout all thy land: and he shall besiege thee in all thy gates throughout all thy land, which the LORD thy God hath given thee.”

Therefore, why is this happening?  It is not difficult to understand.  Go back to Deuteronomy 28:15, the verse that proceeds the outcome of disobedience towards the Lord, “It shall come to pass, if thou wilt not hearken unto the voice of the LORD thy God, to observe to do all his commandments and his statutes which I command thee this day; that all these curses shall come upon thee, and overtake thee.”

What is taking place today is clearly happening not just in the West but all over the world simultaneously.

However, what are you being told by the media that 94% of you say that you don’t believe? You are being told that they are contributing to society, that they are the victims of corrupt government regimes, genocides, war, etc.  In some cases, this may be true.  Yet, let me propose statistically who I am addressing here. Does this sound like those who are victims that are seeking asylum? Are they contributing to society?

Really? Let’s look at Muslims from the east who are plundering countries that they are entering.

♦ Denmark: 450% more crimes committed by Muslims than non-Muslims.

♦ Germany: Muslim migrants committed 142, 500 crimes in 6 months. This is 780 every day.

♦ Sweden: 480,000 sexual assaults in one year. 77% of all rapes by less than 2% Muslim.

♦ England and Wales: Over 56% of Syrian refugees committed severe crimes in less than 1 year etc.

♦ Belgium: 35% of the prison population is Muslim who make up only 6% of the population.

♦ UK: Muslims fill 44% of high-security prisons, out of a 5% population.

♦ USA: 91.4 % of Muslim refugees are on food stamps, and 68.3 % are on cash welfare.

Muslim migration has doubled in the decade since 9/11 and 60% of migrants to America favor Sharia law (Deuteronomy 28:15-68).

All that one must do is look to Germany, Sweden, France, or the U.K. to see what is happening concerning the Muslim invasions and overthrow of these countries.  Again, these Muslims are not coming into these countries to assimilate.  Rather. they are there to conquer (Just ask them), and it is exactly what they are doing (Matthew 7:16).  This is happening incrementally and scripturally; it is called a siege.

Out Of Their Own Mouths: The Muslims Are Telling You Their Plans–Infiltrate American Government (Video)

The video below shows how the immigrants are overpopulating the natives.

By Kat Stansell

April 8, 2025

Chris O’Meara / AP

Recently, there was an article in the Western Journal, covering DeSantis’s feelings about his own party and the bills they are passing. He is upset that both houses are failing to advance a conservative agenda in numerous policy areas.

I don’t know whether to laugh or wretch. Read the article; it’s a hoot.

Where was DeLittle Guy when his legislature – in the face of Trump’s request for states to use paper ballots and no machines – chose to remove all possibility of real audit for voting, and give all to machines?? That was just this month, as they passed SB 1414. Did they dupe poor Ron?

What about disenfranchising duly elected County Commission members? Or bringing legal action against a Republican group because they dared use the magic word, “Republican”??

Those fake voter guides, lying about which candidates were supported by Trump last year, also carried DeGov’s image. Was he part of that, or was that just one more thing he “didn’t know”? Those candidates were, shall we say, amendable to development, and, by Tally reckoning, needed to be in power. The property tax issue is paying off for everyone in Tallahassee, very well, it is believed. Developers are their friends. MAGA conservatives, not so much.

Then, there is the insurance issue, where DeGov backed the insurers against the people; and the contact tracing bill for forceful vax and/or incarceration. The later, passed April , 2021, is still on the books as far as I can learn.

Speaking of vaccines, the “medical freedom’ bill passed by Ron’s gang in Tally promised only ‘freedom’ of medical choices until the end of Covid – which was declared ‘over’ eleven days after the FL bill was passed.

DeSantis’s legislature pushed hard for the passage of Soros-funded David Becker’s “harrassment” bill, SB 7050, wherein anyone questioning anything about the voting process could be jailed without trial. At the last minute, that provision was removed, but still. How could he have been clueless? Unless he wasn’t.

Oh, yeah…and wasn’t he the one who ordered Trump supporters to be removed from public property, at his book-signing in Leesburg? Their crime: wearing Trump gear and carrying Trump signs. Does THAT show “conservative values”?

Maybe these acts are Ron DeSantis’s idea of a “conservative agenda.” They have been going on since he became Governor (with DJT’s help). It surely seems so. Watch his actions, not his ‘dog and phoney shows’ when he is pontificating to the public.

Had he become DePotus, Americans might well have been treated to this notion of DeGov’s “Conservative agenda”. The difference between the Biden regime and DeSantis’s would have been difficult to decipher, except for the short guy with darker hair standing behind the podium waving his arms. Biden couldn’t let go of the lectern for fear of toppling over.

The teleprompter might still have been present.

Frankly, Ron DeSantis doesn’t have the capability to do what Trump is doing. His constituents were well aware, and showed it in that massive primary defeat last year where DeGov came in a distant third to Trump, and Nikki Haley; Trump 81.2%; Haley 13.9% and DeGov, 3.7%.

The general public needs to catch on. There is still a following of the uninformed out there, who think he is the country’s best governor. His constituents know. Vote totals tell the story.

The Totallytarian story. I say he has known all along what has been going down in his state. If he has NOT, he is not fit to clean toilets in DC, let alone become POTUS>

Just my opinion. Call it ‘Kattitude’. Ron DeSantis is a phoney conservative, of the dangerous kind, and his state, for the most part, has caught him in the act.

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Paul Engel

April 8, 2025

• Whose safety matters more, law enforcement of civilians?
• Does being legally armed automatically make you a danger to society?
• Should officer safety override the Constitution of the United States.

Imagine you are stopped by law enforcement. Maybe you were doing something wrong, maybe not. At this point, when you are in the custody of law enforcement, whose safety matters more: Yours or that of the officer? In the 2017 Fourth Circuit case United States v. Robinson, while not specifically put this way, the question still came up. Does officer safety trump your right against unreasonable search and seizure, against even your own safety?

Background

To understand the decision in this case, we have to start at the beginning.

After receiving a tip that a man in a parking lot well known for drug-trafficking activity had just loaded a firearm and then concealed it in his pocket before getting into a car as a passenger, Ranson, West Virginia police stopped the car after observing that its occupants were not wearing seatbelts. Reasonably believing that the car’s passenger, Shaquille Robinson, was armed, the police frisked him and uncovered the firearm, leading to his arrest for the possession of a firearm by a felon.

United States v. Robinson

After receiving a tip, it appears that law enforcement may have been looking for an excuse to search Shaquille Robinson, and they found one when he drove off without his seatbelt on. Using the anonymous tip about Mr. Robinson being armed as a pretext, the police frisked him and uncovered a firearm. Since Mr. Robinson was a felon, they arrested him for exercising his Second Amendment right after he had lost it for his felony conviction.

The Courts

Was the frisk legal? Did the police violate Mr. Robinson’s right to be secure from unreasonable searches? Mr. Robinson through so.

During his prosecution, Robinson filed a motion to suppress the evidence recovered as a result of the frisk, contending that the frisk violated his Fourth Amendment rights. The officers, he argued, had no articulable facts demonstrating that he was dangerous since, as far as the officers knew, the State could have issued him a permit to carry a concealed firearm. After the district court denied the motion to suppress, Robinson pleaded guilty to the illegal possession of a firearm, reserving the right to appeal the denial of his motion to suppress.

United States v. Robinson

Mr. Robinson has a very interesting point. Why should someone being in possession of a firearm lead to an assumption of dangerousness? After all, for all the officer knew, Mr. Robinson could have been a legal concealed carrier; he might even have had a carry permit. How does that establish reasonable suspicion that a crime was being committed? When that didn’t work at the trial, Mr. Robinson tried again on appeal.

On appeal, Robinson contends again that the information that police received from the tip described seemingly innocent conduct and that his conduct at the time of the traffic stop also provided no basis for officers to reach the conclusion that he was dangerous. He argues, “Under the logic of the district court, in any state where carrying a firearm is a perfectly legal activity, every citizen could be dangerous, and subject to a Terry frisk and pat down.”

United States v. Robinson

Mr. Robinson’s argument on appeal gets even better. None of his conduct would lead a reasonable person to believe Mr. Robinson was dangerous unless you assume everyone with a gun is automatically a danger to society. And if everyone who legally carries a firearm is automatically subject to a Terry stop (from the case Terry v. Ohio), then merely exercising your right protected under the Second Amendment could be considered reasonable cause for a “stop and frisk.”

There’s another point that I find important, but didn’t see in the court opinion. The tip was anonymous. Under the Sixth Amendment, you have a right to confront your accuser.

In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right … to be confronted with the witnesses against him;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment VI

If the reasonable assumption that the police used to search Mr. Robinson was based on an anonymous tip, how can he confront his accuser? So if Mr. Robinson cannot confront the person who accused him of carrying a loaded weapon in court, how can that be used for reasonable suspicion? After all, isn’t an anonymous tip hearsay? For all the court may know, the accuser has a personal interested in seeing Mr. Robinson harassed, regardless of his guilt.

We reject Robinson’s argument and affirm, concluding that an officer who makes a lawful traffic stop and who has a reasonable suspicion that one of the automobile’s occupants is armed may frisk that individual for the officer’s protection and the safety of everyone on the scene.

United States v. Robinson

If the reasonable suspicion of the possession of a firearm is sufficient for an officer to frisk a suspect, what about the civilian? After all, there is a more than reasonable suspicion that law enforcement is armed. Does that give cause for the civilian to frisk the officer for his or her safety? If only one party is armed, then only one party is a threat to the safety of everyone.

The Fourth Amendment does not “require … police officers [to] take unnecessary risks in the performance of their duties.”

United States v. Robinson

The Fourth Amendment says no such thing. I agree, that police officers should not have to take unnecessary risks in the performance of their duties, but those duties include following the supreme law of the land. That is why their oath of office requires they swear or affirm to support the Constitution of the United States.

… It is also inconsequential that the passenger may have had a permit to carry the concealed firearm. The danger justifying a protective frisk arises from the combination of a forced police encounter and the presence of a weapon, not from any illegality of the weapon’s possession.

United States v. Robinson

Which gets to the root of the problem. If the danger comes from the presence of a weapon during a forced police encounter, regardless of whether or not it is legal, why does it matter which party holds the firearm? If police were as pure as the driven snow, then it would be reasonable for the threat to be one-sided. Then again, that would mitigate the need for police to have internal affairs divisions, and for other law enforcement entities to have inspectors general. While I’m sure the vast majority of law enforcement officers are just trying to do their job, there is plenty of evidence that some of those same officers have abused their position. Not to mention that some of those encounters have led to the assault and battery of the civilian, all while the civilian is defenseless before a government official. Isn’t that why we have a Second Amendment, to make sure We the People aren’t defenseless against a potentially hostile government?

The Traffic Stop

When Mr. Robinson was pulled over, the actions of the officer bring even more questions to this case.

Yes, Mr. Robinson was a felon, but did the officer know that at the time? The “tip” only identified “a black male in a bluish greenish Toyota Camry load a firearm [and] conceal it in his pocket.” Yes, this black male was leaving a high-crime area, which to me may justify the desire to be armed. Yet look how the officer treated what should have been a routine traffic stop.

After calling in the stop, Officer Hudson approached the driver’s side of the vehicle with his weapon drawn but carried below his waist and asked the driver for her license, registration, and proof of insurance. He also asked the male passenger, the defendant Robinson, for his identification but quickly realized that doing so was “probably not a good idea” because “[t]his guy might have a gun[,] [and] I’m asking him to get into his pocket to get his I.D.” Instead, Officer Hudson asked Robinson to step out of the vehicle.

United States v. Robinson

I am not an attorney, and I’m not familiar with West Virginia law, but is a passenger in a vehicle who is not wearing a seatbelt issued a citation, or just the driver? If not, what reasonable suspicion does Officer Hudson have that Mr. Robinson has committed, is committing, or is about to commit a crime? That is the requirement for a Terry stop and search. The only thing the officer knows is that the passenger is likely armed, that is, assuming this is the vehicle reported by the tipster. Based on this, Officer Hudson approaches the vehicle with his weapon drawn, giving those in the vehicle reasonable fear that their life is in imminent danger. I believe that is the trigger in all 50 states for a person to use lethal force to defend themselves. Remember, those in the car have no idea who the officer is or what his intentions are. All they know is that an armed person in uniform is approaching, and possibly that he has drawn his weapon.

Look at Officer Hudson’s reasoning. He asked the passenger for his ID, then realizes that this was “probably not a good idea.” Why? Because “[t]his guy might have a gun.” Now look at this from the other point of view. They know the officer has a gun. They may even be aware that he has drawn his gun. I wonder how Office Hudson would have reacted if Mr. Robinson, knowing he was dealing with an armed law enforcement officer, drew his weapon because he knows the officer is armed?

Who has a more reasonable, articulable, suspicion that their life might be endanger? Is it the officer, who is approaching a vehicle with unknown occupants and the knowledge that traffic stops go bad? Or is it the passengers who have an unknown armed officer approaching and a knowledge that some officers abuse their position, something especially known to happen to black civilians? Either way, we have a potentially tense situation made worse by the presence of firearms on both sides, and the escalation of Officer Hudson drawing his firearm.

Then, Captain Roberts enters the picture.

At this point, Captain Roberts arrived and opened the front passenger door. As Robinson was exiting the vehicle, Captain Roberts asked him if he had any weapons on him. Instead of responding verbally, Robinson “gave [Roberts] a weird look” or, more specifically, an ” ‘oh, crap’ look[ ].” Roberts took the look to mean, “I don’t want to lie to you, but I’m not going to tell you anything [either].”

United States v. Robinson

So Mr. Robinson exercises his right to remain silent, but Captain Roberts sees “a weird look”? Then Captain Roberts begins reading minds. There could be many reasons why Mr. Robinson would have a “weird” or “oh, crap” look. He was in a vehicle stopped by law enforcement, asked for his ID, even though I’m not sure he could be cited for the offense of not wearing a seatbelt, asked to exit the car, then asked about weapons. That could easily bring an “oh crap” look to someone’s face. Remember though, even if Mr. Robinson is armed, the police have yet to establish a reasonable suspicion that Mr. Robinson is committing a crime.

At this point, Captain Roberts directed Robinson to put his hands on top of the car and performed a frisk for weapons, recovering a loaded gun from the front pocket of Robinson’s pants. After conducting the frisk, Roberts recognized Robinson, recalled that he had previously been convicted of a felony, and arrested him.

United States v. Robinson

Only now, after Mr. Robinson has been targeted for an act that was most likely perfectly legal, stopped, asked for ID, asked to exist the vehicle, and frisked, does law enforcement have a reasonable suspicion that Mr. Robinson was committing a crime? Not because he was carrying a firearm, but because Captain Roberts, after conducting the frisk, recognizes Mr. Robinson as a convicted felon. Which means the ID and frisk of Mr. Robinson was conducted before police had reasonable suspicion of a crime. That is unless carrying a firearm is assumed to be a crime until proven otherwise.

Conclusion

I have a lot of concerns regarding this case. Yes, Mr. Robinson was in the act of committing a crime by being a felon in possession of a firearm, but no one other than Mr. Robinson knew that until after he was frisked. Yes, the stop was legal, since the officer observed the occupants driving without their seatbelts on. (The constitutionality of seatbelt laws is a question for another day.) But how does a seatbelt violation become a reasonable suspicion to frisk the passenger? Yes, there was a tip that the passenger was armed. That was an anonymous tip though, meaning there was no way for law enforcement to follow up and validate the tip without violating the rights of Mr. Robinson. And since it is legal in West Virginia to carry a loaded firearm, with certain restrictions, how is the tip reasonable suspicion of a crime? According to court records, Mr. Robinson was only identified as a “black male,” so there was no way for police to search his record and identify him as a felon, which would be necessary to reasonably lead them to believe Mr. Robinson was committing the crime of a felon in possession.

I understand the bias to find against Mr. Robinson; after all he was found to be a felon in possession of a firearm. But do the ends justify the means? What’s to prevent law enforcement from stopping you, or another innocent person, simply because they were observed in the perfectly legal act of loading a firearm and concealing it on their person? There are some places where I am not allowed to carry my firearm, so I lock it in my vehicle. When I exit, I check my firearm, then put it back in its holster. Should someone observe me doing this be sufficient for me to be frisked by law enforcement? Especially in Tennessee, where permit-less carry is legal? Is that not being considered guilty until proven innocent?

The courts might have had an easier time finding the frisk unreasonable if Mr. Robinson hadn’t been a felon. Then again, hindsight is 20-20. At the time of the stop, Officer Hudson and Captain Roberts had no reasonable, articulable suspicion that Mr. Robinson was a felon, or that he did not have a carry permit. So, under the precedent of Terry v. Ohio, the police had no reasonable, articulable suspicion that Mr. Robinson was committing a crime, making the frisk an unreasonable search, violating the Fourth Amendment and Mr. Robinson’s rights. This violation of Mr. Robinson’s rights was compounded by both the District and Circuit courts who heard his case.

I guess, under current federal jurisprudence, the ends to justify the means, and gun owners are considered guilty until proven innocent

© 2025 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Cliff Kincaid

April 8, 2025

I covered one of the local April 5 anti-Trump “Hands Off!” protests and was somewhat taken aback when I heard Democratic Rep. April McClain Delaney plead for peaceful protests. She knows they have unleashed a monster through their communist rhetoric about Nazis and fascists running the U.S. Government and that Martial law is coming. President Trump and Elon Musk are their primary targets but ordinary people with Tesla cars or in the MAGA movement are in danger of escalating violence and terrorism.

Delaney understands that the “resistance” being unleashed on the streets on America is getting more violent by the day. She also fears being associated with it.

Looking into the faces in the audience and the messages on their signs, Delaney fears that the various Democratic Party constituencies are losing their minds and could play into Trump’s hands. I saw evidence of this myself, as the anti-Trump demonstrators were not only rallying for the socialist bureaucracy under assault by DOGE, demanding “Hands Off” to federal spending cuts, but other issues such as a “Free Palestine,” trans rights, abortion, and a return to the days when it was called the “Gulf of Mexico.” Several individuals carried profanity-laced signs, such as one proclaiming “F— the Patriarchy,” while others simply declared “Smash Fascism” and “MAGA = Nazi.”

This protest took place in Frederick, Maryland, just outside Washington, D.C., and home to thousands of federal workers.  Many are losing their jobs, as the federal government is restructured to cope with massive federal deficits and debt, and President Trump attempts to rebuild the private sector and produce jobs for American workers.

I was there in the middle of this protest and saw with my own eyes how they worked themselves into a frenzy. You can see the photographs I took in this report on how this communist-inspired “People’s Movement” is “rising” across the country.

On March 8, I had covered another anti-Trump “resistance” rally in the Washington, D.C. area, taking photographs of people threatening violence, including assassinations of President Trump and Elon Musk, and featuring Palestinian flags. My report on this protest demonstrates the violence-prone nature of some of these people. This protest, like the one on April 5, was also co-sponsored by the local Democratic Party.

Alarmed by the direct calls for violence, I had called the local FBI office about these threats and was directed to the Baltimore, Maryland FBI office and no one picked up the phone. I called the local Sheriff’s office and a deputy said they could not act on the threats unless there was evidence of an actual conspiracy to kill Trump or Musk.

The use of the term “fascist” or “Nazi,” as applied to President Trump or Elon Musk, is a communist tactic. Opponents of communism are always fascists or Nazis. It dates to the Soviet days when the Russian communists fought the Nazis but started World War II through an alliance with Hitler’s regime.

I counted a few self-proclaimed socialists in the crowd wearing “Democratic Socialists of America” T-shirts but most of the “Hands Off!” protesters were run of the mill Democrats and the event was co-sponsored by the local Democratic Party. On the milder side, one guy with a big smile held a sign proclaiming, “Obama 2028.” He figured if Trump is going to run for a third term, Obama can, too. Perhaps his desperation reflects the state of the national party and realization that the current crop of Democrat presidential contenders is a disappointment.

As we prepare for the next phase of this campaign, there is significance in the fact that investigation of the Tesla firebombing case in Las Vegas revealed links between the perpetrator, Paul Hyon Kim, and communist groups, including the Communist Party USA, and Palestinian causes.

Short of martial law, there are federal statutes on the national level, such as the Communist Control Act, that can be used against members of these groups and their patrons. At the same time, state Attorneys General can identify and register local and state communist groups as foreign agents linked to Iran, Russia, China, or all three.

Many of the openly communist groups sponsoring the separate April 5 “March for Palestine” in Washington, D.C. are using tax-exempt funds to organize subversion of the United States. The Treasury Department can end this abuse tomorrow.

Over the course of my career, I have covered literally dozens of demonstrations on the left, from anti-nuclear protests featuring Jane Fonda to openly communist conferences sponsored by the Workers World Party (from which I was ejected), and have never witnessed such a hunger for death and destruction.

The new FBI under Director Kash Patel must monitor and even infiltrate these groups, and that includes the Democratic Party and their protests. When you hear the Democrats talk about Martial law, you know the worst is yet to come.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Authored by Devvy Kidd not AI

April 7, 2025

Operation overload – the key word being overload created by DOGE which has birthed a very telling panic, not just among current and former members of CON-gress, but private sector NGO’s (Non-governmental organizations) and religious denominations getting their cut of the grift.

Grift: noun

1. (sometimes used with a plural verb) a group of methods for obtaining money falsely through the use of swindles, frauds, dishonest gambling, etc.
2. money obtained from such practices.

My column last week, Don’t Fall for the Flat Tax Scheme, dealt with old, tired Band Aids to “solve” the problem of funding this massive, corrupt Levithan monster called the federal government created by both the Democrat & Republican parties for power, money and feeding their gigantic egos.

Even though I am not required to file a federal “income” tax return, as I stated in my column cited above, I do every year.  If I allegedly owed the Internal Robbing Service, I sent the check certified mail requiring a signature to either the IRS or the U.S. Treasury in Austin, TX or Ogden, UT.  I found a few of the old green cards all stamped IRS.  The USPS green card always came back stamped IRS.

Until a decade ago.  The green card came back not signed but stamped JP Morgan Carlotte NC Agent for the Internal Revenue Service.  I admit I never really looked at the card other than it was addressed to the IRS so I just assumed it was the usual:  Dept. of Treasury; into the safe it went.  On March 7, 2025, I snail mailed the return and what I allegedly owed certified mail. As usual, I wanted someone at the Internal Robbing Service (IRS) to “sign” for my envelope.

Well, imagine my surprise when the USPS green card came back – the only piece of mail in my PO box so I actually looked for the signature – no signature but a big stamp:  JP Morgan Carlotte NC Agent for the Internal Revenue Service, March 12, 2025.

Really? When did the biggest bank in this country become an Agent for the Internal Revenue Service?  Recall over the past month or so all the screeching from the socialists (liberals) and communists (progressives) out there (members of the Democrat/Communist Party USA) – including a gaggle of cockroaches in CON-gress blasting more useless gas out of the pie hole in their face that  members of DOGE and in particular, Elon Musk would have access to your personal information by rooting out the fraud, waste & abuse in the IRS?

Yeah, them.  Of course, the richest man on the planet wants my neighbor’s tax return & SSN for nefarious reasons!  It’s no secret the Internal Robbing Service has used outside companies for debt collection of alleged overdue taxes.  So my question (snail mail) to my U.S. Rep Jodey Arrington whom I did NOT vote for in the March primary last year (he allegedly beat a great candidate):  Since when – and provide me with the law or statute) did the IRS start using private, commercial banks as official agents for the IRS and why?

The unconstitutional, privately owned “Federal” Reserve has 12 banks and 24 branches.  Why did my check go to a private banking conglomerate – JPMorgan – instead of to the IRS or Dept of Treasury?

Tax Policy on the U.S. Treasury web site has a whole menu of goodies including this BULL SH*T:  Climate Change and Household Finance:  U.S Department of the Treasury prepared a report in consultation with members of the Financial Literacy and Education Commission, entitled The Impact of Climate Change on American Household Finances. (Rest at link.)  Climate change:  One of the biggest lies and $$$ scams ever to be shoved down our throats stealing hundreds of millions of dollars from us to fund that global hoax.

On that official Treasury web site you can click on Cash and Debt Forecasting:  “Treasury’s operating cash is maintained in an account at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and in Tax and Loan accounts at commercial banks.”

What operating cash, Rep. Arrington?  The people’s purse is overdrawn nearly $37 TRILLION phantom “dollars”.  Operating cash? Try what our CON-gress has to borrow everyday just to keep afloat. $1 TRILLION bux every 100 days; all those easily directed herds out there protesting don’t have a clue.  The Fed is bankrupt, April 18, 2023. (Ever hear the saying ‘rob Peter to pay Paul’?)

Question two:  The IRS uses three approved private collection agencies **.  Oh, boy, a massive hunting ground to get dirt on someone for blackmail purposes.  Just who is processing Joe Blow’s income tax return?  An IRS employee, someone at JPMorgan or a third, outside company who can then snoop through your private business?

JPMorgan Chase & Co. Agrees To Pay $920 Million in Connection with Schemes to Defraud Precious Metals and U.S. Treasuries Markets, September 29, 2020

JPMorgan also advertises how they help people manage their money, help with taxes and investments besides being just your neighborhood bank.  I have never had anything to do with JPMorgan Bank or any of their affiliates and don’t want anything to do with JPMorgan/Chase.  I’ve used just two different federal credit unions (military husband) since 1989.  Prior to that it was just a local bank starting in 1967.  Just a personal choice.

One of the most intriguing “can’t put it down” books is All the Presidents’ Bankers:  The Hidden Alliances That Drive American Power by Nomi Prins, one super intelligent woman.  One other book I wish the author would put on line for free; can be purchased from rare book sellers:  The Greatest Story Never Told: Winston Churchill and the Crash of 1929 by Pat Riott.  It can also be downloaded with membership at Scribd.

February 11, 2008. “There is an amazing book titled, The Greatest Story Never Told: Winston Churchill and the Crash of 1929 by Pat Riott, which is a real eye opener. In light of all the talk about the dollar and the fact that America’s economy is in hock to foreign countries, our “strong economy” and other popular sound bites, I thought this would be a good time to let you know about this excellent little book.

“The Greatest Story lays out the events of October 1929 in a simple fashion in this thoroughly documented work. The big cigar puffer, Winston Churchill, is a great hero to many Americans. Was he, really? I think people will find out differently after they read this well researched work. Sadly, most Americans won’t because they would rather willfully believe lies than have their comfort zone disturbed and because Americans have become intellectually lazy and just want to be entertained by the TV, drugs, booze, porn and “leisure activities.” In the meantime, they are jeopardizing everything they have ever worked for by placing their blind trust in their elected public officials in Washington, DC who have proven themselves to be crooks, cowards, liars and the worst of scoundrels.

“The majority of comfort zone Americans think the “Crash of ’29” was some sort of anomaly that can’t happen again. They think that because some “safeguards” have been put in place a big crash can’t happen again. Not here in America! Really? Here’s a few points about The Greatest Story Never Told that might interest you:” Rest at link.  Then:  BOOM.

Bailouts: the wound that will keep on hemorrhaging, Sept. 25, 2008: “No one knows what to do. We are in new territory here. This is a different game. We’re not here playing soccer, basketball or football, this is a new game and we’re going to have to figure out how to do it.” Sen. Harry Reid [D-NV], September 17, 2008

“It is exactly that level of ignorance in the U.S. Congress for decades that has brought America to the brink of financial ruin. William Greider, author of Secrets of the Temple, said the same thing during his testimony, House Banking Committee, October 7, 1993:

“Otherwise confident and intelligent people including members of Congress – defer to the Fed’s wisdom mainly because they do not understand it….The only players who are left out of this conversation are the American people and, to a large extent their elected representatives. Instead, they are provided a frustrating stream of evasive euphemisms and opaque jargon and platitudinous generalities and, sometimes, even downright deception. As more than one Federal Reserve governor confided to me, it would be very difficult – perhaps impossible – for the Fed to have an honest discussion of monetary policy with Congress or the public because the level of ignorance is so profound.” Read the rest at link.

“Clearly, we have made huge strides in educating our fellow Americans about fiat currency and sound monetary policy, but without real newspapers in this country, most Americans don’t know the truth. It’s also crystal clear that members of Congress, with few exceptions, are clue less. I think it’s safe to say that many of those who do know, don’t have the courage to go up against the most powerful money cartels in the world; the rest are simply crooks who profit from a corrupted monetary system. Over the decades, Congress has been perfectly willing to forfeit their authority, violate their oath of office and the supreme law of the land as Robert Reich, former Secretary of Labor under Bill Clinton, pointed out in USA TODAY, January 7, 1999:

“The dirty little secret is that both houses of Congress have become irrevelant…In case you hadn’t noticed, America’s domestic policy is being run by Alan Greenspan and the Federal Reserve Board…Congress is out of the loop. Every so often, some senators or House members politely ask Greenspan to visit and talk about the economy. He obliges by riding up to the Hill and muttering convoluted sentences that no two people interpret in quite the same way. Then he goes back down to the Fed and runs the country.” End.

“Not long after the unconstitutional Federal Reserve Act was passed and our country was turned over to a cabal of the rich and privileged (not just Americans), there were congressmen who railed against this massive fraud and swindle. Louis McFadden was one of the champions of exposing what happened by the passage of that act. On May 23, 1933, McFadden launched an indictment against the robbers called banker barons:

“Mr. Chairman, we have in this Country one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever known. I refer to the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Banks, hereinafter called the Fed. The Fed has cheated the Government of these United States and the people of the United States out of enough money to pay the Nation’s debt. The depredations and iniquities of the Fed has cost enough money to pay the National debt several times over.

“This evil institution has impoverished and ruined the people of these United States, has bankrupted itself, and has practically bankrupted our Government. It has done this through the defects of the law under which it operates, through the maladministration of that law by the Fed and through the corrupt practices of the moneyed vultures who control it….

“The Federal Reserve Bank destroyed our old and characteristic way of doing business. It discriminated against our 1-name commercial paper, the finest in the world, and it set up the antiquated 2-name paper, which is the present curse of this Country and which wrecked every country which has ever given it scope; it fastened down upon the Country the very tyranny from which the framers of the Constitution sough to save us….

“As Agents of the foreign central banks the Fed try by every means in their power to reduce our favorable balance of trade. They act for their foreign principal and they accept fees from foreigners for acting against the best interests of these United States.” End of excerpt.

Prior to 1913 and passage of the unconstitutional “Federal” Reserve Banking Act pf 1913, we had no personal “income” tax. However, the planners made sure a federal “income” tax amendment to the U.S. Constitution got ratified (which it legally wasn’t) to feed the FED.

Prior to the non-ratification of the 16^th Amendment and no income tax the general government was financed through constitutional revenues: tariffs, excise taxes on cigarettes, alcohol, tobacco; later came fire arms, tires and gas.

Tell them (the South Carolinians who wanted to nullify the Tariff Act of 1832) that I will hang the first man of them I can get my hands on to the first tree I can find.” —President Andy Jackson

We became the wealthiest debt free country in history.  Now thanks to the robber barons, their “FED”, the “income” tax and socialists like FDR, we are drowning in unpayable debt.  Yes, President Trump is trying to reverse that but until the “FED” is abolished, it’s going to be the same game.

As for the individual who sent me email regarding my statement:  “I already know that this income tax does not apply to domestic Americans called me a liar and is in complete denial.

Don’t take my word for it. Try a former IRS CID (Criminal Investigation Division) agent who gave up his $80k a year job with the IRS when he found out the truth. His life was HELL after he resigned. The feds went after him big time.

Joe Banister:  Investigating the Federal Income Tax – The Investigation Begins:  Learn about Joe’s research. “While an IRS agent, Joe Banister was challenged by a radio talk show to disprove the assertion that the federal income tax laws were being illegitimately administered and enforced. Given his and his family’s government service background, along with the morals and ethics learned during his youth and adulthood, not to mention being mindful of his solemn oath to the U.S. Constitution, Joe sensed an obligation to investigate this assertion, even though he privately questioned how it could possibly be true.”

You tube interview with Joe and well worth your time to watch:  Joe Banister ~ Former IRS agent – “Joe Banister is the first and thus far only IRS Criminal Investigation Division Special Agent ever to conduct, while serving as a special agent, an investigation into allegations that the IRS illegally administers and enforces the federal income tax. He respectfully reported the results of his investigation to his IRS superiors, up to and including the IRS Commissioner.

“Rather than address the legitimate concerns raised by one of their own distinguished investigators, his IRS superiors suspiciously refused to address the chilling evidence of IRS wrongdoing raised in his report… Observing that IRS management intended to cover up the deceit and illegal conduct alleged in his report, Banister chose to resign from his position so that he could report his findings to the American public. In effect, Banister had to resign from his position in order to abide by his oath to support and defend the U.S. Constitution.”

This not an encouragement for anyone to not file and pay (if you are LIABLE – explained in depth in Joe’s interview) federal “income” taxes.  Make no mistake about it:  The dragoons will go after you big time, garnish your wages, lie, cheat and steal for their employer:  The IRS.  The only way to stop this stealing (I’m not talking about constitutional revenues mentioned above) has to be done by Congress – BUT they need to continue violating the law to pay the interest on the Magical Money Machine called the FED.  Knowledge is powerful and elections have consequences.  Think about that the next time you vote for an incumbent who refuses to right this terrible wrong – actually 2 wrongs (1) Misapplication and enforcement of the Internal Revenue Code and (2) Abolish the “Federal” Reserve Banking Act of 1913.)

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2024 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

Americans love the IRS and the income tax, April 7, 2012

Conditioned herds of cattle:  Protesters rally against Trump, Musk in ‘Hands Off!’ gatherings nationwide April 5, 2025

THIS is what YOU work for every day to support your family, yourself (widow, widower, divorced, single); so many Americans are having to work 2-3 jobs just to make ends meet.  All borrowed “money” while we pay just the interest for this type of INSANE and unconstitutional spending by both parties in CON-gress who sign on to budgets filled with waste. Just a TINY example:

USDA Gave Black College $600k to Study Menstrual Cycles in Transgender Men, Non-Binary Persons

DOGE says Texas nonprofit with former Biden transition member reaped millions operating empty facility – “As a result of the contract, Family Endeavors’ cash and portfolio of investments jumped from $8.3 million in 2020 to $520 million in 2023”

U.S. FUNDING OF A CANADIAN PUBLIC UNIVERSITY—BLACK BUDGET OPERATIONS OR SYSTEMIC FRAUD? – A Half-Billion Dollar Mystery: How a Canadian Public University Receives Massive U.S. Government Funding Without Oversight

Planned Parenthood’s gift to kids: Sexually graphic coloring books – “A Planned Parenthood staffer distributed sexually graphic coloring books to the children, which can be seen here. The books feature images of breasts, penises, condoms, pills, and activities to be filled out, including a “sex-lib” fill-in-the-blank.”  (Bet they were late on purpose.)

Watch: DOGE Official Reveals Biden’s Border Invasion Led To Terrorists “Mooching” Off Social Security

Waste of the Day: Out of Control Grants in Massachusetts

DOGE Executive Antonio Gracias Reveals 1.3 Million Illegals Are Accessing Medicaid – Thousands Are Voting (VIDEO)

“How Do They Get $20 Million?”: Elon Vows DOGE Investigation of “Strangely Wealthy” Democrats Suspected of “Massive Amount of Corruption”

DOGE uncovers VA’s agreement to pay $380K per month for minor website modifications – The changes made by the contractor are now being done internally by a software engineer, in about 10 hours a week (Frees up needed money for our veterans.)

DOGE says GSA saving $1M by converting decades-old information storage technology to digital records – The GSA was using 70-year-old information

** – The IRS & SSA ALWAYS contact you by snail mail. Never, ever, respond to someone calling you or your elderly parent(s) or other family members claiming to be an IRS collection agency or someone from SSA.  Not in email, land lines (phone) or mobile phones demanding your SSN and other private information.  They are thieves preying on the vulnerable.  IRS & SSA will notify you by snail mail and legit contact information.

By Joan Swirsky

April 7, 2025

King Solomon said, “There is nothing new under the sun” (Ecclesiastes 1:9).

The sun rises, and the sun goes down… all streams run to the sea… what has been done is what will be done, and there is nothing new under the sun.

In his prescience, King Solomon no doubt knew that one of the things that would remain the same was the obdurate persistence––over thousands of years––of maniacal Jew-hatred and a fanatical loathing of Israel.

If it weren’t so serious, and deadly, it would be almost comical, considering that the massive, heavily armed, immensely populated, and hugely influential empires that tried to annihilate the Jews—the Babylonians, Greeks, Romans, Byzantines, Assyrians, et al.––have been extinct for centuries, while the teeny, tiny world of Judaism flourishes to this day.

And that is not to omit the Crusades, the Inquisition, the forced conversions, and the 20th century Holocaust in which Hitler’s “willing executioners“––all over Europe––succeeded in mass-murdering half of the world’s Jewry. Here is a partial picture of Jewish history and persecution that makes the vibrancy and resiliency of Israel during wartime even more amazing!

But not so amazing that today, in the putatively evolved 21st century, the historical scourge of viciously rampant Jew-hatred not only gallops across the globe but has also exploded exponentially in hundreds if not thousands of colleges and universities in our own country!

THE OCTOBER 7^TH PHENOMENON

Simple logic would dictate that when a catastrophe happens––be it an earthquake, a tsunami, a horrific accident, a Pacific Palisades-like fire ––the world at large would:

1. Rush to help the victims.
2. Lament if not excoriate the lack of preparation that led to the disaster.
3. Demand accountability and legal and financial redress.

In fact, that usually happens, at least to a greater or lesser degree.

And if the catastrophe involves the wholesale murder, rape, torture, brutal isolation, starvation, sexual sadism, and insanity-producing sensory deprivation of innocent civilians––including pregnant women, infants, teenagers, the elderly––then certainly the world at large would:

1. Come racing to the rescue,
2. Speak in one voice of the immorality and criminality of these acts,
3. Insist on maximum––even death sentence–punishment for the perpetrators.
4. Provide ongoing comfort, empathy, sympathy and help for the victims.

In fact, that also usually happens, at least to a greater or lesser degree.

But that is not what happened on October 7, 2023, when the well-trained and generously-financed hate machine known as Hamas––whose Iranian benefactor’s Charter, as well as their own, call for the complete annihilation of Israel and the death of every Jew on earth.

All of a sudden, it seemed that all the people and organizations and universities who advertise themselves as “humanitarian,” who lobby endlessly to Save the Planet, who want you to believe that the value of human life (except for in utero infants) is sacrosanct, burst en masse out of the rancid-racism closet.

As if being led by a choirmaster, they sang in unison: “We Support the Murderers!”

WHY?

Jew hatred comes in many strains.

Strain #1 — the Dumb Factor, based mostly on ignorance, where a dim-witted parent, friend, teacher, coach, et al, tells an innocent child that much of what is wrong with his or her life is because of “the Jew” who lives down the street or employs his or her parent or publishes the local newspaper…whatever. Dumb is forever.

Strain #2 — the Emotional Factor. There are legions of intelligent people with high IQs, advanced college degrees, professional accomplishments, published books, and fancy titles, who are nonetheless driven almost exclusively by their feelings. The emotional anti-Semite is one into whose brain the thorn of Jew hatred gets stuck, and no amount of objective, empirical evidence or higher-center thought can excise it.

Strain #3 — the Self-Hate Factor. Yes, you may understand that people of other religions might hate Jews, but how is it possible for Jews to hate themselves? The answer is rather simple: It’s hard to be a Jew, and this ilk is simply not up to it. For many Jews––particularly Democrat liberals––being a member of the world’s most historically vilified minority is just “too much” to cope with.

Strain #4 — the Mother’s Milk Factor. This variant involves an aberration of DNA. After delivery, infants literally imbibe a particularly toxic brew of anti-Semitism flowing either from their mothers’ breast milk or worldview. And when they have been sufficiently contaminated, the hatred of Jews becomes their entire raison d’être.

SYMPTOMS OF THIS MALADY

One thing about Jew haters and Israel loathers, they are remarkably unoriginal. While their reasons for hating Jews may have changed over the centuries, the symptoms of their racism have remained the same:

• Thinking obsessively about Jews,
• Fulminating with hatred toward Jews,
• Blaming everything wrong in their lives and in society on Jews,
• Joining with other racists to inflict harm on Jews,
• In many cases, devoting their lives to this obsession.

Most is not all of it driven––this is so obvious––by pathological jealousy!

Interestingly, they never seem to wonder why it is that out of eight-billion people in the world—about 2.2-billion Christians, approximately one-billion Protestants, and 1.8-billion Muslims (the majority in 49 countries), they cannot deal with or destroy the 16-million Jews—seven million in the U.S., eight million in Israel, and about one million around the word.

It must make them feel immensely stupid or impotent, hence even angrier than their usual fixated state of fury.

But like every liberal, leftist, progressive—whatever they’re calling themselves these days—who thinks that the crashing failures of socialism and communism in world history were a function of bad management, so the Jew haters of the world think they will finally get the anti-Semitism thing right and once and for all get rid of the people, and their country, that make them feel so bad and inferior and stupid and impotent every minute of every day and every night—including weekends and holidays!

THE HISTORY IS THERE

Before October 7^th, it was inconceivable in America—a country that welcomes the stranger, strives mightily for equality, and allows minorities to succeed far beyond their expectations—that many of our leaders have been outright racists themselves, with a particularly irrational hatred toward Jews.

But going back to Franklin Delano Roosevelt––whose Jew hatred has been exhaustively documented by professor, columnist, and author Rafael Medoff, among others––to the Ayatollah-infatuated Jimmy Carter, who to his dying day had a “special animus“ toward Jews and Israel, and not to omit the seething Jew hatred of Barack Obama, as spelled out here, here, here, and here, the list has no end.

But who could have imagined that in the so-called evolved culture of 2025, we would find that among the most maniacally anti-Semitic people in the world––and among the most powerful––were those in the Biden regime, which I documented here,  here,  here  and here.

Very unfortunately, many of them are apostate Jews…you know, the species that has replaced Judaism with their own fetishistic, cult-like religion of Social Justice––a cult that worships at the altar of political correctness, multiculturalism, moral relativism, and a convoluted and racist construct called intersectionality.

And all of them, to this day, are––surprise surprise––Democrats, including a remarkably large number of elected members of the U.S. Congress! We have all witnessed the ferocious Jew hatred and abhorrence of Israel vomited out on a regular basis by the growing number of racist Democrats aka “the Squad,” a list gets longer every day.

WHAT TO DO?

Nothing! Why? Because if history is any measure, all those who detest Jews and abhor Israel today will go the way of the Babylonians, Greeks, Romans, Byzantines, Assyrians, and Democrats, and, in a thousand years, Israel will still be contributing disproportionately to mankind, inhabiting double or triple or possibly quadruple of their land size, and not only doing just fine, but evoking the same hatred and jealousy as they do today.

Plus ça change, plus la même chose!

© 2025 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 7, 2025

Have you looked out across the American political landscape for the past three months? If you remember, President Trump won the popular vote, the electoral vote, the Senate and House. Such victories gave him a mandate to correct multiple problems with America’s finances, political standing and resurgence in the world.

Yet, you see democrats like Schumer, AOC, Crockett, Omar, Tlaib, Booker, Sanders, Markey, governors Newsom, Healey, Mills, mayors of major cities and many more—condemning and chastising everything from Trump’s massive deportation of MS-13 gangs to keeping biological males competing in women’s sports.

You see the (anti) American Civil Liberties Union suing Trump to bring killers, drug dealers, rapists and mentally deranged illegal aliens BACK into America. You see Trump being sued to stop the reciprocal tariffs that benefit American workers. You see Elon Musk saving Americans trillions of tax dollars and stopping fraud, but then, hundreds of Americans firebombing and burning Tesla dealerships.

California’s Governor Newsom, one of the most incompetent governors in America, with a state debt of over $76 billion—-passing a bill to Trump-proof his 4 to 5 million illegal aliens in that state—that cost California taxpayers $25 millions, more!. California has become an absolute financial, cultural and educational disaster. If you read Mexifornia by Victor Davis Hanson where California has been turned into another corrupt and poverty-stricken country like Mexico, or watch any of his podcasts, you begin to understand that liberal policies prove catastrophic for the average California taxpayer. You see their educational systems have become dumpster fires. And, yet, Newsom wants to keep 4 to 5 million illegal aliens leeching off the taxpayer for housing, food, education, social services, medical care, ESL courses, and free breakfast/lunches for millions of illegal students.

All of it at the cost of American students. All of it at a cost to California’s economy. All of it at a cost of billions in cash-transfers to foreign countries. All of it at a cost of the rule of law. At HUGE cost of what it means to be an American.

It’s evident that liberals in America do not want America to be FOR Americans, but want chaos, linguistic Tower of Babel, corruption and angry foreigners in charge. Look at the 400 acre Islamic Fort in Dallas, Texas, which is being paid for by middle eastern oil money to become a Territorial Marker for Islam in America. You better believe that savage religion has not and will not assimilate into the American Dream. They are here to supplant our Constitution and enforce the Sharia Law Dream. They’ve already conquered Europe. We’re next along with Canada.

One look at the intensive anger and violence at our Harvard, Yale, Princeton, Brown, Columbia and SO many other universities by anti-Jewish, pro-Hamas terrorists, and pro-Muslim violence foreign visa holders shows you that we Americans face tremendous internal conflict in our own country by those enjoying the freedoms of this country with no accountability. And no allegiance! And yet, the ACLU defends the violence of men like Mahmoud Kahlil. In other words, they defend a man who provokes violence against Jewish people. Such a man wants to exterminate all Jews from the face of the Earth. He must think we’re all a bunch of Muslim-lovers who want to decapitate every Jewish person, or in fact, anyone who doesn’t believe in THAT religion. Islam mandates in the Quran, “Convert or kill all non-believers.”

What’s the simplest method for stopping such provocative/violent behavior? Easy: send all those visa-holding student terrorists back to their own countries. That would put a stop to it, NOW!

What about the female fencer this past week who took a knee rather than fence with a biological male?

“Stephanie Turner took a knee in protest after standing on the piste before her bout against Redmond Sullivan at the University of Maryland. She was shown a black card and informed she would not be allowed to continue in the women’s foil tournament.”

Guess what? With that male competing, it wasn’t a “Woman’s Foil Tournament.” He was/is a dude pretending to be a woman. He wasn’t, isn’t and never will be a woman. He carries the telltale XY chromosome.

Why haven’t all women simply boycotted every athletic female sport where a man with a pair of testicles signs up to beat the crap out of female athletes? Why haven’t those transgender misfits/mentally ill individuals formed their own athletic leagues to compete against themselves to level the playing field? Why is it that 99.9 percent of Americans do not support biological males competing against women, but that .01 percent gains all the power?Did Stephanie Turner deserve a black card disqualification for standing up for women’s sports?

Why do you think female democrats hate women in women’s sports? Why would Maine’s and Massachusetts’ female governors defend men beating the crap out of women. What happened to their minds, their ethics, their sense of fair play? Whatever happened to “Common Sense”? Whatever happened to “Women’s Rights?”

Let’s examine Trump’s reciprocal tariffs. An incredible number of countries in the world throw up tariffs against American products. We’re being robbed blind by NAFTA. We’re being screwed blind by China. They tariff the daylights out of us. Canada and Mexico have taken advantage of us for decades as we buy from them, but they tariff us to death if we try to sell to them.

When Trump mandates reciprocal tariffs, the dems go nuts. The stock market fizzles when it should be celebrating. Are the American people supposed to suffer at the hands of the corporate elites? Who in the devil has been cheating all of us for so long that they think it’s normal?

What about DEI? It’s in violation of Title 6 of the Federal Civil Rights Act. So is “affirmative action.” DEI places unqualified individuals into an airline cockpit or graduates medical doctors into practice according to their skin color rather than their merit and intellectual excellence. Would you want a DEI pilot flying you across the Atlantic? How about operating on your heart bypass grafts? Is that a resounding, “NO!” Let’s face it; DEI is racist, discriminatory, against the law and has no place in America. It makes one race intellectually inferior and another race a victim. America offers equal opportunity, not unequal mandates because of skin color.

Yet, liberals scream about keeping it in place at high schools, colleges, workplaces and more. It’s about as stupid as allowing biological men to compete against biological women. It might be noted that if a trans-man tried to compete in women’s professional tennis, they would boo him off the court at the U.S. Open.

Finally, with Elon Musk cutting trillions of dollars out of U.S. AID’s fraudulent slush fund for the past 50 plus years, you would think taxpayers would cheer him onward. Instead, they are trying to destroy everything he’s doing for all of us. Guess what? Those very destructive people are democrats. At first, they bought his cars for saving the planet from climate change, but now, they’re burning them for saving trillions in taxpayer dollars.

Finally, do democrats want Trump and America to succeed in the marketplace, in trade, in keeping illegal aliens out of America, in raising our standard of living and returning to law and order?

Answer: apparently not! Apparently, democrats like how Joe “Alzheimer’s” Biden, and/or his handlers ran America into an ongoing nightmare.

It’s up to the rest of us with common sense, ethical standards, support of our police and firefighters, our military, our economics, and our way of life—-to move forward toward a healthy, prosperous and happy America.

© 2025 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Rolaant McKenzie

April 6, 2025

Kim Dae-jung (1924-2009), a South Korean activist, politician, and statesman, lived through very tumultuous times in his country’s history. Several times in his life he faced certain death, but he believed God was always with him and that He graciously preserved his life for a special purpose.

Kim was born in Mokpo when the Empire of Japan ruled (1910-1945) what is now South Jeolla Province in southwestern Korea. After Korea was liberated due to Japan’s defeat in World War II, he bought a ship and started a shipping company. Kim was in Seoul on a business trip when the Korean War started in June 1950. As North Korean communist troops invaded the city, he escaped on foot and walked nearly 200 miles back to his home in Mokpo. But Kim was captured by North Korean soldiers who had overrun the area. Though they sentenced him to death, he providentially escaped their hands.

From Prisoner of Conscience, to President, to Peace Prize Recipient

A few years later, Kim dissolved his shipping company and entered politics, eventually being elected to a seat in the National Assembly on May 14, 1961. But a couple of days later, General Park Chung Hee seized control of the government in a military coup, voided the elections, and assumed dictatorial powers. Nonetheless, Kim went on to become a prominent opposition leader advocating a return to democracy and respect for human rights. Even in a rigged presidential election set up by President Park in 1971, he garnered more than 45% of the vote.

A month after the election, while Kim was on the legislative campaign trail, a truck turned directly into the path of his car, seriously injuring him and two aides. He suffered a hip joint injury that left him with a limp for the rest of his life. It was suspected that Park was behind this attempt on Kim’s life because he saw him as a threat to his power. As Park continued to concentrate all governing power into his hands, Kim went into exile in Japan.

Just over two years into his exile in Japan, agents of the Korean Central Intelligence Agency (KCIA) kidnapped Kim from his hotel room in Tokyo in order to kill him, but a patrol plane from the Japan Maritime Self-Defense Force discovered them and foiled them. Through the intercession of Philip Habib, the US ambassador in Seoul, on his behalf with Park’s government, his life was spared. Instead, he was placed under house arrest and banned from politics.

On October 26, 1979, Park was assassinated, and his prime minister, Choi Kyu-hah, assumed power. During this time, Kim was freed from house arrest, and his political rights were restored. But on December 12, 1979, General Chun Doo-hwan staged a military coup and seized power. He declared martial law and employed great violence to maintain his rule. Chun set up the Samchung re-education concentration camp, where he imprisoned up to 100,000 critics of his regime.

In reaction to his repressive authoritarian rule, large student-led pro-democracy demonstrations took place in the South Jeolla Province city of Gwangju. Chun, with the support of General Roh Tae-woo, sent troops and brutally suppressed the demonstrations, resulting in more than 2,000 deaths and about 1,400 arrests. He falsely blamed Kim for instigating what came to be called the Gwangju Uprising, especially since it took place in the area of his greatest political strength. Chun had Kim arrested, accusing him of sedition, and made sure that he was sentenced to death. But the incoming Reagan Administration made a deal with Chun to commute his sentence and allow him exile in the US in exchange for acceptance of his regime.

Kim returned to South Korea two years later and was immediately placed under house arrest by Chun, but nationwide mass demonstrations in June 1987 pressured Chun to release him and allow the country’s first free presidential election. While Chun’s handpicked successor, Roh, won the election, he followed through on his pledge to grant both amnesty and political freedom to Kim.

Following Roh’s presidency, he and his predecessor Chun were charged in 1995 with treason and mutiny for their leadership role in the Gwangju Massacre that took place more than 15 years earlier and for bribery. They were convicted in 1996 of these charges, with Chun being sentenced to death and Roh to 17 years (effectively a life sentence).

In 1997, Kim ran for president for the fourth time and won. He was the first president to come from South Jeolla Province to serve a full term. The previous presidents came from the neighboring Gyeongsang Province, which experienced greater development and wealth over the previous 52 years through their preferential policies. In contrast, the Jeolla region experienced neglect, lesser development, and more poverty because of their discriminatory policies.

Looking back over his life, Kim considered the hardships he endured to help bring about democracy in South Korea. Five times he faced death at the hands of military dictators, witnessed the people of his province in particular suffer at their hands in sometimes brutal ways, spent six years in prison, and 40 years under house arrest or in exile and under constant surveillance.

As the incoming president, Kim could have yielded to the desire for revenge and allowed Chun, who had sentenced him to death 17 years earlier and who now himself was sitting in prison convicted of capital crimes, to be justly executed by simply doing nothing. Instead, he remembered the mercy and forgiveness he had received through Jesus Christ and decided to pursue mercy, forgiveness, and reconciliation toward his old enemy. Kim also wanted to show clemency to foster national unity. He interceded with the outgoing president, Kim Young-sam, to pardon both Chun and Roh and send them home, which was done. Kim welcomed Chun and Roh to his inauguration on February 25, 1998, and he warmly shook their hands.

As president, Kim worked to promote democracy and human rights in South Korea and East Asia in general. He also pursued peace and reconciliation with North Korea through his “Sunshine Policy.” For this, Kim was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize on December 10, 2000, in Oslo, Norway. In the closing remarks of his Nobel Lecture, he reflected that while the support and encouragement of his people helped him to endure the hardships he experienced throughout his life, it was God’s continual presence and protection that sustained and strengthened him, and this deepened his faith in Jesus Christ. As one of many examples of this, he referred to the attempt on his life in 1973:

“I have lived, and continue to live, in the belief that God is always with me. I know this from experience. In August of 1973, while exiled in Japan, I was kidnapped from my hotel room in Tokyo by intelligence agents of the then military government of South Korea. The news of the incident startled the world. The agents took me to their boat at anchor along the seashore. They tied me up, blinded me, and stuffed my mouth. Just when they were about to throw me overboard, Jesus Christ appeared before me with such clarity. I clung to Him and begged Him to save me. At that very moment, an airplane was sent down from heaven by the Almighty God Himself to rescue me from the moment of death.”

Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in a country under the rule of the Roman Empire. From His childhood and several times during His ministry, proclaiming the gospel message, attempts were made by despotic rulers, religious leaders, and others to take His life, but His life was preserved for a very special purpose.

We were the enemies of God sentenced to death because of our rejection of Him and for our transgressions against Him. God would have been just if He had done nothing and allowed us to bear the penalty of eternal destruction (Romans 5:8-11; 2 Thessalonians 1:3-10).

Jesus, the Servant of the Lord (Acts 3:13), the Messiah, was a man of sorrows who endured great suffering (Isaiah 42:1-9, 49:1-13, 50:4-11, 52:13-53:12), for though He was sinless, God laid on Him the punishment for our iniquities we deserved. Isaiah 53 in particular provides a moving, prophetic picture of the gospel. Through Jesus’ death on the cross to be the perfect and complete atonement for our sins, burial, and bodily resurrection on the third day, He brought peace and reconciliation with God for all who trust in Him (Matthew 8:17; Acts 8:30-35; Romans 10:15-17, 15:21; 1 Peter 2:24-25).

Kim Dae-jung pardoning and sending home his political enemies who sought to kill him and reconciling with them was a great act of mercy and forgiveness, something rarely seen anywhere in the world. Far greater is Jesus Christ, in whom he believed, who graciously pardons those who were His enemies, bringing forgiveness, peace, and reconciliation with God, and granting them a place in His Father’s house in heaven (John 14:1-6).

© 2025 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Steven Yates

April 6, 2025

[Author’s disclaimer: the opinions and conclusions expressed in this article are solely those of its author, and should not be attributed to NewsWithViews.com, its editorial staff, or any other NewsWithViews.com writer.]

[Not a contribution to “Is Liberalism Dead? (In All Forms)” obviously. Lord permitting, Part 5 of that will appear soon.]

Part 1,  Part 2,

“This is the face that we show the world.” —Shriekback, “Clear Trails” (1983)

Signal-gate — or whatever you call it — is a profound embarrassment. The first question is obvious: why on Earth were top officials in the Trump administration discussing an impending military action on a commercial app? The second: how did The Atlantic Monthly editor-in-chief Jeffrey Goldberg, long hostile to everything Donald Trump stands for, get included in the chat?

Naturally Goldberg reported it when he realized it wasn’t a hoax, eventually publishing the entire exchange. This was the opportunity of the year to expose people he disliked instinctively to public ridicule! What did anyone think he was going to do?

The most likely culprit is Michael Waltz, Trump’s national security advisor, who initially insinuated Goldberg might have hacked his way into the chat somehow, which is nonsense. Goldberg wouldn’t have known about it. Then it became an accident. Taken as a whole, this security breach makes all involved look like mental lightweights. And hypocrites if they ever again bring up Hillary Clinton’s emails. This plays right into the hands of those saying that Trump’s cabinet appointees (starting with Waltz and Pete Hegseth) aren’t qualified for their jobs.

These, though, are only two of the questions racing through my mind these uncertain days.

Whatever Happened to: America First!

The military operation itself: why is the Trump administration targeting a people, the Houthis of Yemen, who have not threatened us and are no threat to us? Yes, they’ve caused some local problems — apparently in retaliation for Israel’s breaching the cease-fire in Gaza. But does America have an obligation to intervene?

What happened to “America first!”?

During the chat only J.D. Vance had enough sense to try to raise doubt about the wisdom of the venture. Hegseth immediately shut him down.

Naturally, following Goldberg’s exposé, an investigation ensued. Hegseth fell apart, denying that the chat contained specific attack plans which under normal circumstances would be classified information. The plans were right there in The Atlantic Monthly’s reprint and now in countless other places online. (Here. Judge for yourself.)

Tulsi Gabbard also crumbled under interrogation, creating doubt that she even knows what should be classified, much less whether that should have been. She deferred to Hegseth. People are asking: Trump placed this woman is charge of the intelligence community?

Hegseth and Co. can’t blame leftists for this screw up. Sleepy Joe didn’t do it. Obama didn’t do it. They did it themselves. It’s called p***ing in your own mess kit.

A friend of mine, disillusioned with his vote last November, now speaks of Trump as having turned into “George W. Bush with a red hat!”

Bush, we recall (even if we don’t want to), directed the attack on Iraq back in 2003. Iraq had not threatened the U.S. and posed no threat to the U.S.: an official narrative of the time notwithstanding, which was that Saddam had WMDs.

As with most official narratives, it was a lie. No WMDs were found.

I argued in multiple venues (articles, forums) that attacking Iraq was a bad idea, not in our best interests. I was called, among other things, a “Saddam lover.”

As I predicted, the Iraq War destabilized the region. ISIS emerged from that. Lesson: it’s easy for a superpower to take out a government like Saddam’s — especially as Iraq had been subject to bombing campaigns going back to the Gulf War of the early 1990s launched by the first George Bush.

It’s much harder to put something stable in its place.

Especially a “liberal democracy” among a people with no heritage or traditions that would enable them to grasp the concept liberal democracy. Iraqis and other Middle Easterners were expected to fall in line anyway.

American Exceptionalism, you know, making the world safe for the “rules-based liberal order.”

These were among the discredited narratives that eventually felled Establishment Republicans and made room for Trump’s rise. He offered an alternative to a foreign policy he rightly decried during his first campaign as a “complete and total disaster.”

Back to the present. The Houthis are supported by Iran. Trump bears a special hatred for Iran, shared with elements in the Deep State he also decries. Iran has also not threatened the U.S. (It has, of course, threatened Israel a time or two. I’ll come to this in Part 2.)

The issue, of course, is Iran developing a nuclear weapon. But U.S. foreign policy is pushing the country in that direction.

The unexpected warmongering of this administration, just over two months in, now looking an awful lot like the “complete and total disaster” Trump once criticized, and its reckless discussion of the matter of the Houthis on an insecure app with a list of names carelessly including a figure known to be hostile to Trump, are not the only things that should leave us alarmed.

Here are a few more items I did not vote for, and that for the life of me can’t figure out how they exemplify “America First!” or Making America Great Again.

Canada, Greenland, and the Panama Canal: An American Superstate?

Annexing Canada and making it the 51^st state. At first I thought Trump was joking, but now I’m not so sure. In what parallel universe would this be a good idea? For starters, Canada’s populations are more left-leaning than in the U.S. This aside, there’s no indication they would be at all sympathetic to being forced into an American superstate under the heel of the Asylum on the Potomac.

Now to be sure, Young Global Leader Justin Trudeau turned the place into a soft dictatorship. Mark Carney (technocrat, former central banker, Trilateral Commission member) won’t be better. But annexation into the U.S. is not a solution. How would that Make America Great Again?

Taking Greenland from Denmark. Another awful idea. Copenhagen has indicated in no uncertain terms that Greenland is not for sale and it’s non-negotiable. Greenlanders don’t want to be brought under the U.S. thumb any more than Canadians. They’ve been protesting in front of the U.S. Embassy in Nuuk, Greenland’s capitol. J.D. Vance and wife had to cut their recent visit short. He wasn’t welcome there and he knew it.

What’s up with this? The place is resources-rich, especially in minerals useful to Big Tech. I don’t know about Trump, but His Muskiness and other technocrats might therefore want Greenland for their very own. This raises the issue who is really running the Trump 2.0 administration. Is it Trump, or the unelected mega-billionaire who has been backing him, and whom Trump turned loose with DOGE?

Frankly, I don’t trust Musk. He invented and patented a device capable of being implanted in our brains and creating a “whole brain interface” between humans and computers. That was one of his earlier companies, Neuralink, about which (interestingly!) we hear very little today.

No one in his right mind thinks Musk gave Trump all that money without expecting something in return. And since we mentioned Vance, his primary mentor is Peter Thiel, another Big Tech billionaire technocrat. Has anyone noticed: this administration is full of, and surrounded by, technocrats who most likely have no sincere interest in Making America Great Again.

Taking back the Panama Canal. It might have been a mistake to give it away in the late ‘70s, but a move to seize the Panama Canal back, however accomplished, would reinforce the sense many Latin Americans have that the U.S. is the biggest bully on the playground. When my wife and I visited Panama back in 2016, a few Panamanians confided this to me once they understood that I did not support what “my” government had done: especially the deadly invasion of 1989 also led by the first George Bush, after which we were lied to about the Panamanian death toll (it was not a “mere” 400 but more like 4,000!).

Would taking back the Panama Canal by force Make America Great Again?

I don’t think so!

And speaking of Latin Americans….  As far as I’m concerned, Trump did the right thing with his decision to get members of the violent Venezuelan criminal gang Tren de Aragua out of the country, and the way his decision has been fought by left-leaning jurists such as James Boasberg (an Obama appointee) tells us all we need to know about them.

But again, the way this was carried out was sloppy. It appears that not every Venezuelan on that plane was in the gang. They were judged as such because they wore tattoos. Tattoos are ubiquitous these days. They probably aren’t a good guide to anything.

Besides, was it determined that every deported Venezuelan was in the U.S. illegally? There was no case-by-case investigation, so how can anyone know? There appear to have been people sent to the El Salvadorian prison who weren’t even Venezuelan! This.

Broadening this discussion:

Violating the First Amendment Rights of Mahmoud Khalil and Other Detainees in the U.S. Legally….

Disappearing noncitizens with green cards and student visas. This arguably overlaps with the next category of concern, so I’ll deal with them both at once. The battle for free speech on college and university campuses is not over, it has merely shifted to new territory!

Mahmoud Khalil was a graduate student at Columbia University and a leading critic of the Israeli war in Gaza (where the official number of Palestinians killed now exceeds 50,000) who had led protests. He was in the U.S. legally, with both a green card and a student visa. Both were revoked without due process, as he was forcibly taken from his apartment by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) officers and sent to a holding facility in Louisiana, leaving behind his American wife who is 8-months pregnant with their first child.

I don’t know if Khalil is a nice guy. I never met him, obviously. I also don’t know if he defended Hamas as he’s been accused of doing. As of this writing he’s not been charged with a crime. If he broke the law, he needs to pay the consequences which could include deportation.

But we’ve not been told what law he is supposed to have broken. Unless, of course, it is now illegal for a foreign student to criticize Israel or Zionism — that these are thought crimes identical with harassing or intimidating Jewish students in the wake of Israel’s brutal retaliation following Hamas’s attack of October 7, 2023. This seems implied by Trump’s having signed an executive order in January on “antisemitism” on college and university campuses; interestingly, this order reiterates an earlier one he issued back in 2019.

(Note: some of those protesting Israel’s actions have been Jewish students, marching alongside Palestinians and Americans. This gives lie to the claim that the protests aimed to “intimidate Jewish students.”)

Does the First Amendment cover noncitizens who are legally on U.S. soil? I wasn’t sure, so I consulted my friendly neighborhood AI. Here’s what my friendly neighborhood AI told me:

Yes, the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution generally protects the free speech rights of all individuals on U.S. soil, not just U.S. citizens. The amendment states, “Congress shall make no law… abridging the freedom of speech,” and this protection applies to anyone within the jurisdiction of the United States, including non-citizens2.

For example, a non-citizen like Mahmoud Khalil would have the right to express criticism of Israeli actions in Gaza without fear of government censorship or punishment, as long as his speech does not fall into exceptions such as incitement to violence or true threats. This principle has been upheld in various legal interpretations and court rulings.

[Sources: www.freedomforum.org,  www.law.cornell.edu.]

In other words, if Khalil wasn’t trying to incite violence, he was protected by the First Amendment, which the Trump administration and ICE are openly violating. Even if he defended Hamas his speech was protected by the First Amendment!

Worth reiterating: if we don’t defend the free speech rights of those whose speech we find abhorrent, then we aren’t honoring free speech in any principled fashion. I’ve criticized wokesters on these pages, and elsewhere online. I’ve never argued that they should be jailed for their opinions.

The U.S. federal government, under Trump 2.0, is clearly equating support for Palestinians against Israeli strikes in Gaza with support for Hamas, and therefore criminal support for a terrorist group.

Writers across the political spectrum are invoking “antisemitism” just as wokesters invoked “racism” to thwart criticisms of affirmative action.

I’m surprised no conservatives (that I know of) see the exact parallel here!

Khalil is just one of a growing number of green card and visa holders — all in the U.S. legally — who have had this happen to them.

There’s also Yunseo Chung, also a Columbia University student who also participated in (did not lead) pro-Palestinian protests. Chung came with her parents to the U.S. from South Korea when she was 7. Now she is threatened with being deported to a country she probably barely remembers.

Then, more recently, there’s the widely publicized case of Rumeysa Ozturk, Turkish graduate student at Tufts University, in the U.S. on a valid F-1 visa, taken off the street by ICE agents near her home last Tuesday following her publication of an op-ed that criticized what she called the genocide in Gaza and called for Tufts to divest from Israel.

I see no clearer violation of the First Amendment than this: she’s being punished for something she wrote in a student newspaper!

What DHS put out, offering no evidence: Ozturk was “engaged in activities in support of Hamas.”

The unnamed DHS spokesperson added that “a visa is a privilege, not a right…”

As of last Wednesday, her attorney could not reach her and did not even know where she was being held.

Due process?

Iranian national Alirez Doroudi, studying engineering at the University of Alabama, was arrested and detained by ICE agents and also taken to Louisiana. He, too, hasn’t been charged with a crime.

But maybe it’s now illegal to be an Iranian in the U.S. (He’d applied for an EB-2 visa, a pathway to a green card for immigrants with, or further pursing, advanced degrees.)

Others being detained are not Palestinian, do not appear to have anything to do with the war in Gaza, are not Venezuelan or Iranian, and since again there are no accusations of criminal activity,  what offense they’ve committed—   Your guess is as good as mine!

German graduate student Fabian Schmidt, age 34, was detained trying to enter the country from the Netherlands at Boston’s Logan Field. He simply disappeared for several days. He alleges he was placed in a bright room with just a mat and denied medication he is on for anxiety and depression until he collapsed. He’s just one of at least three German nationals to have this happen, prompting the German government to issue a travel advisory to its citizens about traveling to the U.S.

Sweden, Finland, and others European nations have issued similar advisories.

My list here of mostly foreign students or others clearly in the U.S. legally or trying to enter legally barely even scratches the surface.

Is this the face we want to show the world?

Part 1,  Part 2,

© 2025 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_________________________

Have you been victimized by “phishing expeditions”? Learn the signs, what to do, and what not to do! This and other content not available here on my Substack publication Navigating the New Normal. Consider subscribing; while more and more Internet content is disappearing behind paywalls and is littered with ads, Navigating the New Normal remains free and ad-free.

Steven Yates is a (recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored three books, more than 20 articles, numerous book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and hereticl notions, including about academia itself.

In 2012 he moved to Chile. He married a Chilean national in 2014. Among his discoveries in South America: the problems of the U.S. are problems everywhere, because human nature is the same everywhere. The problems are problems of Western civilization as a whole.

As to whether he’ll stay in Chile … stay tuned!

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

By Rob Pue

April 6, 2025

Historically, April 15 has not been a good day.  On April 15, 1865, Abraham Lincoln died after being shot in the head the previous evening.  Researchers and historians have long debated the claim that John Wilkes Booth was the assassin…and that there was a much darker truth to the story, involving a “deep state” conspiracy that the official history books will never tell us.

On April 15, 1912, 1500 people died when the Titanic sank, after hitting an iceberg.  The story of Titanic has captivated hearts and minds ever since this epic disaster took place. Again, many researchers and historians are not buying the official narrative that this was simply an accident.  Why would Captain Smith, a seasoned officer who commanded ships for the White Star Line for 25 years — and was planning to retire after the Titanic’s maiden voyage — carelessly run the ship into a known ice field on a moonless night at full speed?

It’s thought by many that the sinking of the Titanic was more sinister than the history books will ever tell us.  Many of the world’s wealthiest men were sailing on Titanic.  JP Morgan was also scheduled to sail the maiden voyage but cancelled at the last minute.   Morgan was the founder and owner of the International Mercantile Marine Company, which bankrolled many shipping companies, including Titanic’s White Star Line.

But other wealthy and influential men, including Benjamin Guggenheim, Isidor Straus and John Jacob Astor were on board.  What did these three men have in common?  They all opposed the globalists’ centralized world banking system and the formation of the Federal Reserve, which was established in the US the following year.  JP Morgan was one of the main proponents of the Federal Reserve.

Were 1500 souls sacrificed for the sake of globalist greed and financial control?  Of course, we’ll never know the truth, but considering what the globalists have done since then, the death of a mere 1500 people is nothing in comparison.

In 1913, the 16th Amendment to the US Constitution authorized Congress to impose a tax on income, leading to the creation of the Bureau of Internal Revenue, which would become the Internal Revenue Service in 1953.  And two years later, April 15 became “Tax Day.”  It had previously been March 15, but in 1955, the date was extended “to allow taxpayers more time to prepare their returns, to accommodate the increasing complexity of tax laws and the growing number of people who were required to pay federal income tax.”

Taxes have always been a part of life, even going back to colonial days.  The American Revolution began due to “taxation without representation.”  England was taxing the colonists on goods we imported, but the colonists had no representation in British Parliament.  Today, American citizens are being taxed on everything, with no legitimate representation in our own Congress.  By the way, the Revolutionary War was fought over those taxes, that amounted to a whopping 3%.  Today, just the federal income tax rate alone ranges from 10% for those living in poverty to 37% for those with a higher income.

And that’s just the federal income tax.  We pay taxes on the money we earn, taxes on the money we spend, and taxes on things we own that we already paid taxes on with already-taxed money.  Only our government is irresponsible enough to be in the the business of forcibly extracting so much money from people and still come out bankrupt.

In addition to the federal income tax, we also pay: property tax, sales tax, state income tax, marriage license fees, public school taxes, vehicle registration taxes, business permit fees, estate taxes, dog license fees, driver’s license fees, vehicle registration fees, gasoline taxes, gift taxes, social security taxes, unemployment taxes, self-employment taxes, hotel taxes, license plate fees, Medicare taxes, utility taxes, and sports stadium taxes — to name just a few.

Basically, if you earn it, you pay income tax. If you live somewhere, you pay property tax.  If you spend it, you pay sales tax. If you save it, inflation tax. If you invest it, capital gains tax. If you start a business, license fees. If your business prospers, you pay profit tax. If you give it away, there’s a gift tax. And in some states, if you die, inheritance tax.

Once again: We’re paying taxes on the money we earn, taxes on the money we spend, and taxes on things we already own that we already paid taxes on, with already taxed money.  Can you wrap your head around that?  And why do we put up with it?

There was a time when we didn’t have to ask permission from the government or pay taxes to: collect rain water, go fishing, own a property, start a business, renovate a home, build a home, drive a vehicle, get married, hunt, own a weapon, cut hair, sell a product, protest, grow your own food on your own property, set up a lemonade stand or sell food.  Today, you can do virtually nothing without being extorted by the government and obtaining their permission first.

Now I’m going to quote some song lyrics for you.  I’m not advocating for the songwriter or the band, but in 1966, the Beatles released the song, “Taxman,” written by George Harrison.  He got this one right.  The song is written from the “taxman’s” point of view, and the taxman says, “Let me tell you how it will be.  There’s one for you, nineteen for me.  ‘Cause I’m the taxman, yeah…I’m the taxman.  Should five percent appear too small, be thankful I don’t take it all… ‘cause I’m the taxman….If you drive a car, I’ll tax the street.  If you try to sit, I’ll tax your seat. If you get too cold, I’ll tax the heat.  If you take a walk, I’ll tax your feet…

“Don’t ask me what I want it for, if you don’t want to pay some more.  ‘Cause I’m the taxman.”

And it ends with: “Now my advice for those who die: declare the pennies on your eyes, ‘cause I’m the taxman, and you’re working for no one but me.  Taxman.”

Now recently, with the implementation of the Department of Government Efficiency, or “DOGE,” that agency has reportedly abruptly stopped the wasteful spending of $115 billion dollars so far.  They’re still rooting out obscene government waste and fraud and I can only say it’s about time.  Because America is already more than $36 trillion in debt that we can never repay.  Meanwhile, Americans pay a total of $2.6 trillion annually in federal income tax.

But in March, Congress passed yet another “Continuing Resolution” setting the “discretionary spending” budget at 1.6 trillion dollars.  This includes an increase of $7 billion in deficit spending.  As citizens, we’re required to be fiscally responsible.  We all know the government is not.  If the government was an individual, it would have such a low credit score, it wouldn’t qualify for even a “payday loan,” or “car title loan” or even an advance from a shady mafia loan shark.  They tell us our social security, Medicare and welfare systems are broke — along with FEMA, which spent all its money on illegal aliens.  But somehow, there’s always been plenty of money that appears out of thin air to cover the ever-growing deficit, and to spend on pet projects and foreign aid to 187 other countries around the world.

You can argue that we’re living, once again, under “taxation without representation” and you can argue that the 16th amendment was never properly ratified by the states all you want but try not paying your taxes and see what happens.

So, my question is, why do we pay taxes, when the federal government has been giving “free” money to every special interest group — and nearly every foreign country in the world — racking up trillions in debt, with literally nothing to back it up, and with absolutely no accountability to anyone?  The average citizen, and especially those who own a business or operate a Christian ministry, must account for every single jot and tittle of their income, and then hand over a substantial amount of that money to the government.  The IRS has thousands of agents to scrutinize every single cent we touch.  Yet the government “loses” trillions in assets every day, spends trillions that don’t even exist, and there is no audit, no accountability, no nothing.

And why do we even have cash and coins anymore in the first place?  We know it’s only a matter of time before the digital “currencies” are rolled out, giving the Globalists and Big Government even more power, surveillance and control over every aspect of our lives.  It’s because having cash and coins allows us peasants to maintain the “illusion” that actual “money” still exists.  In reality, it’s only “digits” anyway, and there will come a time, sooner rather than later, that our paper money will become more valuable as fire-starter so we can stay warm.

Yes, I’m glad “DOGE” is supposedly stopping the government waste and fraud in some areas.  But when is our government going to start paying down the debt, rather than passing endless “Continuing Resolutions” that just continue to enslave American workers?

You see, they’re very clever about it all.  The average dumbed-down citizen remains blissfully unconcerned about all this, because taxes are withheld from their paychecks every week. So, they never miss what they never see.  Then, they’re gleeful when they get their “refund checks” after filing taxes.  Understand: this is money the government took and used, interest-free, throughout the year.  And then they simply return the excess they “borrowed” from you when you file your mandatory taxes…and people are thankful to get their refund checks!

Personally, I haven’t had an income tax refund since 1988.  If people had to pay their taxes quarterly, like businesses and ministries do, they would see just how much is being stolen from them, and they’d revolt.  Instead, they celebrate when they get their refunds.  What a scam.

On June 4th of 1963, President John F. Kennedy signed Executive Order 11110, which returned to the US Government the power to issue currency and did away with the so-called “Federal Reserve System.”  Kennedy was killed on November 22nd of that year, just five months later.  And Kennedy’s dead body was not even cold yet, when Lyndon Johnson rescinded that order…keeping Americans enslaved to the Rothschild banking system and ensuring the eventual bankruptcy of our nation.

In America today, we labor under a heavy burden of taxation — with no representation.  Although our Constitution assures us of our right to a redress of grievances, that right, like so many others, has gone the way of the horse and buggy.  So, we dutifully and carefully file our taxes, being sure to declare every single cent we earn.  We go along with the illusion that America isn’t hopelessly beyond bankrupt, even as our crooked politicians continue to heap ever heavier burdens on our backs, on our children’s backs and our grandchildren’s backs, should they live long enough to survive in the new Communist Amerika.

It’s time for another American Revolution.  It’s time to hold our “public servants” accountable for their crimes.  The Department of Government Efficiency is perhaps a step in the right direction.  But I’m afraid we’re only being allowed to see this to give us the illusion of some tiny morsel of hope that things are turning around for the better. I have little faith that the federal beast will ever reign in the unaccountable spending sprees… or that our so-called “representatives” in Congress will ever “pay the piper” for their fiscal irresponsibility.  Our public servants have “Rules for Thee, But Not for Me.”

Bottom line: if the average American citizen handled their money the way our federal government does, they’d be in prison.  But it’s even worse than that.  Imagine if the average American citizen handled someone else’s money the way our federal government handles our money.  They’d be behind bars the rest of their lives.  They’d never again see the light of day.  But again: “Rules for thee, but not for me.”   April 15 is coming, folks, and you’d better have your papers in order.  If you don’t, Beware the Taxman.

© 2025 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Andrew Wallace

April 5, 2025

It is impossible to return to a Constitutional government with prosperity if you don’t adhere to the Constitution, ALL OF IT. Income Taxes also make a Constitutional Government impossible.

I support President Trump; he has stopped our rapid decline into Communism and gross economic decline. But it is only a brief respite unless he follows the whole Constitution … which he has not indicated that he would. Armageddon is the last battle (World War Three) between good and evil in a Dystopian setting.

President Trump has the knowledge, courage and mass backing of the people (and God) more so than any president in 100 years. It’s now…or maybe never.

Our Founding Fathers gave us a Constitutional Republic containing specific enumerated operating instructions and restrictions in our Constitution. However, our Government has ignored key provisions of the Constitution such that we can’t and don’t function as a Constitutional Republic, with the inherent benefits and protections for the People.

The greedy Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) consist of the wealthy families controlling and directing large corporations who in turn direct and bribe the whores in government (Congress, Bureaucrats and many Judges).

I say again, it is impossible to return from the brink of Economic and Social collapse unless you follow the Constitution, ALL OF IT, and expunge the unlawful changes. There are too many unconstitutional functions to list in this short article, so I will note only the most detrimental.

The complete takeover of our government accelerated after the Coup of1913 when we unconstitutionally introduced the Income Tax to replace Tariffs, the Privately-Owned Federal Reserve Bank, and Tax-Free Foundations.

Tariffs/Excise taxes until 1913 funded the government since its founding, protected workers and industries, but were inadequate to fund wars for profit of the PSRRC. (None of the wars in the last 80 years were Constitutional or for national security).

The privately-owned Federal Reserve Bank caused inflation, deflation, financed wars for profit and financed all kinds of corruption. They couldn’t print gold (constitutional money), so they printed Fiat Dollars, causing all kinds of havoc.

1. Trump’s first move must be to terminate the Privately-Owned Federal Reserve Bank, Tax-Free Foundations, return to Gold Currency (Constitutional Money), and Terminate the Income Tax and finance government with Tariffs.

2. President Trump must then terminate all Foreign Aid (unconstitutional). We can’t afford it and it does nothing but bribe governments, with kickbacks to our bureaucrats and officials and the Military Industrial Complex of the PSRRC.

3. Terminate all unconstitutional payments to states (they are all unconstitutional). This will force the Communists and illegal Invaders to work for their money. The Constitution specifies that all payments to invaders are both unconstitutional and Treasonous. The Federal reserve Bank must be terminated, Tax- Free Foundations must be terminated,

4. It has been reported that we have 250,000 of our military in 150 countries. These troops are like canaries in a coal mine; they are expendable for no good purpose. We can’t afford this; we need the troops on our soil to defend us from the millions of invaders brought in by the Democrats. Except to combat piracy, our troops belong on United States soil because we can’t be invaded. We can only be defeated in Nuclear War or by internal forces.

There is a real danger that if President Trump does not comply with the total Constitution that we could rapidly descend into a severe Economic decline. This would lead to civil war between workers and able-bodied Communists (welfare recipients) who produce nothing of value. This highlights another reason that income taxes are impossible. Without Income Taxes, every state pays its own way and Communism in the cities is dead. Communism always fails when it runs out of other people’s money. (Worker taxes given to able-bodied non-workers.)

To summarize in a few words,

1. Tariffs must replace Income Taxes.

2. The Federal Establishment must stop performing state functions.

3. All military must return to our soil.

4. All federal payments to states must stop.

5. Return to gold and silver money.

6. Terminate all foreign aid.

7. Deport all illegal Invaders as fast as possible before we end up like Europe.

8. Terminate all payments and services to Illegal Invaders; it is Constitutional Treason.

9. Stop all wars without a Congressional Declaration of War.

10. Prosecute those in Congress who vote for unconstitutional laws.

As is my wont, I have only covered the most important subjects to increase readership and understanding. You will note that I refer to the Federal Establishment because it is not a Sovereign Government, as are the states. Please share this article with your politicians and friends.

God Bless You and the Republic

© 2025 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Kat Stansell

April 5, 2025

A First Quarter Like None In History Has Raised the Bar

I start out joking, because we NEED a touch of lightness. What has risen from the swamp is a darkness like we could never have imagined. The clouds of it can frighten the very soul of the caring American. I know they do, mine.

Since God and the American people have managed to get Donald Trump back to the White House, truly incredible political dirt has surfaced. Since the 2020 Coup delayed his second term, President Trump spent those four years assessing what real progress was needed in our nation, and how to make it happen. He chose players and programs, and had a pre-election list of Executive Orders ready to roll. Then, he got the electoral and heavenly go-ahead.

Now, he is in full throttle, with lots more to come. I want people to give him the chance. Some people promise but don’t deliver. Trump is delivering and then some.

I believe that most of the nation agrees with most of what he is doing. His approval rating bounces around depending on which news source is whining about what. The way I see it, the 2024 election was our vote of approval for him, so let’s let his accomplishments speak without tons of stage dressing. It’s only been three months.

Thank God voters woke up, in those four years, 2020 – 2024, and stormed the polls to the degree they did. Election fraud was beaten back. The strength of the election integrity work from some, enabled us to regain our country. But, only for 24 months. I pray that fact is clear to everyone.

The polls have been trying to change your mind, since Trump’s inauguration. DON’T LET THEM. Think for yourself; I know most of you will do this without thinking, if that makes any sense…

Until these last months, none of us realized the dark forces that had set up shop behind the scenes. Even in the minds of average lefties, there has surfaced an evil that few of us could have anticipated before. The “Summer of Love” gave us a clue, but 99+% of us thought that would somehow go away.

If anyone ever had a doubt about the existence of true EVIL, and its power over the human mind, that has now been dispelled.

Daily, we face headlines about Christianity under attack, “democracy” under attack, the dollar under attack, food supplies, under attack, the stability of the life systems on our plant under attack.

Even our HOME OWNERSHIP is under attack. The very land that Will Rogers said was the “best investment because they ain’t makin’ no more of it.,” is under attack from the poison skies and from the poison surrounding the DC Dome. Rogers was a well-loved American figure, a vaudeville performer, actor, columnist, and radio personality, born in the Cherokee nation, in 1879. That’s one of my favorite quotes.

The massive property tax scam is making the ownership of your own home unaffordable. Already, 37% of American home owners cannot afford their homes due to skyrocketing property taxes. Will Rogers is spining in his grave, where he’s been since 1935.

The Trump administration’s look into the net worth of Congress Critters should be interesting. VERY much so. I admit I am looking forward to the results. Their votes were quite precious, I’m sure, and worth the purchase for exhorbitant, illicit amounts. It would take an entire series to find the source of their wealth; some, may even be honest, but the majority is NOT, I believe. Will’s spins will pick up speed as we learn, I am sure.

One of my favs, in the category of Government Grift, is the “Inflation Reduction Act”. The title was aimed at all those who had been complaining about the inflation under Biden (according to Investopedia, 4.95% Y-o-y). Only Jimmy Carter had worse, and that was just under 10% y-o-y. Year over Year (YoY) growth is the percentage change in an annualized metric over two comparable periods, most often the current and prior period.

Everyone knows that the IRA had ZERO to do with inflation, but was, instead, a deep reservoir of our money, created by Congress, tucked away for scams and programs, many of which were non-existent. How much of it – and USAID, et. al., went into Congressional pockets, we may never really know.

As The Heartland Institute points out in a new policy study, The High Costs of Climate Scams: Assessing the Green Giveaways in the Inflation Reduction Act, the true cost of these and all the other open-ended subsidies tucked away in the IRA is hard to quantify, but they are also certainly an order of magnitude higher than the $369 billion the Biden administration claimed.

Goldman Sachs pegged the actual cost (of the IRA green scam) at $1.2 trillion through 2032. Now, THAT’s some “pocket change.”

Is there any wonder Trump and DOGE are spending nearly 24/7 bringing our economy back to some basis of reality?? Ah, but the harder they try, the more high-pitched whining, some even from our own side. And, then there are, of course, the riots, attacks on anything Tesla, and even the attempted murder of Virginia Giuffre, the Epstein and Prince Andrew accuser. The Lord only knows – literally – what went down on THAT.

A few people in the Cabinet might be doing a better job, but that is not the point here. What we need to keep, front and center, is the key element of our survival: keeping President Trump functional for four years.

The sine qua non of a future for our Constitutional Republic is election integrity – the systematizing of honesty at the ballot box, as surely as possible. There a lot of people out there, trying to grab the President’s attention, to be included on this most important team; some, not in synch with what needs to be done. I know who I would choose, but it is not my call. Clean voter rolls are a MUST, whoever can help us attain them, across as many of the 50 states as possible.

It’s nice to hear states like Michigan want to clean things up, but there’s a world of crime to dig into up there. Wisconsin, too, and PA. Combined with the usual partisan judicial interference, they have a LONG way to go. I do wish everyone real luck. We all need elections in every state to be honest.

We must watch the judiciary. Only in British Common Law does a judge have any power over the Chief Executive – NOT IN A DEMOCRACY.

Common Laws are laws that have come about of been enacted based on court rulings. These laws are developed based on rulings that have been given in older court cases. Constitutional Law is the body of law that defines the relationship between different entities within a nation, most commonly the judiciary, the executive and the legislature bodies.

Although they have no Constitutional power over the President, the Soros judicial purchases will make things as hard as they can – wasting more precious resources of time and money, as they illegally wave their legal robes.

If we can put more good Constitutional conservatives into Congress in 2026, we have two more years at least, to save the American Republic. If not, 2026 – 2028 will be more impeachments, and more theft of our money and our government.

Trump has raised the bar. Let us help him – and our nation – over it

America will not come back if we lose in 2026. This IS our last rodeo. Please remember that and do everything you can in your own community. We want to ride our families and our future off into decades more of a beautiful America.

You know what to do. You are good people.

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Amil Imani

April 5, 2025

For far too long, America has been the world’s punching bag regarding trade. Foreign nations—some allies, some adversaries—have exploited our generosity, reaping profits while draining our industries, jobs, and national pride. However, under President Donald J. Trump, that era of weakness is over. With his bold tariff policies, Trump is fulfilling his promise to put America first, leveling the playing field and restoring the United States to its rightful place as an economic powerhouse. The globalists, the outsourcers, and the Fake News can scream all they want—history shows they’ve been wrong every step of the way.

Trump’s recent statement on X encapsulates the essence of this struggle:

In the coming days, there will be complaints from the globalists, the outsourcers, special interests, and Fake News… Never forget that every prediction our opponents made about trade over the last 30 years has proven completely wrong.

He’s right. For decades, “experts” championed disastrous trade deals like NAFTA, celebrated China’s entry into the World Trade Organization, and supported the Trans-Pacific Partnership—all while promising prosperity that never came to fruition. Instead, we faced shuttered factories, lost jobs, and a diminished middle class. Trump saw through the deception, and his tariffs are the remedy for years of betrayal.

Simply put, other countries have taken advantage of America for years. China, for instance, has flooded our markets with cheap goods, manipulated its currency, and stolen our intellectual property—all while enjoying unequal trade imbalances. Meanwhile, the European Union imposes hefty tariffs on American products while expecting us to keep our doors open. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the trade deficit with China alone reached $367 billion in 2015, before Trump took office. That’s billions of dollars flowing out of American pockets and into the hands of nations that don’t play fair. Enough is enough

Trump’s tariffs serve as a wake-up call. He forces these countries to reconsider their predatory tactics by imposing strategic levies on imports. His first term offers proof: despite doomsday predictions of economic collapse, Trump’s tariffs on steel and aluminum revitalized American industries. The U.S. Department of Commerce reported that domestic steel production increased by 8% in 2019, and thousands of jobs returned to rust-belt states like Pennsylvania and Ohio. The economy didn’t crash—it soared. As Trump noted, “In my first term, they said tariffs would crash the economy. Instead, we built the greatest economy in the history of the world.” The numbers support him: pre-COVID GDP growth reached 3%, unemployment fell to historic lows, and wages rose for working-class Americans.

The critics—those same globalists and elitists—argue that tariffs hurt consumers by driving up prices. However, that’s a tired scare tactic. In reality, foreign nations often absorb the costs to remain competitive in our market; when they don’t, American companies step in. Consider the resurgence of manufacturing during Trump’s administration. His policies encourage businesses to bring production back home, creating jobs and reducing our dependence on countries that don’t share our values. That’s not punishment—it’s patriotism.

Online, Trump supporters are rallying behind this vision. On X, @RealPatriot1776 posted, “Trump’s tariffs are a gut punch to China and the EU. They’ve been screwing us for decades—time to fight back!” Another user, @MAGA4Life, wrote, “Globalists hate tariffs because they can’t control us anymore. Trump’s bringing back American steel, jobs, and pride.” These voices echo a broader sentiment: Americans are tired of being the world’s doormat. A quick search of pro-Trump sites like The Gateway Pundit and Breitbart reveals article after article praising Trump’s trade stance. A recent piece from The Gateway Pundit declared, “Trump’s tariffs are the ultimate America First move—suck it up, Beijing!” The enthusiasm is palpable.

Of course, the left and their media lapdogs will cry foul. They’ll present sob stories about “poor” multinational corporations or claim that Trump is alienating our allies. But who are these allies when they’ve been picking our pockets? Trump isn’t here to coddle foreign leaders—he’s here to protect American workers. And let’s not forget: his trade war with China forced Beijing to the negotiating table, resulting in the Phase One deal that secured billions in agricultural purchases for U.S. farmers. That’s not chaos; that’s winning.

The truth is, Trump’s tariffs involve more than just economics—they concern our sovereignty. We’ve allowed unelected bureaucrats and foreign powers to dictate our destiny for too long. Now, we have a president who prioritizes America and recognizes that a strong nation begins with a robust economy. As Trump has pointed out, the naysayers have been mistaken about the trade for 30 years. NAFTA harmed us, China exploited us, and the TPP would’ve completed the damage. But Trump is rewriting the narrative. With tariffs as his tool, he’s reclaiming what belongs to us—one job, factory, and victory at a time. This is the MAGA approach, and it’s just beginning.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Tom DeWeese

April 4, 2025

I have been warning that the global forces are working on new tactics to keep their agenda of control moving forward even in the wake of President Donald Trump’s efforts to stop them at the federal level. Trump has shocked the nation as he has exposed the massive amount of federal funds that have been flowing into the coffers of non-governmental organizations (NGOs). These are the well-trained shock troops that lead the charge to push the agenda piece by piece.

For several decades, federal agencies have been at the center of the attack, targeting private property ownership, community development, and energy use. Through the scare- mongering of the climate change myth, international building and plumbing codes were used to enforce the global agenda. Water sources, energy sources, and private property were targeted for control. Programs with names such as What Works Cities, Urban Growth Boundaries, and, of course, Sustainable Development have been the weapons to steadily move every state and every community to the exact destiny of top-down control, with state and local governments powerless to decide their own futures.

Now, as federal agencies such as HUD, EPA, and the Federal Department of Transportation are facing Trump’s massive layoffs of agents and funding, the ability of the agencies to pressure local and state governments is greatly reduced. But the global forces knew this was coming. They knew Trump was going to win the election and cause them trouble at the federal level. So, they prepared for it.

That’s why the World Economic Forum (WEF) met last October in San Francisco in a major gathering called the “Urban Transformation Summit.” The goal was to prepare new tactics to keep the agenda of control moving forward at the local level. One of the main tools of choice is to push for more non-elected regional government.

Regional government is not a new tactic, but it doesn’t have to be tied to federal policy. Regional government can be sold to the people as just local, local, local. The agenda can be forced into place as a local choice, helping it to appeal to more conservative advocates who might believe it’s all about limited government.

Such a perception of regional government is absolutely untrue and MAGA advocates must fully understand what they are about to face and be prepared to stop it. Here is some history.

In the mid-1960s, author Jo Hindman wrote about Urban Renewal and metro-planning. In her book, Blame Metro, she said, “Much is written about the incognito warfare on United States soil which public officials and their accomplices are waging to wrest private property from landowners. The strategy is to make property ownership so unbearable by harassment through building inspections, remodeling orders, fines and jailings, that owners give up in despair and sell to land redevelopers at cut-rate prices. Positive municipal codes are the weapons in the warfare.”

She wrote, “‘Strengthening county government’ is a hackneyed Regional phrase indicating that the Regional take-over has begun. . .. Planning assistance subsidized by Federal money leads small cities and counties into direct obedience under a regional master plan. Land use rights are literally stolen from landowners when zoning is applied to land.” That fits perfectly for the forces looking for effective tactics to keep their agenda moving forward. Private property protection is a threat to control.

Hindman says, “The present-day (1960s) crew of planners, drawing no line between public and private property, believe that land-use control should be vested in government and that public planners should have sole right to control the use of all land.”

Of course, one of the main NGO forces pushing the regional plans as it works in local communities is the American Planning Association (APA), which was formed in 1978 by combining the American Institute of Planners and the Society of Planning Officials. However, now, under the new situation, federal regulations and funding are in great doubt. Working in local communities may make some small progress, but they have an entire nation to conquer. How is that going to happen?

The plan is called “America 2050, New Strategies for Regional Economic Development.”

America 2050 is a joint venture of NGOs called Regional Plan Association (RPA) and Lincoln Institute of Land Policy. The goal is to develop a balanced and sustainable growth strategy nationwide.

America 2050 is organized around the idea that 11 megaregions, home to three quarters of the nation’s population, are the economic engines of the nation and the new competitive units in the global economy. …its focus is the development of a national growth strategy. Each megaregion focuses around at least one major metropolitan area. Of course there are the usual culprits, including New York City, Chicago, Boston, Richmond, and Los Angeles. There are also large areas such as the Great lakes Megaregion that extends into parts of Canada, and the Southern Rocky Mountain Megaregion covering large western areas between Colorado and Wyoming. In all, the major national populations will be covered.

And what does the RPA and its allies have planned for us with its local regionalism? Says RPA, “our professional researchers and regional planners seek to improve prosperity, sustainability, and quality of life through work in transportation, economic development, and real estate, environment and open space, and more.

Of course, all the usual plans based on climate change protection, such as the 15 Minute Cities with the stack and pack living conditions, eliminating the need for cars, and controlling energy use. RPA documents list the goals to be environmental systems, infrastructure systems, economic linkages, settlement and land use patterns.

Yep, the future of controlled megaregions promises all kinds of freedom of choice for the citizens! NOT! Incredibly, the RPA’s own reports tell us that their “inspiration to address… an economic development strategy comes from the territorial cohesion program in the European Union…”. We know where Europe now sits in the drive for individual freedom and limited government! Don’t waste too much time looking for private property across Europe.

But that’s not all RPA has planned for us as we sweat in our megaregions. According to their reports, RPA is focused to “hold ourselves accountable for progress in diversity, equity, and inclusion.” That’s right, they plan to keep the plan moving locally to prioritize diversity: “As a leading voice in regional planning, it is imperative that we guarantee our events and panels do not exhibit homogeneity and instead reflect the diversity that we see in our region and nation.”

“At RPA, we have a commitment to promoting diversity, equity, and inclusion… For more than 100 years…RPA has developed and promoted the economic health, environmental resilience, and quality of life of the New York-New Jersey-Connecticut metropolitan area. Over the course of those years, white men have predominantly filled leadership roles… Furthermore, urban and regional planning have contributed to institutional or systemic racism within our cities, suburbs, and other communities across the nation. With this understanding of urban planning history and cognizance of the influence of RPA on the shaping of the region in the past 100 years, it is imperative that RPA commits to fostering a culture of diversity, equity, and inclusion in all aspects of our work”

Americans who are today fighting for the goal to reestablish our freedoms, and who are cheering the incredible steps President Trump is taking to limit the massive federal intrusion in our lives — please hear this warning. The forces of control never give up. We keep hearing the news media and Republican leadership report that these forces are finished, that they have no plan! No leadership.

That is absolutely untrue. They never quit. They have a plan with new tactics to enforce the same horrible future of control. To stop it, we must be organized locally to pressure and assure that your councilmen and state legislators to say NO to these global pirates. We must change the debate. Free enterprise, private property protection, and local decisions by local citizens. Those are the roots of freedom!

© 2025 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: contact@americanpolicy.org

By Steven Yates

April 4, 2025

[Author’s disclaimer: the opinions and conclusions expressed in this article are solely those of its author, and should not be attributed to NewsWithViews.com, its editorial staff, or any other NewsWithViews.com writer.]

[Not a contribution to “Is Liberalism Dead? (In All Forms)” obviously. Lord permitting, Part 5 will appear soon.]

Part 1,  Part 2,

“For we do not wrestle against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of the age, against spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places.”  —Ephesians 6:12

Trojan Horse for Technocratic Post-Liberalism?

Allowing Elon Musk to run amuck.

Returning to His Muskiness: as noted in Part 1, he’s a technocrat. Technocrats believe in governance by scientific/technological “experts” using “scientific management,” and that common people aren’t smart enough to direct their own paths in life.

One of their adages is “Move fast and break things.”

Silicon Valley is a hotbed of technocracy: Thiel, Mark Zuckerberg, Sheryl Sandberg, Marc Andreessen (author of a tract called “The Techno-Optimist Manifesto”), Sam Altman of OpenAI, just about everyone in the top echelons at Google; the list goes on and on. One of their thought leaders gets billed as a “computer philosopher,” Curtis Yarvin.

Musk exemplifies — wearing a black instead of red hat, in Gothic lettering — not MAGA but “Dark MAGA” which despite the term has nothing to do with Making America Great Again. There’s not enough space to explore the Dark Enlightenment properly here as such a discussion would take us too far afield. Suffice it to say, these people do not just believe that liberal democracy is finished, they want to replace it with a marriage of unified technocracy and neoliberal privatization, in which the CEO would be the equivalent of a monarch. Sounds very much like the technofeudalism I’ll be discussing next week.

They would privatize federal agencies such as Social Security and probably run them for profit just as healthcare in the U.S. is run exclusively for profit.

Consider Social Security. Around 73 million Americans receive social security benefits. The average payout is around $1,800/mo. The agency handles around 9.5 million new claims per year. Under DOGE direction it has now cut thousands of jobs, conducted a restructuring which will make it harder to apply for benefits. This in addition to struggling with a notoriously difficult-to-navigate website which recently crashed four times in a 10-day period due to server overload. The agency is closing regional offices in compliance with DOGE demands even while new rules require recipients to show up in person to verify their identities to make changes to their accounts. There are elderly recipients who would find such visits very difficult to make.

DOGE, let us remember, is not even a real government agency. Trump and Musk created it unilaterally. It nominally answers to Trump but has been run entirely by His Muskiness.

What he and his Gen Z proteges are doing could very easily interfere with existing benefits for millions of people who depend on them for basic necessities.

These people either know Hegelian dialectic as well as any Marxist or are following it organically: crisis-reaction-response. Create a crisis, allow the crisis to provoke a reaction, and those move in with the solution that was wanted all along.

For Social Security to fall into chaos would therefore constitute a crisis, one of such magnitude that by itself it could destroy this administration’s credibility and capacity to govern further.

For protests that could easily turn violent would be the reaction — as millions of ordinary Americans would suddenly be unable to pay their bills.

The response: His Muskiness privatizes the system and runs it for profit, which means that we could expect Social Security, or what remains of it, to look like a health insurance corporation, with no more accountability to beneficiaries. This would accord with neoliberal thinking that government screws up everything it touches, but what is privatized turns to gold!

I suppose it does if you’re a billionaire oligarch.

Candidate Trump promised not to touch Social Security, Medicare, or Medicaid!

I know, I know: fraud. There probably is some. The agency is far from perfect. It does need substantial reform, because otherwise it will face insolvency in the near future, or so we are repeatedly told (how long in the future appears to depend on whom you ask; if there are roughly 73 million Social Security recipients, roughly 185 million people are paying into it.).

The DOGE team has made the implausible claim that millions of dead people were receiving benefits: including “nearly 1.5 million 150-year-olds” and some “over the age of 200”!

The Social Security Administration is 90 years old this year. Such a person would have had to have been over 100 when the system was set up. This doesn’t make sense. Use logic, people. Allegations of Social Security fraud are very unlike those of voter fraud. Voter fraud might be made possible by not requiring ID to vote. A Social Security account begins with your ID; your Social Security number is, after all, for all practical purposes, a national ID number.

Trump’s Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick — a former Wall Street CEO and yet another billionaire technocrat — said in a recent podcast that those who call Social Security and complain when their monthly benefits don’t show up on time are the ones most likely to be “fraudsters”!

In what parallel world is that an evidence-based or even a logical claim?!

When I see names and details, specific allegations against whoever is receiving this money, arrests made, convictions, I’ll take more seriously the claim that millions of “fraudsters,” presumably descendant of long-dead beneficiaries, are receiving Social Security benefits.

The best thing that could happen, in my humble opinion, is an end to the unholy alliance between Trump and His Muskiness. It might be useful to remember that His Muskiness and other billionaires will never need Social Security. Millions upon millions of Americans or ordinary means do rely on it for basic necessities of life, whether anyone likes this or not.

Donald Trump and Zionism.

Finally, we come to the most dangerous question this article asks:

Does Trump serve Israel / Zionism?

I’d hoped I’d never have to ask this. I’ve tried to avoid it. But further avoidance is now impossible.

A lot of leftists and liberals claim that Trump serves Putin. This is as stupid today as it was back in the days of the Russia-collusion hoax (which Jeffrey Goldberg included in the Signal-gate screw-up had a hand in spreading).

But maybe all the Putin-fearmongering is a purposeful distraction from what’s really going on. It wouldn’t be the first time.

A case can be made, based especially given the administration’s firebreathing hostility to campus protests against Israeli actions in Gaza, that Trump serves Israel and promotes Zionism, everything else being window-dressing (including America First! and Making America Great Again!).

Consider how deferential he was to Israel’s president Benjamin Netanyahu during the latter’s recent visit — to the point of holding his chair like a common servant.

Zionism begins with the idea that the beginning of the End Times would be marked by the restoration of Biblical Israel in the Middle East, and that today’s Israel is the recreation of the Biblical Israel. I’ve never seen the slightest evidence for the latter of these. Zionism also maintains that those skeptical of this are by definition antisemitic. Zionists believe we entered the End Times when Israel was created in the 1940s. They drew strength from the Nazi Holocaust and the persecution of Jews more broadly.

Thus a war against “antisemitism” that has violated free speech rights and rights to due process, as I observed in Part 1. The climate of fear is probably more palpable today than it was when the wokesters were fully in charge! Arguably this is worse than wokeness! Because Zionism has more money and power back of it than wokery had.

Nearly all the above-named technocrats of the Silicon Valley billionaire class are Jewish, after all. AIPAC and the ADL (the latter created in 1913, interestingly the same year the Federal Reserve was set up) have long been two of the most powerful organizations in the country. If a politician gets on AIPAC’s wrong side, then come next election the organization will fund a “more reasonable” opposition candidate.

Worse is how the lion’s share of the Evangelical Christian community has been pulled into Zionism, including seminaries, via dispensational theology furthering the idea that God is about to whisk believers off the world in the “rapture.”

The only marginally visible exception to this who comes to mind is Chuck Baldwin, who has been warning for years about Zionist infiltration of Christian institutions.

This is all deeply troubling since I’d like to think I can identify with the Evangelical community. But as long as this is going on, I can’t!

What I voted for was securing America’s national borders, which included deporting as many illegal immigrants as possible who entered the U.S. under Joe Biden’s and Kamala Harris’s watch.

I did not vote to deport anyone who is in the U.S. legally, with a green card or one of several legitimate visas such as the H-1B visa that allowed Elon Musk (born in South Africa) to enter, live, and start businesses in the U.S. Nor detain on spurious grounds those trying to enter the country legally.

I voted for an American, not Israel. I did not vote for Zionism. I most definitely did not vote to continue the present Israeli policy in Gaza. My understanding is that the reason the Houthis of Yemen began attacking ships was because the Israelis made a cease fire agreement with Hamas and then broke it.

How long will it be before U.S. citizens find themselves detained and charged with the “hate speech” crime of “antisemitism” because they criticize the Israeli onslaught in Gaza, especially if they call it what it is: mass murder, which has included very young children who have been deliberately targeted, their brains blown out, by IDS agents who afterwards laughed about it. Does anyone honestly think Palestinian children are working for Hamas?

These people are clearly psychopaths.

Possibly worse!

I’ve found myself wondering if something demonic is involved here. I’ve never taken very seriously claims about “International Jewry.” Even if there is such a network, I don’t think it is autonomous. If it exists, it answers to those higher “principalities and powers” in accordance with Ephesians 6:12 quoted above and which I’ve put into a frame of reference here (see also here).

Summation.

I’d worked under the assumption that putting an end to the four-year dumpster fire of “Sleepy” Joe Biden and DEI candidate Kamala Harris whose loss last November would enable us to turn a corner.

We’ve turned a corner all right, but not the corner we needed to turn!

I did not vote for a technocracy ready to institute the North American Union I thought we exposed and stopped back in the days of Bush the Younger (technocrats would call it the North American Technate)!

Don’t look to the Democrats, who remain clueless since they can’t give up the things that cost them last November’s election: lying about the real economy, hiding Joe Biden’s cognitive decline for almost four years, continued attachment to identity politics, and their irrational obsession with “transgenders.”

At the moment I see nothing ahead but trouble!

Do I want to continue chronicling it?

That will depend on the response (if there is one) to this article, which I’m aware could get me into trouble. (I live overseas. Will my passport be flagged the next time I try to enter the U.S.? My wife is a foreign national with a foreign passport and a visa waiver. Will she be detained and taken who knows where???)

Part of me wants to retire from all this and be done with it!

Another part of me can’t take his eyes off the ongoing debacle! We’ll see.

So I’ll end this by asking again, What would really Make America Great Again? How do we put America First?

I’ve addressed the former previously. (Did anyone read it?)

Restore a Christian worldview. Separate it clearly and specifically from Zionism, which is fundamentally a secularist, materialist movement outside of actual Judaism (not to mention Christianity).

Further the moral idea that all human persons have intrinsic value because they were created in God’s image (Gen. 1:26-27). See what happens….

Restore Constitutionally limited government which, as founding father John Adams observed, “was made only for a moral and religious people.”

Recognize the spirit of community that built the country into a desirable place to be.

Do not institute economics-über-alles ideologies such as neoliberalism which instead of recognizing intrinsic value, throw human beings to the wolves when they cease to make money.

Instead, teach financial literacy, so people can manage their money instead of being managed by money. Teach them the difference between needs and wants, and how expert marketers routinely blur the two to get sales. Teach them what’s been done to the currency, the reason why a decent apartment that rented for perhaps $100/mo. or less back in the 1970s now rents for over $1,500/mo.

Do not discriminate against people on the basis of race or class or sex or class or physical appearance. We’re all human, and we’re all doing the best that we can.

In foreign policy, stop fighting Israel’s wars, proxy wars against Russia, and otherwise interfering in the affairs of other nations. Recognize that others are in a better position to resolve their own problems than we are, because of differences in history, tradition, and culture.

Don’t be a global bully. Instead, be an example. America had a chance to do this after the collapse of the Soviet Union. We couldn’t have blown it more spectacularly!

All of these things would Make America Great Again!

Above all, don’t allow the country to fall the rest of the way into the hands of unaccountable money-hungry, power-hungry technocrats: arch-materialists all.

Sadly, though, with Ron Paul long retired and turning 90 this year, at this moment I don’t see a single person on the horizon who both commands sufficient influence and has the money to further these goals nationally.

Which means we have no choice except to further them locally, in our own lives.

Marcus Aurelius, Stoic philosopher, from his Meditations: “You have power over your mind — not outside events. Realize this, and you will find strength.”

Part 1,  Part 2,

© 2025 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_________________________

Have you been victimized by “phishing expeditions”? Learn the signs, what to do and what not to do! This and other content not available here on my Substack publication Navigating the New Normal. Consider subscribing; while more and more Internet content is disappearing behind paywalls and is littered with ads, Navigating the New Normal remains free and ad-free.

Steven Yates is a (recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored three books, more than 20 articles, numerous book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and hereticl notions, including about academia itself.

In 2012 he moved to Chile. He married a Chilean national in 2014. Among his discoveries in South America: the problems of the U.S. are problems everywhere, because human nature is the same everywhere. The problems are problems of Western civilization as a whole.

As to whether he’ll stay in Chile … stay tuned!

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).

By Cliff Kincaid

April 4, 2025

You need to get angry. America has been sold out. Unless President Trump wins the trade war, which was started by our enemies, we will become a Red Chinese colony.

My gosh, can you believe items from the local Dollar Tree will go up from $1.25 to $1.50 or more? Horrors. ($1.25 was made the basic price for the store in 2021).

I am in the school of thought that believes President Trump is going too easy on our friends and foes in the matter of tariffs. Take China, for instance. We are told the tariffs could go as high as 70 percent on some Chinese goods. In my opinion, that is not high enough. As part of their preparations for war, they are currently conducting cyberwarfare against our people, stealing our medical records to use for bribery and blackmail purposes.

Why are we buying anything from the communists? Why is there a U.S.-China Business Council still operating in the United States? It is a trojan horse.

Our leaders and their “intelligence agencies” have finally recognized that the China virus came out of China, from a Chinese military lab. We spend tens of billions on this kind of “intelligence” when common sense costs nothing. We need DOGE to clean house in the “Intelligence Community.”

The federal government admits it was the $16 trillion virus. That is one estimate of the cost in financial terms. That amounts to “roughly 90 percent of annual GDP of the United States.” For a family of 4, one study says, the estimated loss would be nearly $200,000.

Yet we now hear the whiners complain that junk from China will cost a few cents more.

America has become a selfish and pampered nation.

Many are too young to remember (or they were not taught) that the Communist Chinese intervened massively on the side of the North Korean regime. American casualties of the United States during the Korean War (1950-1953) have been estimated at 54,260 dead including 33,643 “battle deaths.” The U.S. settled on a stalemate in Korea, after American General Douglas MacArthur was prohibited from taking the fight to the communist-controlled Chinese mainland. He was fired by President Harry Truman, a Democrat who decided on a policy of containment of, rather than victory over, communism.

How to you measure the cost of those lives? How do you measure the lives lost to the China virus? How do you measure the cost in vaccines with side effects that were rushed into production without adequate safety measures?

Please look at the long list of companies in the U.S.-China Business Council and think about these companies working with a genocidal regime. Disgraceful.

America was suckered into this predicament with China in a decades-long process begun by Henry Kissinger and which accelerated under the guidance of Presidents Obama and Biden. China used tariffs to build up their industries while America deindustrialized. China purchased Joe and Hunter’s services.

At his April 2 announcement, Trump said it succinctly about the global elites from both major political parties, “They were wrong about China.” It was worse than wrong. It was treason.

Now that Trump is fighting back, he is supposed to be the villain. The hysterical reaction from some Republicans and the Democrats and the “mainstream media” demonstrate the influence of the Communist Chinese over the corporate community and their puppets.

Let’s don’t forget that the China virus served to justify mail-in voting schemes in Democratic Party-controlled swing states that were susceptible to fraud. Trump called Americans to march on Washington D.C. on January 6, 2021 peacefully and patriotically to protest election fraud, leading to efforts by the Biden Justice Department, including United Nations-trained lawyer Jack Smith, to try to imprison Trump before the 2024 election. That failed.

Now President Trump can make China pay, at least economically, as America rearms and gets prepared for what is to come. He is trying to isolate and pressure the Chinese Communist Party (CCP).

Meanwhile, I am one of many who had our medical records stolen by the Chinese communists through a “ransomware” hack of my Frederick Health medical group. My personal story is not that important. What matters is that Frederick Health is a medical group serving top U.S. political, intelligence, and military officials in the DC-Maryland area. That gives the CCP additional leverage over these people to do their bidding.

Bruce Curley of the American Civil Defense Association tells me in an interview on my Rumble channel that the medical data now resides on a server in Red China. He discusses the cyberwarfare currently underway and what you personally can do about it.

Why are these electronic medical records so susceptible to hacking? One big vulnerability was the passage of Obamacare and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH), part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, without adequate safeguards over medical records.

Before I was officially notified of the ransomware attack, I was getting suspicious about the IT systems of Frederick Health being shut down. My medical visits to Fredrick Health during this period were done through paperwork and the on-line portal was not functioning. It was a news story but no details were being provided. The FBI wouldn’t even comment.

As a participant in the public meetings of the (Frederick) Community Health Needs Assessment process that was then underway, I could find nothing in the draft document about the implications of the attack on Frederick Health on personal, health, and financial information.

Frederick Health had declared: “Maryland Law specifies that a request for any patient medical record must be in writing and must become a part of the person’s medical record. The medical records department protects the confidentiality of all patient information and will only release a patient’s medical record with the proper consent.”

That protection was not given. Now Frederick Health is facing class action lawsuits.

As a member of the Frederick Health medical group, I did not understand the complete implications or nature of what this medical group had described as “a ransomware attack that disrupted some of our systems.” The firm had said, “We understand that many in our community have questions, and these investigations take time. We want to assure you that we will provide information when we have sufficient certainty around the details. Frederick Health is committed to fulfilling our legal notification obligations.”

I did not receive a response from Frederick Health to an email I sent them.

Soon thereafter, my wife and I were officially notified by mail that an “unauthorized person gained access” to the Frederick Health network and “copied certain files from a file share server.”  We were told that documents that were compromised could include name, address, date of birth, Social Security number, driver’s license number, medical record number, health insurance information, “and/or clinical information related to your care, not contained in our Electronic medical record.”

One can assume that this kind of personal medical information from certain people in the federal government in the hands of the wrong people could lead to national security problems.

That “unauthorized person” I believe is the CCP.

As a “solution,” Frederick Health is offering identify protection services and credit monitoring to those whose medical records were stolen.

That is not good enough. That does not rectify the problem of the Chinese Communists, the most likely receivers of the data, having this personal information. They failed to protect my personal medical information.

If you or your family members haven’t been affected in terms of health by the China virus, you will be damaged by the escalating costs in the health care system, some of which already went to a socialized medicine scheme that included electronic records under Obamacare that were not protected from hacking by the Red Chinese.

When you hear or see the whiners about higher tariffs on China, remember that their medical records could have been stolen by the CCP and have been used to bribe or blackmail Americans in positions of power. How many of them are scared? How many of them are bought? How many of them are addicted to cheap goods?

What price do you put on the release of your medical records?

These money grubbers in league with the Red Chinese are sick and traitorous. We need to apply DOGE to them, whether they are in the public or private sectors. What is more, they must be exposed and shamed. America’s survival depends on it.

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By George Lujack

April 3, 2025

George Foreman died on March 21, 2025, at 76 years old. His incredible life story includes winning the heavyweight boxing gold medal in the 1968 Summer Olympics, winning the world heavyweight title in 1973 by knocking out Joe Frazier, then losing his heavyweight title in the infamous “Rumble in the Jungle” bout with Muhammad Ali in 1974. After a loss to Jimmy Young in 1977, Foreman had a near-death experience and retired from boxing to become a Pentecostal minister in the Church of the Lord Jesus Christ in Texas. He also ran a youth center there.

THE COMEBACK… Having run out of money for his youth center, George Foreman returned to boxing in 1987. After a string of victories and a couple of losses, Foreman fought Michael Moorer in 1994 for the Heavyweight Championship. After having lost all nine rounds, Foreman mounted an offensive and knocked out Michael Moorer in the 10th round to become the oldest heavyweight champion in history at 45 years old.

During the comeback, Foreman became wealthy through sales of the George Foreman Grill and worked as a boxing ringside analyst for HBO.

George Foreman’s final message was that people, with God, can do anything, just as he was blessed to achieve his goals and dreams. Foreman was inspired by Philippians 4:12-13.

PHILIPPIANS 4:12-13:
I know how to be abased, and I know how to abound. Everywhere and in all things I have learned both to be full and to be hungry, both to abound and to suffer need. I can do all things through Messiah (Christ) who strengthens me.

DIED SUDDENLY… Foreman died in a Houston, TX hospital with family at his side, but had been, up to that time, healthy and had not been suffering from any long-term illness.

Did George Foreman die prematurely due to receiving the COVID-19 vaccine and boosters? This writer believes he did. Foreman was good at taking shots in the ring, but Foreman may not have been able to withstand the COVID-19 blood clot shot and boosters, which he not only had injected into himself, but advocated for others to do so as well. Foreman is not the only in-shape athlete who recently died suddenly after receiving the COVID-19 vaccination and boosters. He joins Carl Weathers, Marvin Hagler, and many others.

2 CORINTHIANS 6:17:
Therefore “Come out from among them and be separate, says the Lord. Do not touch what is unclean, and I will receive you.”

It is written that even the elect will be deceived, if possible. It has become abundantly clear, for anyone with eyes to see, that Western medicine is in the sick-making business for profit. They make no money off of a healthy population. Furthermore, there are the wicked ruling elites who wish to depopulate the world. There are rumors that they are already scheduling the next plandemic for 2030. This writer and minsiter’s advice is to obey Scripture and not touch (or inject) what is unclean into your body. Have faith in natural immunity.

RIP Big George.

© 2025 George Lujack – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail George Lujack: georgelujack@gmail.com

By Sidney Secular

April 3, 2025

It’s getting old quickly. The rural rubes – especially, used to say that New York City is a nice place to visit, but I wouldn’t want to live there. That was then; this is now, and no self-respecting American would want to either visit or live in New York anymore. The decay and degradation brought on by continuous Democrat rule has become all-encompassing at this point. The concept of the “sanctuary city” greatly intensified a migrant invasion from the four corners of the earth that reached an apex during the Biden administration, facilitating all manner of lawlessness in a civic and cultural breakdown. Not that the ongoing “mud” flow wasn’t something to be concerned about earlier, but during the Biden administration, the floodgates fully opened and the polluted waters rushed in unabated – a slurry slop covering and coloring everything it touched. Hundreds of thousands or, more likely, millions of illegal invaders accelerated the ongoing cultural transformation of an iconic American City, indeed, New York was our nation’s first capital. During this catastrophe, New York became a circus of confusion, entitlement, aggression, hostility and chaos, promoting and concentrating the worst of these third world behaviors in Gotham.

Of course, this disaster was both founded and funded by the UN and our own State Department, together with globally oriented NGOs, and varied other assorted libber-loons. Waves of the unwashed were either encouraged or actually recruited by our leftist overlords to arrive upon our shores and, like a hungry tick, take up residence among us battening upon our largesse. But, alas, when the flow reached a critical level, we were all washed up both figuratively and literally. Until the mid-20th century, immigrants arrived in small waves representing a spectrum of people from the underprivileged and those afflicted by disasters in their own nations to the highly adventurous seeking to make their mark in the land of opportunity. But in each category, those who arrived fully intended to become “Americans” and be assimilated into this country! If this was not the fate of the original population, then at least their descendants achieved this status. National origins were remembered and honored, but each and every group worked diligently to become members of America’s supposed “melting pot.” Today, however, assimilation has long since gone by the boards as the motivation for the present immigration program of the uber-privileged became the destruction of the West and all it stands for, a matter given the very accurate name of “the Great Replacement!”

As a result, today we have an assemblage of strange-looking strangers as we are reap the supposed benefits of undiminished diversity, a program that received its impetus in 1965 when the elite powers-that-be deliberately changed the racial and cultural composition of new immigrants from (mostly) European to non-Europeans including the unlearned peons of the third world. The only exceptions in this mass movement were a small number of tech wizards from India and China. As to specifics: in the third decade of the 21^st century, over 210,000 migrants have arrived in New York City, many hailing from hells in Latin America and the islands of the Caribbean (especially the volatile hell hole that is Haiti), as well as a significant number from Asia and African countries, many of the former are Chinese and, apparently, of military age and appearance. Meanwhile, a bevy of New York City officials, advocacy groups, school communities and non-profits have mobilized to “welcome” and (attempt to) organize this ongoing flood of “refugees” by providing billions of dollars for their every need and want. Of course, this meant that the needs and wants of the native New Yorkers go wanting.

After the invasion began, over a 3-year period, Mayor Eric Adams went overboard attempting to provide 200 emergency shelter sites! However, when spaces for such facilities ran out, luxury hotels were seized to provide supplemental shelter. This resulted in the insane situation in which virtual paupers were living in rooms whose normal rates normally ran to $200 a day or more! Meanwhile, tens of thousands of migrant children have been enrolled in public schools that cannot provide them with an education for reasons ranging from their personal situations and inability to speak, read or write English to the fact that there is no room to house them in any educational setting.

New York’s mayor has sought and fought for additional funding from both the State and the FedGov for essential services, but no such funds are available. Remember, New York is only one “sanctuary city!” The damned country is full of them! Of course, the entire “sanctuary” project became untenable and unbearable early on, and the mayor tried plugging his interior border by suing bus companies in an effort to stop them sending busloads of their charges to the “Big Apple.” At one point (in desperation), the Mayor himself sent busloads of freeloaders to the Canadian border to a known location where they could easily “escape” into Canada. Of course, Canada has been even more eager to import and welcome migrants than we have been – if that were possible! In a purely economic consideration, it is gut-wrenching to consider the costs involved in this entire catastrophe, so I’ll spare you those facts that would give you heartburn that no number of Tums could alleviate!

President Trump helped crystalize the enormity of this tragedy, a matter that even many liberals are beginning to discern. Trump explained that America was undergoing an invasion that was intended to upset the cultural applecart and sink the ship of state; that is, this invasion had nothing to do with bettering the fate of our fellow man. Apparently, the present “about face” in public policy since Election Day has been welcomed by a majority of Americans with even some intelligent Democrats being happy that some of the large and illegal largesse is being terminated. Up until only a year ago, opposition to the invasion was considered a “marginalized right-wing” viewpoint, but now the blindfold has been removed and this mass “invasion” by known enemies of this nation and the West has become a common perception – and not only in the US, but throughout the West. The bottom line is that now it is not considered racist or ethnocentric to passionately object to this warfare by migration.

When you import people in large numbers, you also import their cultures and ways of thinking and doing, matters that, frequently, are different than and frequently contrary to our own. We need to face the fact that freedom, the rule of law, domestic tranquility, and high levels of civic functioning that characterize Western nations are great achievements and not accidents of history! Therefore, we must stop being shy about or ashamed of these blessings and not be afraid to openly declare both our support and defense of these virtues.

© 2025 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 3, 2025

Let’s face it, today we KNOW that the Deep State bureaucracy in Washington DC has been lying, cheating, screwing and stealing American taxpayers blind. Over the past 50 years, you have been paying into the U.S. AID slush fund for the benefit of every rat, scoundrel and politician in that Swamp called our U.S. Congress.

Not only that, you’ve got Social Security being paid out to millions of people who are dead, or over 120 years old. Millions of relatives keep signing those checks they have no business or right to obtain that money. Then, you’ve got the incredible fraud and waste of the U.S. Defense Department into the trillions of dollars. Notice that $850 billion a year use of your tax dollars has not passed an audit in seven years.

What about insider trading on defense contracts by Nancy Pelosi, Bernie Sanders, Elizabeth Warren, Hakim Jeffries and dozens of other U.S. Senators and House Members? They fund the contracts, tell their husbands or wives which stocks/shares to buy, and then, make millions of dollars off those contracts. They live the high life while you pay your tax dollars into Washington DC.

Back during my youth, the Vietnam War, the Military Industrial Complex corporate heads created the war, extended it for 10 years, and didn’t give a damn about 58,479 kids who got killed, and another 300,000 hideously wounded.

“The total cost of the Vietnam War is difficult to determine precisely, but the U.S. military share of the conflict from 1965-1975 was estimated at $138.9 billion, not including the cost of veterans’ benefits or the human cost of the war.”

As written in many books by soldiers and correspondents, the Vietnam War proponents lied to us about everything! We killed 2.3 million innocent Vietnamese people. We poisoned their land and rivers with Agent Orange. We fire bombed them with Napalm. We destroyed their villages and society. Why? To make Washington’s top dogs, RICH!

The same horrific consequences occurred with Afghanistan and Iraq. Over 7,500 combat troops lost their lives for nothing. Another 131,000 U.S. soldier kids committed suicide in those 20 year wars. It shows you the hopelessness they suffered at the hands of fighting an insanely religious enemy on his own turf. What did it cost you as a taxpayer? How does $6 trillion sound? That’s what the accountants report.

Much like Vietnam, the power elites did not want to win those two wars. Just let our kids get killed for your tax dollars into the trillions—and into M.I.C. corporate heads’ bank accounts.

During the last 50 years of U.S. AID, every thief in Washington DC has dipped his or her hands into your tax dollars. We’re talking trillions of dollars!

THEN CAME DEPARTMENT OF GOVERNMENT EFFICIENCY

Bill Clinton talked about government waste, fraud and abuse of taxpayer dollars. Bush spoke to the waste. Obama talked about how to stop the enormous lying, cheating and thieving going on in all the big departments in government.

What happened? Answer: nothing! They didn’t do squat.

How much money has been sucked out of your wallet for U.S. AID since 1971? Try $6.1 trillion. That’s a lot of green backs. Where has most of it gone? Into the pockets of politicians and every lying scoundrel who could get his hands on your money.

Even someone as dumb as a “box of rocks” as Georgia’s gubernatorial candidate Stacey Abrams managed to siphon $2 billion out of the fund. She used the money to help poor people buy environmentally responsible appliances. Yeah, right! And line her pockets in the process!

You no doubt have heard or read about creating Sesame Street cartoons for people in Afghanistan for $20 billion. You’ve heard about condoms for millions of dollars for Africans. Please note, their religions don’t allow birth control, and they are too illiterate to read the instructions. How about sex change operations for people in Central America? How do you like paying for that? How about your taxpayer dollars going out to fund Hamas? Look it up!

“In 2024, the US provided $12.7 billion directly to sub-Saharan Africa, and billions more through global programs, with Africa being the primary beneficiary, totaling $41 billion in American foreign assistance.”

That’s makes about as much sense as pouring money down a rat hole.

Then came President Donald J. Trump with the most intelligent man on the planet to clean up the fraud, waste and abuse! Musk’s team has culled trillions out of the fraud going on in DC.

He stopped payment to all the “slush fund” projects that were beyond criminal. He defunded U.S. AID programs that were clearly illegal, criminal and abusive. He’s saving you in just the last four months, over $800.00 for every American taxpayer. He’s intelligently attempting to reduce the $36 trillion national debt. He’s been firing people who have not gone to work for five years since Covid, but have kept being paid for doing nothing.

And yet, you’ve got all these people sucking off your tax dollars crying, dancing and firebombing Tesla Dealerships and cars. You can’t make this stuff up.

We’re in a Catch 22 situation where our economy WILL collapse from the national debt if we maintain the fraud. Or, we support Musk’s team to trim the fat, trim the fraud and stop U.S. AID, and its liars from robbing us blind.

Thankfully, the American people realized that Biden’s four years were a criminal disaster beyond measure. They realized another four years under Kamala would have sealed America’s coffin. It’s about time Hakim Jeffries, Schumer, Pelosi and the rest of those congressional crooks hop aboard the Trump train. Tariffs, Musk, cutting fraud, law and order, sealed borders, deportations, prosecute and jail MS-13 members, life in jail for Luigi Mangione, kill a cop and you go to jail for life, rape a woman and you find yourself in the slammer for 20 years, drink or smoke weed and drive—in the slammer for no less than two years and lose license for 5 years on the first offense, 10 years on second…and you can think of more. Let’s make breaking our laws more prohibitive and consequential that even brainless morons won’t commit crimes because they know the slammer awaits them.

At some point, we come to terms with reality, or reality is going to come to terms with us.

© 2025 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Bradlee Dean

April 2, 2025

“Blessed is the man whom thou chastenest, O LORD, And teachest him out of thy Law…” – Psalm 94:12

Just recently, I saw another popular preacher, who drives the same false gospel as the others driving the same leavened narrative (Mark 8:15; Galatians 1:8), talking about the love of God.

Love seems to be the popular message of many of these 1960s hippie hirelings occupying the pulpits in America today (John 10:12).  What’s worse is that they know nothing of the love of God (Psalm 78:9).  After all, holding God’s love that has been shed abroad in our hearts by the Holy Ghost (Romans 5:5), who has been given unto us, hates what He hates and loves what He loves (Psalm 97:10; Romans 12:9).

Furthermore, that love of God fulfills His Law, the Law that these despise (Amos 2:4).

“To the Law and to the testimony: if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them.” -Isaiah 8:20

Just look to their fruit, the lawless society that they have raised up over the last 65 years, and they’re still tolerated among those who sit in their pews.

How contrary to the preachers who were so used by the Lord to establish the very foundations of this country, which are quickly being effaced.  Only if the congregants would look to those who have gone before them, they would then clearly see the truth of what is being written here (Hebrews 13:7).

Thomas Brooks (1608-1680) was one such example.

I would that the reader take note of the love in which he wrote, and consider it in contrast to what you see in the present (Jeremiah 6:16).

Thomas wrote:

“Blessed is the man whom thou chastenest, if by outward afflictions thy soul be brought more under the inward teaching of God doubtless thy afflictions are in love.

All the chastening in the world without divine teaching will never make a man blessed, the man that finds correction attended with instruction and lashing with lessoning is a happy man if God by the affliction that is upon thee shall teach thee how to loathe sin more, how to trample upon the world more, and how to walk with God more.

If thy afflictions are in love, if God shall teach thee by afflictions how to die to sin more, and how to die to thy relations more, and how to die to thy self-interest more, thy afflictions are in love.

If God shall teach thee by afflictions how to live to Christ more, how to lift up Christ more, and how to long for Christ more, thy afflictions are in love.

If God shall teach thee by afflictions to get assurance of a better life and to be still in a gracious readiness and preparedness for the day of thy death thy afflictions are in love.

If God shall teach thee by afflictions how to mind heaven more, and how to be fit for heaven more thy afflictions are in love.

If God by afflictions shall teach thy proud heart how to lie more low, and thy hard heart how to grow more humble, and thy censorious heart how to grow more charitable and thy carnal heart how to grow more spiritual, and thy forward heart how to grow more quiet thy afflictions are in love.

Where God loves He afflicts.

In love and wherever God afflicts in love, there He will first and last teach such souls such lessons as shall do them good to all eternity.

If you enjoy the special presence of God with your spirits and your affliction, then your affliction is in love.
Hast thou a special presence of God with thy spirit strengthening of that stilling of that satisfying of that cheering and comforting of that in the multitude of my thoughts that is of my troubled intricate and snared intertwined and perplexed thoughts as the branches of a tree by some strong wind are twisted one within another as the Hebrew word properly signifies thy comforts delight my soul here is a presence of God with his soul here our comforts and delights that reach the soul here is a cordial to strengthen the spirits.”

© 2025 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Paul Engel

April 2, 2025

• Does your state have a “duty to inform” law?
• Many point to a violation of the Second Amendment.
• Did you realize these laws violate the Fourth and Fifth Amendments as well?

As a lifelong gun owner, I understand the awesome responsibility of owning a weapon. After getting my concealed carry license many years ago, I came to understand the great responsibility of having a deadly weapon on my person. Now, as a constitutional scholar, I’ve come to realize just how badly states are infringing on our rights, simply because we decide to exercise one of them.

Today, I want to talk about “duty to inform” laws. After all, if the presence of a firearm is a threat to officer safety, than the officer’s firearm is a threat to my safety.

Duty to Inform

In this article “duty to inform” means the legal requirement that a person, when they are contacted by law enforcement, is to inform them that they are armed. Based on my research, currently 47 out of 50 states have some form of “duty to inform” law. Most states have a requirement that you inform law enforcement if you have a firearm only if you are asked. However, thirteen states require you to inform law enforcement of the presence of a firearm even before you are asked. A “duty to inform” law is described by Concealed Nation as:

Duty to Inform laws are crucial regulations that concealed carriers must understand to ensure both their safety and compliance with local statutes during encounters with law enforcement.

Successful Duty to Inform: Essential Knowledge for Concealed Carriers – Concealed Nation

I’ll talk about compliance with local statues later, but there is some logic in helping to ensure safety both for you and for law enforcement.

The Duty to Inform law exists to maintain a clear line of communication between armed civilians and law enforcement officers. It aims to:

• Enhance officer safety: Knowing that an individual is armed allows officers to adjust their approach to ensure their safety and the safety of others.
• Reduce misunderstandings: By disclosing the presence of a firearm, a concealed carrier can prevent a scenario where an officer might unexpectedly discover the firearm, potentially leading to defensive actions.
• Foster transparency: These laws encourage honesty and openness in interactions between armed citizens and police, fostering an environment of mutual respect and understanding.

Successful Duty to Inform: Essential Knowledge for Concealed Carriers – Concealed Nation

I do want to enhance safety, but not just for law enforcement, and I’ll talk about that more later as well. Yes, the assumption is that all law enforcement is armed, so I can understand them wanting to know if they have a tactical advantage in such a situation or not. But if the idea that an armed citizen is a threat to officer safety, then an armed officer is a threat to citizen safety. After all, if a citizen draws a gun on law enforcement it’s a crime, but if an officer draws their gun on a civilian, it’s their job.

Yes, we should want to reduce misunderstandings, but that only works when both sides are open and transparent. Why should the presence of a firearm lead to defensive action only when in the possession of a civilian? Don’t civilians have the same right to defend themselves as law enforcement? Do we not have a right, protected by the Constitution of the United States, to be armed? The constitutions of most of our states recognize that all power is inherent in the people. Shouldn’t we be able to exercise that power without fear that a government actor has legal protections if they overreact to that fact? If states wish to foster transparency, why do they allow their officers to lie to citizens, then claim it’s a crime for citizens to lie to officers. That does not foster transparency, but suspicion.

Laws and Statues

With the law, details matter. Take for example my home state of Tennessee. When I started researching this article I found several websites that claim that Tennessee has a duty to inform law. Well, that’s not exactly what I found. As I stated above, like most people, when I hear “duty to inform,” I think of a legal requirement to inform law enforcement if you are in possession of a firearm. However, when I dug into the Tennessee law these sites were referring to, I found something different.

The permit holder shall have the permit in the holder’s immediate possession at all times when carrying a handgun in a location or manner that would be prohibited if not for the person’s status as a concealed handgun carry permit holder and shall display the permit on demand of a law enforcement officer under such circumstances.

Tenn. Code Ann. § 39-17-1366(e)

So the Tennessee Code Annotated that’s cited as a “duty to inform” law, actually only requires a permit holder to display the permit when demanded by law enforcement, and only if they are in a location where they are required to have a permit to be in possession of a firearm. (Tennessee is a permit-less carry state, so in most locations, a permit is not required to carry a firearm.) Under this law, there is no time when a person is required to inform law enforcement that they are actually in possession of a firearm.

There is a more important consideration with these laws: Violations of Constitution of the United States. Sure, there’s the Second Amendment issue, but do these laws violate the Fourth and Fifth Amendment as well?

Unreasonable Search

Most of you are probably aware that the Fourth Amendment protects you against unreasonable searches and seizures, but when are you being searched and when are you being seized? And what makes them reasonable? In Terry v. Ohio, the Supreme Court said:

Whenever a police officer accosts an individual and restrains his freedom to walk away, he has “seized” that person within the meaning of the Fourth Amendment.

Terry v. Ohio, 392 U.S. 1 (1968)

So when you are stopped by the police, you have been seized and you are in custody, which requires reasonable suspicion. That means for law enforcement to stop you, they must be able to articulate a reasonable suspicion of your participation in a crime, either past or future.

Under the Fourth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, a police officer may stop a suspect on the street and frisk him or her without probable cause to arrest, if the police officer has a reasonable suspicion that the person has committed, is committing, or is about to commit a crime and has a reasonable belief that the person “may be armed and presently dangerous.”

Terry v. Ohio, 392 U.S. 1 (1968)

Does this logic not extend to having to admit that you are armed? If an officer must have a reasonable suspicion of a crime to stop you, shouldn’t they need a similar reason to ask if you are armed? And since this is a right protected by the Constitution of the United States, shouldn’t the state also be required to show reasonable suspicion before demanding you speak? After all, the law enforcement officer who has stopped you is armed, and by the logic of this case, may be presently dangerous to you. Why should a level playing field between citizen and law enforcement be considered a problem?

Self Witness

If we’re going to talk about speaking, we have to include the Fifth Amendment. One of the constitutional protections that I see often misquoted comes from the Fifth Amendment.

nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against himself

U.S. Constitution, Amendment V

Notice, it is your right to not be a witness against yourself, whether it would incriminate you or not. You may not be criminally charged when you encounter law enforcement, but if these laws make it a crime to not inform law enforcement, then that would make it a criminal case. So how can the state require me to witness against myself in what may become a criminal case? The Fifth Amendment protection is not against self-incrimination, but self-witness. If you are required to tell someone you are in possession of a firearm, you are witnessing against yourself, especially if you were carrying concealed. That makes these laws a violation of the Fifth Amendment.

Conclusion

I think I’ve shown that these “duty to inform” laws violate both the Fourth and Fifth Amendment to the Constitution. Yet each and every day, people are told they have to allow these violations of their rights as a condition of exercising a right protected by the Constitution.

Remember, the Supreme Court believes that, to establish reasonableness to detain and search a person, law enforcement must first be able to articulate a reasonable suspicion of a crime. Searching you for a firearm, even verbally, is unreasonable without such suspicion, and therefore violates your rights protected by the Constitution. It does not matter if your alleged duty requires the officer to ask, without reasonable suspicion, that is a violation of the Fourth Amendment.

Demanding that you witness against your self is a violation of the Fifth Amendment. Again, if law enforcement has a reasonable articulable suspicion that you have or are about to commit a crime, they’ve established a reasonable search, but your right against self-witness is not based on reasonableness like your right to not be searched.

For these reasons, along with your right to remain silent, I do not see how the state can demand that you identify whether or not you are armed. Even if there are state or local laws that require this violation of the Constitution, you can always point to the Supremacy Clause:

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

That said, there are situations where, both for your safety and the safety of other innocent people who may be in proximity, I think it would be a good idea to let law enforcement know that a firearm is present. For example, if you are getting out of a car, or being “patted down” while armed, or if you are reaching for something where a gun is being stored, I think it would be a good idea to inform the officer of the presence of a gun rather than allowing them to discover it for themselves. It’s not that the officer can legally compel you, but for your safety, since you do not know how any specific officer may react to the discovery of a legally possessed firearm.

What I find most concerning is the ongoing attempt by government actors and our elected representatives to create a disparity of power where We the People are expected to be subjects to the governments we created. This ongoing attempt to make law enforcement rulers over the people they have sworn to protect and serve is not only antithetical to the constitutional republic, but to a free people. It is also a violation of federal law:

Whoever, under color of any law, statute, ordinance, regulation, or custom, willfully subjects any person in any State, Territory, Commonwealth, Possession, or District to the deprivation of any rights, privileges, or immunities secured or protected by the Constitution or laws of the United States, … shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than one year, or both;

18 USC §242

That is why I urge you to contact your state representatives and urge them to rescind these “duty to inform” laws. In this country, we are not only to be assumed innocent until proven guilty, but we have the right to both be secure from unreasonable searches and to not be forced to witness against ourselves. Since these rights are protected by the Constitution of the United States, those laws are already void. Shouldn’t those who represent us fulfill their oath to support the Constitution’s of both their state and the United States? Shouldn’t they do all they can to avoid the confusion that can reduce the safety of officer and citizen alike? Because these laws merely make the citizen a defenseless potential victim of law enforcement hubris.

© 2025 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Kat Stansell

April 2 2025

My grandmother spoke those words, in the 1950’s. The image above is of a desk plaque I rescued from her office after her death. I have it, today, on mine. I treasure it, above most all else I own, as it links me to those gone before, in heart and mind.

I’ll bet you thought that quote was something said in reaction to the latest news of the the illegitimate scam called “property taxes’” has recently come to light. No.

That plaque is 60+ years old.

If you want to understand what’s going on today, see my Substack, ‘Beware, Your Home May Not Be Your Own’, where I described the property tax siphon, sucking life savings from people’s bank accounts and into the pockets of politicians and developers.

That, however, is only the modern day dust cover to an old, old book.

See Jurski’s Journal for today’s rendition. He has done a fabulous job of it.

As a matter of fact, I am writing this in response to Kris’s asking for comments from readers who knew of a similar situation. He asked, “which state”. I want to share with him, but I need to expand that request into , “which decade”?

I have a family story to share.

To do that, I risk tagging my age to a generation, but I am proud to do so. I came from hard-working people who knew no other way. On the heels of WWI, my grandparents, both school teachers, opened a small agricultural and farm machinery company, to help our nation grow food. They knew what the country needed. Teachers, then, were smart about life, , not about trans-gendering or Marxist messaging.

We lived in Cincinnati, Ohio. Then, Kentucky, Southern Indiana and Ohio were mostly farms.

I worked at the family store , from childhood on, sweeping, cleaning the front store, measuring out the purchase of seeds from the big wooden bins (I still have the scoop), working in the parts department, driving truck. So, I understood my Grandmother when she lamented the government’s role in NOT helping the little guy.

We were he.

In 1937, the Ohio River flooded and destroyed our business. No matter what was done, FDR’s government had no help for us. We still had to pay taxes. And rebuild on our own. We were, after all, the little guy. His “New Deal” was for someone else, maybe a more “tragic” figure. (No, I wasn’t around then…but I listened, after I was..)

Before Roosevelt’s ascension to our national throne, America suffered The Great Depression. Hoover did nothing. FDR is credited for bringing us out of it. He did that, by changing our government into a “nanny state.” That government has controlled our lives ever since, with another World War to give us “purpose”. Some are looking to continue that death march, by starting WW III.

Herbert Hoover’s promises had been useless, for three+ years, as the nation suffered and Americans lost jobs and homes. AND HOMES. Those – like my family – who managed to scrape by and keep their businesses open, were utterly ignored. Taxes were still due. FDR’s “New Deal” was for others.

We all lived in a two-flat and everybody helped with the mortgage.

It was during this time, that my grandparents formed their feelings about our national government, and I inherited mine. Can you blame us?? What is being done to hard-working Americans today is no different than it was then, just wrapped in different trappings. We today have common cause with our forebearers.

Look back at my Grandma’s words, above. FDR’s New Deal did not help them. It seemed to avoid small businesses and the plight of ordinary Americans, which – then as today – were the heart of our economic lifeline. America’s homeowners are the same, today.

Program and methodology have changed, but the control has kept on. Donald Trump has an incredible task ahead, to turn the corner back to a Constitutional Republic. Pray that he can.

Our current President may be THE one who can change this decades’-long theft of the achievements of working Americans . We should not lose our lifetime investment in our homes or our businesses because of the grift of the political class. I know he knows that.

To help, though, DJT MUST get his DOJ in gear, to bring forth, and act on, the amicus curiae briefs currently on Bondi’s desk. As of this moment, 37% of American homeowners stand to lose their primary lifetime investment, their homes. See my previous substack for how and why. Better yet, go to Jurski’s Journal.

The case has been presented to DC. We are waiting to hear what they will do.

All I wanted to do today, is to answer Kris Jurski on where and when we have experienced the government tax grab. Hope my family story adds to the annals, because this is not a new problem. That is my message.

Taxes and government neglect of the working American, have been a controlling factor in our lives for a LOOONG time.

We MUST change that, and start by ridding our government of the politician/developer class that has stolen our very sovereignty.

How to do that?

YOU know. Act locally. Most of you have felt the sting of wildly increasing property taxes. Get those politicians who support this theft, OUT office asap.

© 2025 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By: Amil Imani

April 1, 2025

In an era where information is power, two corporate giants – Google and Meta – act as gatekeepers to the digital world, wielding their unprecedented market dominance to shape consumer habits and manipulate the very foundation of democracy: our elections. Let’s be honest: these tech behemoths are not neutral players. They are massive monopolies with clear political agendas, using their unmatched market power to control electoral outcomes. From Google’s biased search results to Meta’s curated feeds, evidence is mounting that Big Tech is tipping the scales – and nothing will change until we strip them of their unchecked influence.

The idea that Google and Meta possess monopolistic power is hardly controversial. Google controls over 90% of the global search engine market, while Meta’s empire – spanning Facebook, Instagram, and WhatsApp – commands a staggering share of social media traffic. Together, they create a duopoly that influences what billions of people see, read, and think daily. However, this dominance is not just a business achievement; it functions as a political weapon. These companies have the tools, the data, and the motive to sway voters, and they aren’t hesitant to use them.

Consider Google as an example. In 2019, psychologist Dr. Robert Epstein testified before Congress that manipulating Google’s search algorithm could have shifted at least 2.6 million votes toward Hillary Clinton in the 2016 U.S. presidential election. Epstein, a former editor-in-chief of Psychology Today and a self-described liberal is not a fringe conspiracy theorist; he is a respected researcher who has dedicated years to studying Big Tech’s influence. His findings suggest that by subtly altering search result rankings – burying unfavorable stories or boosting preferred narratives – Google can sway undecided voters without leaving a trace. In a close race, even a slight nudge can tip the scales. And with no oversight, no accountability, and no transparency, who can stop them?

Meta, meanwhile, engages in a similar practice. Its platforms operate on algorithms that prioritize content based on obscure criteria, often amplifying divisive or ideologically biased posts while suppressing others. During the 2020 election cycle, Facebook faced accusations of selectively limiting conservative pages and ads while promoting progressive messaging. Internal leaks and whistleblower accounts – such as those from former employee Frances Haugen – uncover a company culture rife with ideological bias, where decisions regarding “misinformation” and “hate speech” conveniently align with left-leaning priorities. When you control the flow of information to over 3 billion users, that’s not just influence; that’s the power to reshape reality.

Why does this matter? Because elections are not just about votes; they are about perception. If Big Tech can shape people’s views, they can influence who wins. Their incentives are clear. Silicon Valley’s workforce and donor class overwhelmingly lean left – Google employees donated to Democrats over Republicans by a 20-to-1 margin in 2020, according to OpenSecrets. Meta’s Mark Zuckerberg has funneled hundreds of millions into “election integrity” initiatives that critics argue disproportionately benefit progressive turnout efforts. These are not accidents; they are patterns. The agenda is not hidden; it is embedded in the system.

But Big Tech doesn’t operate in isolation. Mainstream media and educational institutions – many of which are funded or influenced by leftist titans like George Soros – amplify this distortion. Outlets such as CNN, MSNBC, and The New York Times echo narratives that align with Big Tech’s curation, while universities produce graduates steeped in progressive orthodoxy. For instance, Soros’s Open Society Foundations have invested billions in media and academic projects that advocate globalist, anti-conservative frameworks. Together, this trifecta – tech, media, and academia – creates a stranglehold on public discourse, drowning out dissent and shaping worldviews to fit a singular mold.

So, why are Google and Meta doing this? The answer isn’t comforting. It’s not just about ideology—though that’s a factor—it’s about control. These companies thrive on predictability, and a populace divided or aligned with their preferred outcomes ensures their dominance remains unchallenged. A conservative wave emphasizing deregulation and antitrust scrutiny threatens their empire. By manipulating the system, they protect their profits and power. It’s a self-perpetuating cycle: influencing elections, securing favorable policies, and tightening their grip.

The evidence keeps piling up, and it’s more than any patriot can bear. From Google’s suppression of Tulsi Gabbard’s ads in 2019 – right after she criticized Big Tech – to Meta’s last-minute censorship of the Hunter Biden laptop story in 2020, the examples are blatant and chilling. Each revelation uncovers another layer of a system that is rotten to its core. And yet, the question remains: if they’re capable of this, what else are they hiding? The truth feels overwhelming, a betrayal of the free society we believed we had.

But despair isn’t an option; action is. We can’t allow these monopolies to hold our democracy hostage. The first step is to break their power. Antitrust enforcement must be strengthened: Google’s search engine must be separated from its ad business, Meta must be required to divest Instagram and WhatsApp, and strict transparency must be mandated for algorithms. Second, we need election safeguards: prohibit Big Tech from microtargeting political ads and mandate real-time disclosure of content moderation decisions. Finally, conservatives must create alternatives – platforms, media, and institutions that Silicon Valley’s elite can’t co-opt.

This isn’t about silencing Big Tech; it’s about leveling the playing field. They’ve had their turn rigging the system; now it’s time to take it back. The stakes couldn’t be higher. Every election they manipulate is a step toward a future where our votes don’t count, and our voices are mere echoes in their machine. We’ve seen the agenda, felt the betrayal, and understand what’s at risk. The fight starts now – because if we don’t act, nothing will change, and the invisible hand of Big Tech will tighten its grip until freedom becomes just a memory.

© 2025 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Cliff Kincaid

April 1, 2025

Identifying and locating the “enemies within” is not that difficult. They will be gathering on April 5, 2025, for a “March on Washington for Palestine” sponsored by several communist and pro-Hamas organizations.

This event is significant, for the Tesla firebombing case in Las Vegas reveals links between the perpetrator, Paul Hyon Kim, and communist groups, including the Communist Party USA, and Palestinian causes. The links to communism and Islam were disclosed by the local police in announcing his arrest.

The Communist Party was once funded by Moscow but now takes advantage of the capitalist system to destroy capitalism by accepting donations through PayPal and credit cards. It has assumed a leading role in the anti-Trump “resistance,” fearing the dismantling of the socialist bureaucracy put in place by its endorsed presidential candidate Barack Hussein Obama. (The Communist Party USA openly backed Obama for president in 2008 and 2012.)

Demonstrating its foreign  connections, the CPUSA  on February 23 aired a virtual “town  hall” featuring leaders of the South African Communist Party to “hear their unique perspective on the rise of the tech oligarchs” in the United States such as Elon Musk, who was originally from South Africa. He understands that South Africa has gone communist.

The Trump Administration has suspended foreign and military aid to South Africa, citing its communist domestic and foreign policies, such as anti-white “land reform” and its support for Hamas in its war against Israel.

Other major communist groups involved in the April 5 rally are the People’s Forum, the Party for Socialism and Liberation, and the ANSWER Coalition.

The Revolutionary Communist International, one of the groups linked to the Tesla terrorist, advertises itself as “fighting capitalism in over 60 countries” and has a strong presence on many social media platforms.

Similarly, the April 5 sponsors openly advertise their goals on Facebook and X. But by supporting Hamas and various communist causes, these people are in danger of being arrested, jailed, and even deported.

The “Annual Threat Assessment of the U.S Intelligence Community,” released by the Trump Administration, adds an important reference to al-Qaeda, the group responsible for killing nearly 3,000 people on American soil on 9/11, saying, “Its leaders, some of whom remain in Iran, have tried to exploit anti-Israeli sentiment over the war in Gaza to unite Muslims and encourage attacks against Israel and the United States.”

The terror group’s “media apparatus” has “issued statements from leaders and the group’s affiliates supporting HAMAS and encouraging attacks against Israeli and U.S. targets.”

This is the agenda of the April 5 event. Hence, some of the same law enforcement agencies involved in arresting the Tesla terrorist can be deployed to monitor those behind this movement. These include the FBI Joint Terrorism Task Force (JTTF) and the Justice Department’s National Security Division.

Sue J. Bai, head of the Justice Department’s National Security Division, just announced the U.S. Government traced and seized approximately $201,400 in cryptocurrency from an “an ongoing terrorist financing scheme” designed to benefit Hamas.

U.S. Attorney Edward R. Martin Jr. for the District of Columbia said, “Hamas is responsible for the death of many U.S. and Israeli nationals, and we will stop at nothing to stop their campaign of terror and murder.”

Since these groups arriving in Washington, D.C. on April 5 support Hamas, a designated terrorist organization, they are in danger — especially if they are foreigners — of being arrested and deported as agents of the enemies of the United States.

The 1952 Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) was used to arrest Mahmoud Khalil, a former Columbia University graduate student born in Syria who is not an American citizen but resides on American soil. The Department of Homeland Security said, “Khalil led activities aligned to Hamas, a designated terrorist organization.”

That alignment is what is behind the April 5 event.

Interestingly, the INA also bars immigrants to the United States who advocate “the economic, international, and governmental doctrines of world communism.” Hence, communists who are non-citizens and who assemble on American soil can be arrested and expelled on much the same basis.

Speaking to the Faith & Freedom Coalition conference in the 2024 campaign, President Trump promised to use this law, saying, “Using federal law, section 212 (f) of the Immigration and Nationality Act, I will order my government to deny entry to all communists and all Marxists. Those who come to join our country must love our country. We don’t want them if they want to destroy our country…. So, we’re going to be keeping foreign Christian-hating communists, socialists, and Marxists out of America. We’re keeping them out of America.”

That section of the law authorizes the president of the United States to “suspend the entry” of certain noncitizens into the United States under certain circumstances.

But many are already here and have American citizenship.

Trump understood this, asking, “But my question is, what are we going to do with the ones that are already here, that grew up here?” The packed auditorium of Trump supporters erupted with screaming chants of “Deport them! Deport them!”

That might not be possible, unless they are directly linked to terrorism. But for the Americans who belong to these communist groups, there is another option the federal government has at its disposal to designate them as linked to foreign ideologies.

The Communist Control Act, a law still on the books, could be used to prevent Marxist groups from enjoying certain government benefits, such as using tax-exempt funds to organize subversion, and/or requiring that they register as agents of a foreign power.

The law declares that communist organizations “are not entitled to any of the rights, privileges, and immunities attendant upon legal bodies created under the jurisdiction of the laws of the United States…” because of their “authoritarian” nature and goal of “denying to all others the liberties guaranteed by the Constitution.”

The Marxist publication Jacobin admits that “…anti-communist laws remain on the books throughout the country. The Communism Control Act has never been repealed, and similar laws still exist in many states including New Hampshire, Pennsylvania, Alabama, California, Washington, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Tennessee, and Virginia.”

This means that Attorneys General in those states can identify and register local and state communist groups as foreign agents linked to Iran, Russia, China, or all three.

On the federal level, Attorney General Pam Bondi can take note of the fact that donations for April 5 are being processed by the Progress Unity Fund, a 501(c)(3) organization,” meaning they are tax-exempt and “educational,” taking advantage of tax benefits designed to help charities.

The Progress Unity Fund, based in San Francisco, is defined as working “To provide a progressive alternative to mainstream charities” and its programs include the “ANSWER Coalition,” a recognized front of the Party for Socialism and Liberation, and the main sponsor of April 5.

In addition to yanking the tax-exempt status of communist groups, then-Senator Marco Rubio and Senator Lindsey Graham wrote to then-Attorney General Merrick Garland last year asking for an investigation into organizations linked to Neville Roy Singham, identified as a U.S. citizen with ties to the Chinese Communist party (CCP), for “potential violations” of the Foreign Agents Registration Act (FARA). They were identified as:

• Code Pink
• No Cold War
• Tricontinental
• United Community Fund
• Justice and Education Fund
• People’s Support Foundation
• New Frame
• People’s Forum
• Dongsheng News
• Shut It Down for Palestine
• ANSWER Coalition
• International People’s Assembly
• Al-Awda NY
• National Students for Justice in Palestine
• Palestinian Youth Movement
• Palestinian American Community Center NJ
• Samidoun
• BreakThrough Media

Alleging ties to Communist China, Senator Jim Banks has specifically urged an investigation into Code Pink for violations of FARA. But investigating these entities for alleged FARA violations stops far short of what is required.

Beyond the use of these federal statues against members of these groups and their patrons, such as Neville Roy Singham and George Soros, the case of the Tesla terrorist demonstrates that the FBI must be immediately deployed by FBI Director Kash Patel to investigate the network of communist and Palestinian groups already on American soil and planning the April 5 event that could erupt into violence.

These groups are already organizing contingents from dozens of states to arrive in the nation’s capital on April 5.

If the Justice Department truly wants to hold Hamas supporters accountable, as it announced when it created a Joint Task Force to seek justice for the victims of the October 7, 2023, terrorist attack in Israel, it can begin by investigating the network planning the April 5 March on Washington, just blocks from the FBI building.

© 2025 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is President of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Kelleigh Nelson

April 1, 2025

The field of U.S. cancer care is organized around a medical monopoly that ensures a continuous flow of money to the pharmaceutical companies, medical technology firms, research institutes, and government agencies such as the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the National Cancer Institute (NCI) and quasi-public organizations such as the American Cancer Society (ACS). —John Diamond

The principal villain in rising health care costs is the government. Not pharmaceutical companies, not doctors, but government. —Neal Boortz

I am not against the pharmaceutical companies. I love them. That’s not the issue. The issue is, in some cases, when they do these clinical trials, they control the data. They analyze the data. In some cases, they even write the article. And that leads to at least the perception, if not the reality, that there’s a conflict of interest. —Catherine D. DeAngelis

It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines. I take no pleasure in this conclusion, which I reached slowly and reluctantly over my two decades as an editor of The New England Journal of Medicine.  —Dr. Marcia Angell

Big Pharma won when Dr. Dave Weldon’s name was withdrawn to head the Centers for Disease Control.  Senators Collins (R-ME) and Cassidy (R-LA) refused to vote for the man who was perfect for the position.  With the confirmation Of Dr. Marty Makary as head of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), Big Pharma wins again.

Dr. Marcia Angell is an American physician, author and the first woman to serve as editor-in-chief of the formerly trustworthy New England Journal of Medicine.  Angell trained in both internal medicine and anatomic pathology and is a board-certified pathologist.

She has had a lot to say about the FDA and Big Pharma.

Angell commented on the 1992 Prescription Drug User Fee Act which allowed the FDA to collect fees from drug manufacturers to fund the new drug approval process. Angell has stated, “It’s time to take the Food and Drug Administration back from the drug companies. In effect, the user fee act put the FDA on the payroll of the industry it regulates. Last year, the fees came to about $300 million, which the companies recoup many times over by getting their drugs to market faster.”

FDA estimates the base revenue for FY 2025 for the Prescription Drug User Fee Amendment (PDUFA VII) at $1,358,764,346 before factoring in inflation and other factors.

The charges of FDA bias include allegations of undue pharmaceutical industry influence, pressures to allow pharmaceuticals, and viewing the pharmaceutical industry as FDA clients.

The FDA’s tactics during Covid, the lack of authorization for the use of safe and inexpensive drugs, Ivermectin and Hydroxychloroquine, and their promotion of Big Pharma’s untested and Operation Warp Speed (OWS) produced “vaccines” clearly shows their connection to Big Pharma.

Angell is also a critic of the pharmaceutical industry. With Arnold S. Relman, she argues, “The few drugs that are truly innovative have usually been based on taxpayer-supported research done in nonprofit academic medical centers or at the National Institutes of Health. In fact, many drugs now sold by drug companies were licensed to them by academic medical centers or small biotechnology companies.”

The pharmaceutical industry estimates that each new drug costs them $800 million to develop and bring to market, but Angell and Relman estimate the cost to them is actually closer to $100 million. Angell is the author of The Truth About the Drug Companies: How They Deceive Us and What to Do About It.

That’s not all…

In her 2004 article “The Truth About the Drug Companies”, published in The New York Review of Books, Angell wrote, “The combined profits for the ten drug companies in the Fortune 500 ($35.9 billion) were more than the profits for all the other 490 businesses put together ($33.7 billion). Over the past two decades the pharmaceutical industry has moved very far from its original high purpose of discovering and producing useful new drugs. Now primarily a marketing machine to sell drugs of dubious benefit, this industry uses its wealth and power to co-opt every institution that might stand in its way, including the US Congress, the FDA, academic medical centers, and the medical profession itself.” (Marketing efforts are focused on influencing doctors, since they must write the prescriptions.)

The U.S. pharmaceutical market size was estimated at USD 634.32 billion in 2024 and is expected to grow at a Compound Annual Growth Rate of 5.72% from 2025 to 2030, to reach an estimated value of USD 883.97 billion by 2030.

Like OWS injections, the end result of those rushed “vaccines” have caused massive health problems including death.

The National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act, signed in 1986 by President Reagan, gave vaccine manufacturers immunity from product liability lawsuits.  And…

The Horrible History of Big Pharma tells the story of the failures of various pharmaceutical companies throughout the years.  It covers Big Pharma’s Covid “vaccine” manufacturers.

The result of nearly a hundred years of Congressional tinkering, government meddling, terrible communication, added responsibilities, inadequate staffing, mixed signals, and plain confusion is a dysfunctional FDA. The FDA is requesting a $7.2 billion budget for fiscal year 2025.

Under both Presidents Obama and Biden, Robert M. Califf, MD, was the FDA Commissioner.  He had strong ties and stock holdings in Big Pharma.

“Nine of the FDAs past 10 commissioners went on to work for the drug industry or serve on the board of directors of a drug company,” according to a recent BMJ report.

FDA Commissioner, Dr. Marty Makary

Martin Adel Makary was born in Liverpool, England, and grew up in Baltimore and central Pennsylvania, where his father was a hematologist at the Geisinger Medical Center. “The culture of rural Pennsylvania was extremely gracious and welcoming, even for an Egyptian guy from Liverpool,” he says.

Dr. Martin Adel Makary is an author, a Fox News commentator, professor and practices surgical oncology and gastrointestinal laparoscopic surgery at Johns Hopkins Hospital.  He is a Mark Ravitch Chair in Gastrointestinal Surgery at Johns Hopkins School of Medicine.  Makary is also their chief of Islet Transplant Surgery.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr., head of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), has railed about the risks of food additives for years and has said he wants to end “the mass poisoning of American children.”

At a March 6^th confirmation hearing, Dr. Makary, also expressed concern about foods “with a lot of molecules that do not appear in nature.”

The FDA often leaves it to food companies to determine whether their ingredients and additives are safe. Companies do not have to tell the FDA about those decisions, and they don’t have to list all ingredients on their product labels, even those containing powdered insects.

In February 2020, Makary said on television that the United States needed to take the threat of Covid-19 seriously and that people should stop all non-essential travel. He agreed with the national lockdown insisting it would help to slow the spread of the virus whereas many dissident physicians believed herd immunity would be of great effect.

In May 2020, Makary advocated for universal masking in an effort to enable businesses and schools to re-open to minimize economic and educational damage across the United States. Yet, Forty-five years of mask studies prove they are worthless.

In October of 2021, Makary called for new leadership at the FDA stating that Covid has given us a clear-eyed look at a broken FDA that’s mired in politics and red tape.

Makary believed in one dose of the Covid vaccine for teens but not the second dose which caused high rates of myocarditis.  He did not agree with the Covid mandates, but promotes the regular vaccine regimen for children.

Benjamin Rushe’s article in American Thinker tells another story, Marty Makary’s Pro-COVID Vax Stance Means He’s Fundamentally Wrong for FDA Commissioner.

“The fact that he kept pushing the mRNA COVID vaccine long after problems with it were obvious should be an insurmountable barrier to confirmation.

“In social media posts and through widely circulated video and news interviews, Makary repeatedly promoted just about every Biden White House talking point about the Covid modified RNA vaccines. Even as he did this, he never addressed the thousands of peer-reviewed mRNA vaccine injuries described in the literature and the thousands of un-retracted Covid-era journal publications.”

Makary is the first author of the original scientific publications describing “The Surgery Checklist“.  He worked with the World Health Organization to develop the official World Health Organization Surgical Checklist.

Dr. Makary also serves as a board member or adviser to several companies, including one that offers compounded GLP-1 drugs such as Ozempic.

Makary holds board seats and advising roles with several companies.  He serves as a public adviser to health policy research organization Paragon Health Institute and advises insurance provider Sidecar Health and benefits brokerage Nava.

Perhaps most notably, he is the chief medical officer at Sesame, a telehealth company that offers compounded GLP-1 medications among other services.

The connection to Sesame could become a point of contention as the FDA wrestles with GLP-1 drugmakers over how to handle compounded versions of the blockbuster weight loss and diabetes drugs.  RFK Jr. regularly argued against researchers with industry ties receiving federal funding or serving on advisory committees to the FDA or U.S. Department of Agriculture.

GLP-1 drugs include Ozempic. Calley Means has exposed not only the side effects of this drug, but the strong connections between Big Pharma, the food industry and how our politicians are paid to ignore the problems.

Obama’s Geisinger Hospitals

In 2008, Dr. Makary donated $1,000 to Barack Obama’s presidential campaign according to Federal Election Commission records.

Makary’s father was a hematologist at Geisinger Medical Center in Pennsylvania.  Geisinger was considered a model for Obama Care by President Obama and he desired all American hospitals to follow their system.

From Time Magazine’s, The Long Goodbye by Joe Klein, “Geisinger hospital is the mother ship of an extensive network of medical practitioners tending to 2.6 million patients in 44 mostly rural Pennsylvania counties. It was founded in 1915 by a widow named Abigail Geisinger and first directed by Harold Foss, a surgeon who had been an assistant to the famed Mayo brothers. Like the Mayo Clinic, it employed a team approach, with doctors paid as employees rather than independent operators cooperating on patient care.  ‘It’s like hiring a general contractor to supervise the renovation of your house,’ says Henry J. Aaron, a health expert at the Brookings Institute.” (Another leftist think tank funded by Rockefeller and Ford Foundations.)

The accountable-care-organization model, which is the emerging term of art for places like Mayo and Geisinger, became a pioneer in computerization of medical records and analyzing those records. Geisinger’s Proven Health Navigator enrolls patients who are overseen electronically by case managers.

The elderly are even contacted in their homes by these case manager nurses to see if they’re taking their medication, eating the right things, keeping their doctor appointments, and even weighing themselves (on Bluetooth scales that send the results to the Geisinger computers).

This way Geisinger can decide when “end-of-life” care should commence, or lack of life-giving care should end.  A government approved health care facility will be watching over you this closely, and when you step on a scale, your numbers will go to the watchdog.

Doctors are paid salaries and “outcome-based performance” bonuses rather than by the services they perform.  In fact, Joe Klein’s article states that organizations who embrace these “outcome-based” death panel systems actually receive cash bonuses from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) savings plan, when they save more money by pulling the plug on granny!  Much of the savings projected for Obamacare would come from a broader application of this Mayo/Geisinger model.

The bonuses these doctors receive depends upon how well they adhere to common procedures. The Geisinger program, marketed as Proven Care, eliminates the physician “guesswork,” or “variability,” by requiring every employee to follow an agreed-upon set of best practices. (No thinking outside the box!) They achieve these goals through standardization.  Science based protocols are “hard-wired” into the process.  In other words, for most procedures, one size fits all.  This is “cookbook medicine.”  (Heads up Dr. Bhattacharya, this is the NIH.)

The same hospital “protocols” were used on nearly all Covid patients.

The patients rate the doctor’s performance, and since doctors are not always the most sociable human beings, Geisinger trains them in a bedside-manner orientation program called, “Patients 101.”  This schools them in basic procedures with members of the patient’s family; important in gaining the family’s trust.

Klein states in his article, “This sort of training is especially important in a system in which doctors sometimes must try to deny care requested by patients or their families that is deemed unnecessary.”

The time spent to train physicians in developing a deeper level of patient trust and satisfaction comes in handy when they talk the family into denying food and hydration in order to save those dollars for the better of American health care costs.  In this manner, physicians are even able to convince the family that any resuscitation efforts should be stopped and DNRs (Do Not Resuscitate) should be placed in the patient’s chart.  Reports have been documented that DNRs were placed on Covid patients without the patient’s or their family’s knowledge.

These trained employee physicians tell the patient’s family that dehydration and starvation is not painful.  In fact, in Klein’s article, a fee-for-service physician like we’ve always been used to in America would hydrate Klein’s father who was in kidney failure.  The Geisinger physician’s attitude is that the patient would be back to the hospital in just a month or six weeks, so let him die.  The physician said, “Renal failure is a good way to go.  You just go to sleep.”  I often wonder how many of these physicians have actually watched these patients they condemn to no care.

Most of today’s doctors don’t like the Mayo-Geisinger way of doing business. They say, “We don’t want to be robots run by your computers.”  They shouldn’t be, but Obama Care and now Covid, has forced many of them into this new health care model, resulting in euthanasia for the elderly, disabled and infants.

Rationing of care is next.

This is the Geisinger model of health care being promoted by mainstream media liberal rags, not just for cost savings, but for quicker population reduction.

Joe Klein’s article, How to Die, promotes death panels, killing the elderly to save money (and earning those CMS bonuses), and even yanking feeding tubes out of your own dying parents!  Newsweek’s article, The Case for Killing Granny, discusses how curbing excessive end-of-life care is good for America!

Conclusion

We have no way of knowing whether Dr. Martin Makary was influenced by his father’s employment at Geisinger even with his donation to Obama. However, Makary has wavered in areas that fail to protect First Amendment rights.

Children’s Health Defense was the first organization in the nation to stand with fired New York City workers who refused the Covid jabs on religious principles and stated that natural immunity is valid. Drs. Makary and Bhattacharya also supported them.

Hopefully, they will stand for freedom when the next “exceptionally dangerous” H5N1 “gain-of-function” bird flu pandemic is hyped and Big Pharma enters the scene with their fowl play.

© 2025 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net